manualshive.com logo in svg

Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision M9241A, Scpi Programmer'S Manual

The Keysight InfiniiVision M9241A is an advanced measurement device designed for in-depth analysis. Ensure a smooth setup with the comprehensive Startup Manual, available for free download on our website. This manual provides detailed instructions to maximize your experience with the M9241A. Simply visit manualshive.com to access it now.

Share
Download
background image

Common (*) Commands

6

Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide

195

 

*RCL (Recall)

 (see 

page 1368

)

Command Syntax

*RCL <value>

<value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9}

The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified 

save/recall register.

See Also

•

"Introduction to Common (*) Commands" 

on page 183

•

"*SAV (Save)" 

on page 199

Summary of Contents for InfiniiVision M9241A

Page 1: ...Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide ...

Page 2: ...ysight provides the Software to U S government customers under its standard commercial license which is embodied in its End User License Agreement EULA a copy of which can be found at www keysight com find sweula The license set forth in the EULA represents the exclusive authority by which the U S government may use modify distribute or disclose the Software The EULA and the license set forth ther...

Page 3: ...ovide reference information on common commands root level commands other subsystem commands and error messages Chapter 6 Common Commands starting on page 179 describes commands defined by the IEEE 488 2 standard that are common to all instruments Chapter 7 Root Commands starting on page 207 describes commands that reside at the root level of the command tree and control many of the basic functions...

Page 4: ...y device and formatting options Chapter 19 LISTer Commands starting on page 417 describes commands that turn on off the Lister display for decoded serial data and get the Lister data Chapter 20 MARKer Commands starting on page 421 describes commands that set and query the settings of X axis markers X1 and X2 cursors and the Y axis markers Y1 and Y2 cursors Chapter 21 MEASure Commands starting on p...

Page 5: ...ported Chapter 36 Error Messages starting on page 1307 lists the instrument error messages that can occur while programming the oscilloscope The command descriptions in this reference show upper and lowercase characters For example AUToscale indicates that the entire command name is AUTOSCALE The short form AUT is also accepted by the oscilloscope Then there are chapters that describe programming ...

Page 6: ...nt Panel User s Guide For detailed connectivity information refer to the Keysight Technologies USB LAN GPIB Connectivity Guide For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide direct your Web browser to www keysight com and search for Connectivity Guide For the latest versions of this and other manuals see http www keysight com manuals M9241A ...

Page 7: ...ic Oscilloscope Program Structure 54 Initializing 54 Capturing Data 54 Analyzing Captured Data 55 Programming the Oscilloscope 56 Referencing the IO Library 56 Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library 57 Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope 57 Using AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup 58 Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands 58 Capturing Data with the DIGitize Comma...

Page 8: ...tring 176 Definite Length Block Response Data 176 6 Common Commands CLS Clear Status 185 ESE Standard Event Status Enable 186 ESR Standard Event Status Register 188 IDN Identification Number 190 LRN Learn Device Setup 191 OPC Operation Complete 192 OPT Option Identification 193 RCL Recall 195 RST Reset 196 SAV Save 199 SRE Service Request Enable 200 STB Read Status Byte 202 TRG Trigger 204 TST Sel...

Page 9: ...ion Status Event Register 232 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register 237 RUN 239 SERial 240 SINGle 241 STATus 242 STOP 243 TER Trigger Event Register 244 VIEW 245 8 ACQuire Commands ACQuire AALias 250 ACQuire COMPlete 251 ACQuire COUNt 252 ACQuire DAALias 253 ACQuire DIGitizer 254 ACQuire MODE 255 ACQuire POINts ANALog 256 ACQuire POINts ANALog AUTO 257 AC...

Page 10: ... HEAD TYPE 293 CHANnel n PROBe ID 294 CHANnel n PROBe MMODel 295 CHANnel n PROBe RSENse 296 CHANnel n PROBe SKEW 297 CHANnel n PROBe STYPe 298 CHANnel n PROBe ZOOM 299 CHANnel n PROTection 300 CHANnel n RANGe 301 CHANnel n SCALe 302 CHANnel n UNITs 303 CHANnel n VERNier 304 11 COUNter Commands COUNter CURRent 307 COUNter ENABle 308 COUNter MODE 309 COUNter NDIGits 310 COUNter SOURce 311 COUNter TO...

Page 11: ...ABels 332 DISPlay GRATicule INTensity 333 DISPlay GRATicule TYPE 334 DISPlay INTensity WAVeform 335 DISPlay LABel 336 DISPlay LABList 337 DISPlay MENU 338 DISPlay MESSage CLEar 339 DISPlay PERSistence 340 DISPlay SIDebar 341 DISPlay VECTors 342 14 DVM Commands DVM ARANge 344 DVM CURRent 345 DVM ENABle 346 DVM MODE 347 DVM SOURce 348 15 EXTernal Trigger Commands EXTernal BWLimit 350 EXTernal PROBe ...

Page 12: ...T CENTer 381 FUNCtion m FFT DETection POINts 382 FUNCtion m FFT DETection TYPE 383 FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STARt 384 FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STOP 385 FUNCtion m FFT GATE 386 FUNCtion m FFT PHASe REFerence 387 FUNCtion m FFT RBWidth 388 FUNCtion m FFT READout n 389 FUNCtion m FFT SPAN 390 FUNCtion m FFT SRATe 391 FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe 392 FUNCtion m FFT WINDow 393 FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass 394...

Page 13: ...RKer MODE 425 MARKer X1 DISPlay 426 MARKer X1Position 427 MARKer X1Y1source 428 MARKer X2 DISPlay 429 MARKer X2Position 430 MARKer X2Y2source 431 MARKer XDELta 432 MARKer XUNits 433 MARKer XUNits USE 434 MARKer Y1 DISPlay 435 MARKer Y1Position 436 MARKer Y2 DISPlay 437 MARKer Y2Position 438 MARKer YDELta 439 MARKer YUNits 440 MARKer YUNits USE 441 21 MEASure Commands MEASure ALL 461 MEASure AREa 4...

Page 14: ...e NDUTy 486 MEASure NEDGes 487 MEASure NPULses 488 MEASure NWIDth 489 MEASure OVERshoot 490 MEASure PEDGes 492 MEASure PERiod 493 MEASure PHASe 494 MEASure PPULses 495 MEASure PREShoot 496 MEASure PWIDth 497 MEASure RESults 498 MEASure RISetime 501 MEASure SDEViation 502 MEASure SHOW 503 MEASure SLEWrate 504 MEASure SOURce 505 MEASure STATistics 507 MEASure STATistics DISPlay 508 MEASure STATistic...

Page 15: ...EASure CPLoss 538 MEASure CRESt 539 MEASure EFFiciency 540 MEASure ELOSs 541 MEASure FACTor 542 MEASure IPOWer 543 MEASure OFFTime 544 MEASure ONTime 545 MEASure OPOWer 546 MEASure PCURrent 547 MEASure PLOSs 548 MEASure RDSon 549 MEASure REACtive 550 MEASure REAL 551 MEASure RIPPle 552 MEASure TRESponse 553 MEASure VCESat 554 23 MTESt Commands MTESt ALL 560 MTESt AMASk CREate 561 MTESt AMASk SOURc...

Page 16: ...St SOURce 586 MTESt TITLe 587 24 POWer Commands POWer CLResponse 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy 598 POWer CLResponse DATA 599 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin 600 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin FREQuency 601 POWer CLResponse DATA PMARgin 602 POWer CLResponse DATA PMARgin FREQuency 603 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE 604 POWer CLResponse FREQuency SINGle 605 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt 606 POWer CLRes...

Page 17: ...HD 630 POWer INRush APPLy 631 POWer INRush EXIT 632 POWer INRush NEXT 633 POWer ITYPe 634 POWer MODulation APPLy 635 POWer MODulation SOURce 636 POWer MODulation TYPE 637 POWer ONOFf APPLy 638 POWer ONOFf EXIT 639 POWer ONOFf NEXT 640 POWer ONOFf TEST 641 POWer ONOFf THResholds 642 POWer PSRR 644 POWer PSRR APPLy 645 POWer PSRR DATA 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum...

Page 18: ...Wer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF 672 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON 673 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF 674 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON 675 POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient 676 POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i 677 POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i 678 POWer SLEW APPLy 679 POWer SLEW SOURce 680 POWer SWITch APPLy 681 POWer SWITch CONDuction 682 POWer SWITch IREFerence 683 POWer SWITch RDS 684 POWer SWI...

Page 19: ...Sults STARt 719 SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor 720 SAVE RESults FORMat MASK 721 SAVE RESults FORMat MEASurement 722 SAVE RESults FORMat SEARch 723 SAVE RESults FORMat SEGMented 724 SAVE SETup STARt 725 SAVE WAVeform STARt 726 SAVE WAVeform FORMat 727 SAVE WAVeform LENGth 728 SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX 729 SAVE WAVeform SEGMented 730 SAVE WMEMory SOURce 731 SAVE WMEMory STARt 732 27 SBUS n Commands Gener...

Page 20: ...764 SBUS n CAN COUNt UTILization 765 SBUS n CAN DISPlay 766 SBUS n CAN FDSPoint 767 SBUS n CAN FDSTandard 768 SBUS n CAN SAMPlepoint 769 SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate 770 SBUS n CAN SIGNal DEFinition 771 SBUS n CAN SIGNal FDBaudrate 772 SBUS n CAN SOURce 773 SBUS n CAN TRIGger 774 SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter 777 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA 778 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA DLC 779 SBUS n CAN TR...

Page 21: ...Rce DATA 807 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess 808 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA 809 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 810 SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier 811 SBUS n IIC TRIGger TYPE 812 SBUS n LIN Commands 814 SBUS n LIN DISPlay 816 SBUS n LIN PARity 817 SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint 818 SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate 819 SBUS n LIN SOURce 820 SBUS n LIN STANdard 821 SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak 822 SBUS n LIN TRIGg...

Page 22: ... n MANChester STARt 852 SBUS n MANChester TOLerance 853 SBUS n MANChester TRIGger 854 SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA 855 SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh 856 SBUS n MANChester TSIZe 857 SBUS n MANChester WSIZe 858 SBUS n NRZ Commands 859 SBUS n NRZ BASE 861 SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate 862 SBUS n NRZ BITorder 863 SBUS n NRZ DISPlay 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe 866 SB...

Page 23: ...BUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance 911 SBUS n UART Commands 912 SBUS n UART BASE 914 SBUS n UART BAUDrate 915 SBUS n UART BITorder 916 SBUS n UART COUNt ERRor 917 SBUS n UART COUNt RESet 918 SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames 919 SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames 920 SBUS n UART FRAM...

Page 24: ...UNt 947 SEARch EVENt 948 SEARch MODE 949 SEARch STATe 950 SEARch EDGE Commands 951 SEARch EDGE SLOPe 952 SEARch EDGE SOURce 953 SEARch GLITch Commands 954 SEARch GLITch GREaterthan 955 SEARch GLITch LESSthan 956 SEARch GLITch POLarity 957 SEARch GLITch QUALifier 958 SEARch GLITch RANGe 959 SEARch GLITch SOURce 960 SEARch PEAK Commands 961 SEARch PEAK EXCursion 962 SEARch PEAK NPEaks 963 SEARch PEA...

Page 25: ...YMBolic SIGNal 990 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic VALue 991 SEARch SERial IIC Commands 992 SEARch SERial IIC MODE 993 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess 995 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA 996 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 997 SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier 998 SEARch SERial LIN Commands 999 SEARch SERial LIN ID 1000 SEARch SERial LIN MODE 1001 SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA 1002 SEARch SERial LIN PATTer...

Page 26: ...cturer 1030 SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer DEFault 1031 SYSTem PRECision 1032 SYSTem PRECision LENGth 1033 SYSTem PRESet 1034 SYSTem PROTection LOCK 1037 SYSTem RLOGger 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe 1041 SYSTem RLOGger STATe 1042 SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent 1043 SYSTem RLOGger WMODe 1044 SYSTem SETup 1045 SYSTem TIME 1047 SYSTem TOUCh 1048 30 TIM...

Page 27: ...WEep 1078 TRIGger DELay Commands 1079 TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe 1080 TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce 1081 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME 1082 TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt 1083 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe 1084 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce 1085 TRIGger EBURst Commands 1086 TRIGger EBURst COUNt 1087 TRIGger EBURst IDLE 1088 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe 1089 TRIGger EBURst SOURce 1090 TRIGger EDGE Commands 1091 TRIGger EDGE...

Page 28: ...er OR 1117 TRIGger PATTern Commands 1118 TRIGger PATTern 1119 TRIGger PATTern FORMat 1121 TRIGger PATTern GREaterthan 1122 TRIGger PATTern LESSthan 1123 TRIGger PATTern QUALifier 1124 TRIGger PATTern RANGe 1125 TRIGger PXI Commands 1126 TRIGger PXI MALine n ENABle 1128 TRIGger PXI MODE 1129 TRIGger PXI MSLot 1130 TRIGger PXI SALine 1131 TRIGger PXI SYNC 1132 TRIGger PXI TLINe 1133 TRIGger RUNT Com...

Page 29: ... TV UDTV HSYNc 1157 TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe 1158 TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan 1159 TRIGger ZONE Commands 1160 TRIGger ZONE SOURce 1161 TRIGger ZONE STATe 1162 TRIGger ZONE n MODE 1163 TRIGger ZONE n PLACement 1164 TRIGger ZONE n VALidity 1165 TRIGger ZONE n STATe 1166 32 WAVeform Commands WAVeform BYTeorder 1175 WAVeform COUNt 1176 WAVeform DATA 1177 WAVeform FORMat 1179 WAVeform POINts 1180 WAVeform POIN...

Page 30: ...cy 1219 WGEN w FUNCtion 1220 WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh 1224 WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry 1225 WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle 1226 WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation 1229 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency 1230 WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency 1231 WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE 1232 WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion 1233 WGEN w MODulation FUNCt...

Page 31: ...ands CHANnel LABel 1267 CHANnel2 SKEW 1268 CHANnel n INPut 1269 CHANnel n PMODe 1270 DISPlay CONNect 1271 ERASe 1272 EXTernal PMODe 1273 FUNCtion GOFT OPERation 1274 FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 1275 FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 1276 FUNCtion SOURce 1277 FUNCtion VIEW 1278 MEASure LOWer 1279 MEASure SCRatch 1280 MEASure TDELta 1281 MEASure THResholds 1282 MEASure TMAX 1283 MEASure TMIN 1284 MEASure TSTArt 1285 ...

Page 32: ...quest Enable Register SRE 1322 Trigger Event Register TER 1323 Output Queue 1324 Message Queue 1325 Standard Event Status Register ESR 1326 Standard Event Status Enable Register ESE 1327 Error Queue 1328 Operation Status Event Register OPERegister EVENt 1329 Operation Status Condition Register OPERegister CONDition 1331 Arm Event Register AER 1332 Overload Event Register OVLRegister 1333 Hardware ...

Page 33: ...6 39 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications 1368 Core Commands 1368 Non Core Commands 1368 Obsolete Commands 1368 Valid Command Query Strings 1369 Program Message Syntax 1369 Duplicate Mnemonics 1373 Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands 1373 Query Return Values 1375 40 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples 1378 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic 1378 VISA COM Example in C 13...

Page 34: ...scilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide SICL Examples 1464 SICL Example in C 1464 SICL Example in Visual Basic 1473 SCPI NET Examples 1484 SCPI NET Example in C 1484 SCPI NET Example in Visual Basic NET 1490 SCPI NET Example in IronPython 1496 Index ...

Page 35: ...3A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 1 What s New What s New in Version 7 30 36 What s New in Version 7 21 38 What s New in Version 7 10 40 Version 7 00 at Introduction 42 Command Differences From 3000T X Series Oscilloscopes 43 ...

Page 36: ... on or off ACQuire POINts ANALog AUT O see page 257 Enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel memory depth ACQuire SRATe ANALog AUT O see page 265 Enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel sampling rate MEASure SLEWrate see page 504 Installs a slew rate measurement on screen or returns the measured value MEASure YATX see page 530 Installs a Y at X ve...

Page 37: ...he ALL parameter is available when Digitizer mode is enabled to specify a waveform data view view that includes all captured data which may extend beyound the edges of the oscilloscope s main waveform display area depending on the settings for sample rate memory depth and horizontal time div Command Differences Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences MEASure VTIMe see page...

Page 38: ...ge 600 Returns the gain margin in dB POWer CLResponse DATA GM ARgin FREQuency see page 601 Returns the 0 phase crossover frequency in Hz POWer CLResponse DATA PM ARgin see page 602 Returns the phase margin in degrees POWer CLResponse DATA PM ARgin FREQuency see page 603 Returns the 0 dB gain crossover frequency in Hz POWer CLResponse FREQuen cy SINGle see page 605 Sets the single frequency value P...

Page 39: ...ow available to select a user defined baud rate SBUS n MANChester BAUDr ate see page 843 The minimum baud rate is changed from 2000 to 500 SBUS n MODE see page 737 The USBPd mode is now available with the USB PD serial decode and triggering license SBUS n SENT PPULse see page 888 The pause mode now in addition to supporting pause pulses off and on supports SENT SPC Short PWM Code where message eve...

Page 40: ...l when debugging FRANalysis PPDecade see page 363 Specifies the number of points per decade in the frequency response analysis FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage PR OFile see page 370 Enables or disables the ability to specify amplitude ramping within different decades HCOPY SDUMp DATA see page 414 Reads screen image data HCOPY SDUMp FORMat see page 415 Specifies the format for screen image data 24 bit PNG 2...

Page 41: ...PERSistence see page 340 The ADAPtive persistence option has been added FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage see page 369 The range option has been added to specify the initial ramp amplitude at a frequency setting When the amplitude profile setting is on amplitudes ramp between the settings specified for individual frequencies FUNCtion m FFT WINDow see page 393 The BARTlett window is now available MEASure DEL...

Page 42: ...cilloscopes were introduced with version 7 00 of oscilloscope operating software The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000T X Series oscilloscopes and the 4000 X Series 3000 X Series 7000A B Series 6000 Series and 54620 54640 Series oscilloscopes before them For more information see Command Differences From 3000T X Series Oscilloscopes on page 43 ...

Page 43: ... math functions feature Adds commands for setting up coordinated triggers between multiple PXIe oscilloscope modules in a chassis No USB triggering No XY or Roll timebase modes Transparent backgrounds for dialog boxes are not available No dedicated FFT function but you can choose FFT math function operations Adds FFT Phase math function to previous FFT Magnitude math function FFT detectors are add...

Page 44: ...UNCtion m FFT SRATe see page 391 Returns the Sample Rate setting for the FFT MEASure FFT ACPR see page 481 Installs an FFT analysis Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR measurement on screen or returns the measured value MEASure FFT CPOWer see page 482 Installs an FFT analysis Channel Power measurement on screen or returns the measured value MEASure FFT OBW see page 483 Installs an FFT analysis Occup...

Page 45: ... EXTernal trigger input source is not available SBUS n LIN SOURce see page 820 The EXTernal trigger input source is not available SBUS n MODE see page 737 The FLEXray I2S and SPI modes are not available SBUS n SENT SOURce see page 901 The EXTernal trigger input source is not available SBUS n UART SOURce RX see page 924 The EXTernal trigger input source is not available SBUS n UART SOURce TX see pa...

Page 46: ... YINCreme nt FUNCtion m BUS YORigin FUNCtion m BUS YUNits none There are no digital channels in the M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes FUNCtion m TRENd MEASur ement FUNCtion m TRENd NMEasu rement see page 411 The current command specifies the number of an installed measurement instead of a measurement name HARDcopy Commands none Printing takes place on the PXIe chassis controller PC MTESt RMODe FACTi...

Page 47: ...sight IO Libraries Suite software 48 Step 2 Connect and set up the LAN interface 49 Step 3 Verify the oscilloscope connection 50 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC set up the oscilloscope and verify the oscilloscope connection ...

Page 48: ...I Programmer s Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1 Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software 1 Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site at http www keysight com find iolib 2 Run the setup file and follow its installation instructions ...

Page 49: ...loscopes Refer to the PXI chassis documentation for connecting the chassis to a LAN and setting it up Once the PXI chassis is set up on the LAN you can control M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes using their HiSLIP control port To get an oscilloscope s HiSLIP VISA address 1 In the oscilloscope s Front Panel graphical user interface choose Menu Utilities I O Menu 2 In the dialog box that appears take n...

Page 50: ...on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Utilities Interactive IO from the popup menu 2 In the Keysight Interactive IO application choose Connect Connect 3 In the Connect dialog box enter the oscilloscope s HiSLIP address into the Resource Name field and click OK 4 Enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command Read Response or Send Read ...

Page 51: ...Setting Up 2 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 51 5 Choose Connect Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application ...

Page 52: ...52 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 2 Setting Up ...

Page 53: ... M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples The getting started examples show how to send oscilloscope setup data capture and query commands and they show how to read query results NOTE Language for Program Examples The programming examples in this guide are written in Visual Basic using th...

Page 54: ...up and ready for data transfer Oscilloscope initialization sets the channel configuration channel labels threshold voltages trigger specification trigger mode timebase and acquisition type Capturing Data Once you initialize the oscilloscope you can begin capturing data for analysis Remember that while the oscilloscope is responding to commands from the controller it is not performing acquisitions ...

Page 55: ... complete stops the acquisition process so that all measurements are on displayed data not on a constantly changing data set Analyzing Captured Data After the oscilloscope has completed an acquisition you can find out more about the data either by using the oscilloscope measurements or by transferring the data to the controller for manipulation by your program Built in measurements include frequen...

Page 56: ...meric Variables on page 62 Reading Definite Length Block Query Response Data on page 62 Sending Multiple Queries and Reading Results on page 63 Checking Instrument Status on page 64 Referencing the IO Library No matter which instrument programming library you use SICL VISA or VISA COM you must reference the library from your program In C C you must tell the compiler where to find the include and l...

Page 57: ...List or WriteIEEEBlock methods are used for sending commands and queries After a query is sent the response is read using the ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock methods The following Visual Basic statements open the connection and send a command that turns on the oscilloscope s label display Dim myMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myMgr New...

Page 58: ...illoscope Setup The AUToscale command performs a very useful function for unknown waveforms by setting up the vertical channel time base and trigger level of the instrument The syntax for the autoscale command is myScope WriteString AUToscale Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands A typical oscilloscope setup would set the vertical range and offset voltage the horizontal range delay time delay re...

Page 59: ...et the vertical range to 1 6 volts full scale with center screen at 0 4 volts with 10 1 probe attenuation and DC coupling myScope WriteString CHANnel1 PROBe 10 Probe attenuation to 10 1 myScope WriteString CHANnel1 RANGe 1 6 Vertical range 1 6 V full scale myScope WriteString CHANnel1 OFFSet 0 4 Offset to 0 4 myScope WriteString CHANnel1 COUPling DC Coupling to DC Configure the instrument to trigg...

Page 60: ...pe WriteString WAVeform POINts 500 myScope WriteString WAVeform DATA This setup places the instrument into the averaged mode with eight averages This means that when the DIGitize command is received the command will execute until the signal has been averaged at least eight times After receiving the WAVeform DATA query the instrument will start passing the waveform information Digitized waveforms a...

Page 61: ...t queue typically has a format specification for handling the response message When using the VISA COM library in Visual Basic you use different read methods ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock for the various query response formats For example to read the result of the query command CHANnel1 COUPling you would execute the statements myScope WriteString CHANnel1 COUPling Dim strQueryRe...

Page 62: ...ANGe Dim varQueryResult As Variant varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber MsgBox Range variant CStr varQueryResult After running this program the controller displays Range variant 40 Reading Definite Length Block Query Response Data Definite length block query response data allows any type of device dependent data to be transmitted over the system interface as a series of 8 bit binary data bytes This i...

Page 63: ...k into a single string variable multiple string variables or multiple numeric variables For example to read the TIMebase RANGe DELay query result into a single string variable you could use the commands myScope WriteString TIMebase RANGe DELay Dim strQueryResult As String strQueryResult myScope ReadString MsgBox Timebase range delay strQueryResult When you read the result of multiple queries into ...

Page 64: ...Lay Dim varResults As Variant varResults myScope ReadList MsgBox Timebase range FormatNumber varResults 0 1000 4 _ ms delay FormatNumber varResults 1 1000000 4 us Checking Instrument Status Status registers track the current status of the instrument By checking the instrument status you can find out whether an operation has been completed whether the instrument is receiving triggers and more For m...

Page 65: ...ample the oscilloscope s save and recall commands are overlapped as well as some commands that perform analysis With sequential blocking commands and queries the oscilloscope is expected to stop processing inputs including additional remote commands and queries as well as front panel knobs until completed Pausing Execution Between Overlapped Commands With overlapped commands you can use the OPC qu...

Page 66: ...essing is complete The OPC query is appended to DIGitize with a semi colon which essentially ties it to the same thread in the parser It is immediately dealt with once DIGitize finishes and gives a 1 back to the program whether the program uses it or not allowing the program to move on When using a query to wait until a sequential blocking command is complete it is possible for the sequential bloc...

Page 67: ...67 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 5 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary 68 Syntax Elements 175 ...

Page 68: ... 90 LISTer Commands Summary see page 91 MARKer Commands Summary see page 91 MEASure Commands Summary see page 93 MEASure Power Commands Summary see page 110 MTESt Commands Summary see page 114 POWer Commands Summary see page 116 RECall Commands Summary see page 124 SAVE Commands Summary see page 125 General SBUS n Commands Summary see page 128 SBUS n A429 Commands Summary see page 128 SBUS n CAN C...

Page 69: ...ge 152 SEARch SERial UART Commands Summary see page 152 SYSTem Commands Summary see page 153 TIMebase Commands Summary see page 155 General TRIGger Commands Summary see page 156 TRIGger DELay Commands Summary see page 157 TRIGger EBURst Commands Summary see page 157 TRIGger EDGE Commands Summary see page 158 TRIGger GLITch Commands Summary see page 159 TRIGger NFC Commands Summary see page 160 TRI...

Page 70: ...ror 3 8 DDE Dev Dependent Error 2 4 QYE Query Error 1 2 RQL Request Control 0 1 OPC Operation Complete n a ESR see page 188 status 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format n a IDN see page 188 KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES model serial number X XX XX model the model number of the instrument serial number the serial number of the instrument X XX XX the software revision of the instrument n a LRN see page 191 lear...

Page 71: ...served reserved reserved reserved Educator s Kit Waveform Generator MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial Extended Video Advanced Math reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Counter reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved Remote Command Logging reserved SENT Serial CAN FD Serial CXPI Serial NFC Trigger reserved reserved reserved Manchester NRZ Serial USB PD Serial reserved Automotive Softw...

Page 72: ...nts 0 PWR RS 232 UART Serial 0 COMP Segmented Memory 0 SGM Mask Test 0 MASK Educator s Kit 0 EDK Waveform Generator 0 WAVEGEN MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial 0 AERO Extended Video 0 VID Advanced Math 0 ADVMATH Digital Voltmeter Counter 0 DVMCTR Remote Command Logging 0 RML SENT Serial 0 SENSOR CAN FD Serial 0 CANFD CXPI Serial 0 CXPI NFC Trigger 0 NFC Manchester NRZ Serial 0 NRZ USB PD Serial 0 USBPD Ta...

Page 73: ...M9240BDLB RCL value see page 195 n a value 0 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 RST see page 196 n a See RST Reset see page 196 SAV value see page 199 n a value 0 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 SRE mask see page 200 SRE see page 201 mask sum of all bits that are set 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format mask following values Bit Weight Name Enables 7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg 6 64 Not used 5 32 ESB Event Status Bit 4 16 MAV Message Av...

Page 74: ...see page 204 n a n a n a TST see page 205 result 0 or non zero value an integer in NR1 format WAI see page 206 n a n a Table 2 Common Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 3 Root Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a AER see page 210 0 1 an integer in NR1 format AUToscale source source see page 211 n a source CHANnel n source can be repeate...

Page 75: ...math functions in NR1 format HWEenable n see page 219 HWEenable see page 219 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERregister CONDiti on see page 221 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERegister EVENt see page 222 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format MTEenable n see page 223 MTEenable see page 223 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a MTERegister EVENt see page 225 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format OPEE n se...

Page 76: ... See OVLenable for value RUN see page 239 n a n a n a SERial see page 240 return value unquoted string containing serial number SINGle see page 241 n a n a n a STATus display see page 242 0 1 display CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m FFT SBUS 1 2 WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format STOP see page 243 n a n a n a TER see pag...

Page 77: ...5 mode RTIMe ETIMe SEGMented ACQuire POINts ANAL og points see page 256 ACQuire POINts ANAL og see page 256 points AUTO points_value points_value desired analog memory depth in integer NR1 format ACQuire POINts ANAL og AUTO 0 OFF 1 ON see page 257 ACQuire POINts ANAL og AUTO see page 257 0 1 ACQuire RSIGnal ref_signal_mode see page 258 ACQuire RSIGnal see page 258 ref_signal_mode OFF OUT IN ACQuir...

Page 78: ...rate LABel string see page 272 CALibrate LABel see page 272 string quoted ASCII string up to 32 characters CALibrate OUTPut signal see page 273 CALibrate OUTPut see page 274 signal TRIGgers MASK WAVEgen WGEN1 WGEN2 TSOurce Note WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent Note WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs n a CALibrate PROTected see page 275 PROTected UNPRotected CALibrate STARt see page...

Page 79: ...ON see page 289 CHANnel n INVert see page 289 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n LABel string see page 290 CHANnel n LABel see page 290 string any series of 32 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n OFFSet offset suffix see page 291 CHANnel n OFFSet see page 291 offset Vertical offset value in NR3 format suffix V mV n 1 2...

Page 80: ...ANnel n PROBe STY Pe signal type see page 298 CHANnel n PROBe STY Pe see page 298 signal type DIFFerential SINGle n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROBe ZOO M 0 OFF 1 ON see page 299 CHANnel n PROBe ZOO M see page 299 setting 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 300 CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 300 NORM TRIP n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CH...

Page 81: ...ter MODE mode see page 309 COUNter MODE see page 309 mode FREQuency PERiod TOTalize COUNter NDIGits value see page 310 COUNter NDIGits see page 310 value 3 to 8 in NR1 format COUNter SOURce source see page 311 COUNter SOURce see page 311 source CHANnel n TQEVent n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format COUNter TOTalize CLE ar see page 312 n a n a COUNter TOTalize GAT E ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 313 C...

Page 82: ... BACKground mode see page 325 DISPlay ANNotation n BACKground see page 325 mode OPAQue INVerted n an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format DISPlay ANNotation n COLor color see page 326 DISPlay ANNotation n COLor see page 326 color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARKer WHITe RED n an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT string see page 327 DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT see page 327 str...

Page 83: ...y INTensity WA Veform see page 335 value an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format DISPlay LABel 0 OFF 1 ON see page 336 DISPlay LABel see page 336 0 1 DISPlay LABList binary block see page 337 DISPlay LABList see page 337 binary block an ordered list of up to 75 labels each 10 characters maximum separated by newline characters DISPlay MENU menu see page 338 n a menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POW...

Page 84: ...11 EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns EXTernal BWLimit bwlimit see page 350 EXTernal BWLimit see page 350 bwlimit 0 OFF EXTernal PROBe attenuation see page 351 EXTernal PROBe see page 351 attenuation probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format EXTernal RANGe range suffix see page 352 EXTernal RANGe see page 352 range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format su...

Page 85: ...ency STOP see page 362 value 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz FRANalysis PPDecade value see page 363 FRANalysis PPDecade see page 363 value 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 FRANalysis RUN see page 364 n a n a FRANalysis SOURce IN Put source see page 365 FRANalysis SOURce IN Put see page 365 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format FRANalysis SOURce OU TP...

Page 86: ...6 in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m CLEar see page 378 n a n a FUNCtion m DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 379 FUNCtion m DISPlay see page 379 0 1 m 1 to math functions in NR1 format n a FUNCtion m FFT BS IZe see page 380 bin_size Hz in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m FFT CE NTer frequency see page 381 FUNCtion m FFT CE NTer see page 381 frequency th...

Page 87: ...Ference ref_point see page 387 FUNCtion m FFT PH ASe REFerence see page 387 ref_point TRIGger DISPlay m 1 4 in NR1 format n a FUNCtion m FFT RB Width see page 388 resolution_bw Hz in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m FFT RE ADout n readout_type see page 389 FUNCtion m FFT RE ADout n see page 389 readout_type SRATe BSIZe RBWidth m 1 to math functions in NR1 format n 1 2 in N...

Page 88: ...FREQuenc y LOWPass see page 395 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset input_offset see page 396 FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset see page 396 input_offset DC offset correction in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m LINear G AIN value see page 397 FUNCtion m LINear G AIN see page 397 value A in Ax B val...

Page 89: ...e function is 8E 9 to 400E 3 The range for the DIFF function is 80E 3 to 8 0E12 depends on current sweep speed The range for the FFT function is 8 to 800 dBV m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m REFerenc e level see page 405 FUNCtion m REFerenc e see page 405 level the value at center screen in NR3 format The range of legal values is 10 times the current sensitivity of the selected funct...

Page 90: ...rce CHANnel n WMEMory r NONE n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m TRENd NM Easurement MEAS n see page 411 FUNCtion m TRENd NM Easurement see page 411 n of installed measurement from 1 to 8 m 1 to math functions in NR1 format Table 13 FUNCtion m Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table ...

Page 91: ...ee page 424 return_value Y X value in NR3 format MARKer MODE mode see page 425 MARKer MODE see page 425 mode OFF MEASurement MANual WAVeform BINary HEX MARKer X1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 426 MARKer X1 DISPlay see page 426 setting 0 1 MARKer X1Position position suffix see page 427 MARKer X1Position see page 427 position X1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps Hz kHz MHz retur...

Page 92: ... cursors delta value in NR3 format MARKer XUNits mode see page 433 MARKer XUNits see page 433 units SEConds HERTz DEGRees PERCent MARKer XUNits USE see page 434 n a n a MARKer Y1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 435 MARKer Y1 DISPlay see page 435 setting 0 1 MARKer Y1Position position suffix see page 436 MARKer Y1Position see page 436 position Y1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix V mV dB retur...

Page 93: ...Query Options and Query Returns MEASure ALL see page 461 n a n a MEASure AREa interval source see page 462 MEASure AREa interval source see page 462 interval CYCLe DISPlay source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value area in volt seconds NR3 format MEASure BRATe source see page ...

Page 94: ...source see page 466 MEASure COUNter source see page 466 source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value counter frequency in Hertz in NR3 format MEASure DEFine DELay delay spec see page 467 MEASure DEFine DELay see page 469 delay spec edge_spec1 edge_spec2 edge_spec1 slope occurrence edge_spec2 slope occurrence slope occurrence integer MEASure DEFine THResholds threshol...

Page 95: ...age 472 source1_edge_slope source2_edge_slope RISing FALLing source1_edge_number source2_edge_number 0 to 1000 in NR1 format source1_edge_threshold source2_edge_threshold MIDDle MEASure DUAL CHARge interval source1 source 2 see page 473 MEASure DUAL CHARge interval source1 source 2 see page 473 interval CYCLe DISPlay source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in N...

Page 96: ...ed n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format base_voltage voltage at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 477 MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 477 source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value voltage peak to peak of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VRMS interval type ...

Page 97: ...hannels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds between the lower and upper thresholds in NR3 format MEASure FFT ACPR chan_width chan_spacing chan source see page 481 MEASure FFT ACPR chan_width chan_spacing chan source see page 481 chan_width width of main range and sideband channels Hz in NR3 format chan_spacing spacing be...

Page 98: ...Ction m MATH m FFT source must be an FFT waveform m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value occupied bandwidth Hz in NR3 format MEASure FFT THD source see page 484 MEASure FFT THD source see page 484 source FUNCtion m MATH m FFT source must be an FFT waveform m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value total harmonic distortion ratio percent in NR3 format MEASure FREQuency source see p...

Page 99: ...urce see page 487 MEASure NEDGes source see page 487 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the falling edge count in NR3 format MEASure NPULses source see page 488 MEASure NPULses source see page 488 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in N...

Page 100: ... MEASure OVERshoot source see page 490 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the percent of the overshoot of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure PEDGes source see page 492 MEASure PEDGes source see page 492 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analo...

Page 101: ...ge 494 MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 494 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the phase angle value in degrees in NR3 format MEASure PPULses source see page 495 MEASure PPULses source see page 495 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog cha...

Page 102: ... 497 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value width of positive pulse in seconds in NR3 format n a MEASure RESults result_list see page 498 result_list comma separated list of measurement results MEASure RISetime source see page 501 MEASure RISetime source see page 501 sourc...

Page 103: ...e 504 MEASure SLEWrate source slope see page 504 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to of analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format MEASure SOURce source1 source2 see page 505 MEASure SOURce see page 505 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 ...

Page 104: ...cs R ESet see page 511 n a n a MEASure STATistics R SDeviation 0 OFF 1 ON see page 512 MEASure STATistics R SDeviation see page 512 0 1 MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 513 MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 513 slope RISing FALLing EITHer occurrence number number the edge number in NR1 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to of analog channels in NR1 f...

Page 105: ...nalog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds of specified voltage crossing in NR3 format MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 518 MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 518 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 for...

Page 106: ...ource see page 520 MEASure VBASe source see page 520 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format base_voltage voltage at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VMAX source see page 521 MEASure VMAX source see page 521 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m FFT MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to ...

Page 107: ...page 523 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m FFT MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value voltage peak to peak of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VRATio interval source 1 source2 see page 524 MEASure VRATio interval source 1 source2 see page 524 interval CYCLe DISPlay source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m...

Page 108: ...OP source see page 526 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value voltage at the top of the waveform in NR3 format MEASure WINDow type see page 527 MEASure WINDow see page 527 type MAIN ZOOM AUTO GATE MEASure XMAX source see page 528 MEASure XMAX source see page 528 source CHA...

Page 109: ... format return_value horizontal value of the minimum in NR3 format MEASure YATX horiz_location so urce see page 530 MEASure YATX horiz_location so urce see page 530 horiz_location displayed time from trigger in seconds in NR3 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value v...

Page 110: ...el n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the apparent power value in NR3 format MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page 538 MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page 538 source1 source2 source1 FUNCtion m MATH m source2 CHANnel n m 1 to math functions in NR1 format n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the switching loss per cycle watts value in NR3 format MEASure CRESt sou...

Page 111: ...alue the power factor value in NR3 format MEASure IPOWer see page 543 MEASure IPOWer see page 543 return_value the input power value in NR3 format MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 see page 544 MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 see page 544 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the time in seconds in NR3 format MEASure ONTime source1 source2 see page 545 MEASure O...

Page 112: ...s in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the power loss value in NR3 format MEASure RDSon source1 source2 see page 549 MEASure RDSon source1 source2 see page 549 source1 source2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the ...

Page 113: ... m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value the real power value in NR3 format MEASure RIPPle source see page 552 MEASure RIPPle source see page 552 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the output ripple value in NR3 format Table 18 MEASure Power Commands Summary c...

Page 114: ...ge 554 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the Vce sat value in NR3 format Table 18 MEASure Power Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 19 MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns MTESt ALL 0 OFF 1 ON see page 560...

Page 115: ...t MTESt DATA mask see page 570 MTESt DATA see page 570 mask data in IEEE 488 2 format MTESt DELete see page 571 n a n a MTESt ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 572 MTESt ENABle see page 572 0 1 MTESt LOCK 0 OFF 1 ON see page 573 MTESt LOCK see page 573 0 1 MTESt RMODe rmode see page 574 MTESt RMODe see page 574 rmode FORever TIME SIGMa WAVeforms MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure 0 OFF 1 ON see page 575 MTESt R...

Page 116: ..._value X delta value in NR3 format MTESt SCALe Y1 y1_value see page 584 MTESt SCALe Y1 see page 584 y1_value Y1 value in NR3 format MTESt SCALe Y2 y2_value see page 585 MTESt SCALe Y2 see page 585 y2_value Y2 value in NR3 format MTESt SOURce source see page 586 MTESt SOURce see page 586 source CHANnel n NONE n 1 2 3 4 for 4ch models n 1 2 for 2ch models n a MTESt TITLe see page 587 title a string ...

Page 117: ...000000 2000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz POWer CLResponse FRE Quency STARt value suffix see page 606 POWer CLResponse FRE Quency STARt see page 606 value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz POWer CLResponse FRE Quency STOP value suffix see page 607 POWer CLResponse FRE Quency STOP see page 607 value 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz POWer CLResponse ...

Page 118: ...ncy APP Ly see page 616 n a n a POWer EFFiciency TYP E type see page 617 POWer EFFiciency TYP E see page 617 type DCDC DCAC ACDC ACAC POWer ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 618 POWer ENABle see page 618 0 1 POWer HARMonics APPL y see page 619 n a n a n a POWer HARMonics DATA see page 620 binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row POWer HARMonics DISP lay display see page 621 ...

Page 119: ...d n a POWer HARMonics THD see page 630 value Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format POWer INRush APPLy see page 631 n a n a POWer INRush EXIT see page 632 n a n a POWer INRush NEXT see page 633 n a n a POWer ITYPe type see page 634 POWer ITYPe see page 634 type DC AC POWer MODulation APP Ly see page 635 n a n a POWer MODulation SOU Rce source see page 636 POWer MODulation SOU Rce see page 636 so...

Page 120: ...00000 suffix Hz kHz MHz POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum value suffix see page 648 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum see page 648 value 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE mode see page 649 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE see page 649 mode SWEep SINGle POWer PSRR FREQuency SINGle value suffix see page 650 POWer PSRR FREQuency SINGle see page 650 value 1 10 100 ...

Page 121: ...s see page 660 n a analysis HARMonics EFFiciency RIPPle MODulation QUALity SLEW SWITch RDSVce POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics count see page 661 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics see page 661 count integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity count see page 662 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity see page 662 count integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100 POWer SIGNals ...

Page 122: ...ercent of overshoot value in NR1 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VMAXim um INRush value suffix see page 671 POWer SIGNals VMAXim um INRush see page 671 value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VMAXim um ONOFf OFF value suffix see page 672 POWer SIGNals VMAXim um ONOFf OFF see page 672 value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals ...

Page 123: ...Wer SLEW SOURce source see page 680 POWer SLEW SOURce see page 680 source V I POWer SWITch APPLy see page 681 n a n a POWer SWITch CONDuct ion conduction see page 682 POWer SWITch CONDuct ion see page 682 conduction WAVeform RDS VCE POWer SWITch IREFere nce percent see page 683 POWer SWITch IREFere nce see page 683 percent percent in NR1 format POWer SWITch RDS value suffix see page 684 POWer SWIT...

Page 124: ...uery Options and Query Returns RECall ARBitrary ST ARt file_spec column wavegen_id see page 695 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name column Column in CSV file to load Column number starts from 1 internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 RECall DBC STARt file_name serialbus see page 696 n a file_name quoted ASCII string If extension included in file na...

Page 125: ...MEMory r S TARt file_name data see page 702 n a r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string If extension included in file name it must be h5 data binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format Table 21 RECall Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 22 SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SAVE ARBitrary STAR t file_spec wavegen_...

Page 126: ...ASCII string SAVE MASK STARt file_spec see page 715 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE MULTi STARt file_name see page 716 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE POWer STARt file_name see page 717 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE PWD path_name see page 718 SAVE PWD see page 718 path_name quoted ASCII string SAVE RE...

Page 127: ...nal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE WAVeform STARt file_name see page 726 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE WAVeform FORMat format see page 727 SAVE WAVeform FORMat see page 727 format ASCiixy CSV BINary NONE SAVE WAVeform LENGth length see page 728 SAVE WAVeform LENGth see page 728 length 100 to max length an integer in NR1 format SA...

Page 128: ...be h5 Table 22 SAVE Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 23 General SBUS n Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 736 SBUS n DISPlay see page 736 0 1 SBUS n MODE mode see page 737 SBUS n MODE see page 737 mode A429 CAN CXPI IIC LIN M1553 MANChester NRZ SENT UART USBPd Table 24 SBUS n A429 Commands Summary Comm...

Page 129: ...Eed see page 749 speed LOW HIGH USER SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel value see page 750 SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel see page 750 value 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 or 0xXX don t care hex Hnn where n 0 9 A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA string see page 751 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA see page 751 string nn n where n 0 1 ...

Page 130: ... Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 25 SBUS n CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a SBUS n CAN COUNt ER Ror see page 760 frame_count integer in NR1 format n a SBUS n CAN COUNt OV ERload see page 761 frame_count 0 in NR1 format SBUS n CAN COUNt RE Set see page 762 n a n a n a SBUS n CAN COUNt SP EC see page 763 spec_error_count intege...

Page 131: ...page 773 SBUS n CAN SOURce see page 773 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n CAN TRIGger condition see page 774 SBUS n CAN TRIGger see page 775 condition SOF EOF IDData DATA FDData IDRemote IDEither ERRor ACKerror FORMerror STUFferror CRCerror SPECerror ALLerrors BRSBit CRCDbit EBActive EBPassive OVERload MESSage MSIGnal FDMSignal SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter 0 OFF 1 ON see ...

Page 132: ... SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal name see page 785 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal see page 785 name quoted ASCII string SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue data see page 786 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue see page 786 data value in NR3 format Table 25 SBUS n CAN Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 26 SBUS n CXPI Commands Summary Command Query Options an...

Page 133: ...XPI TRIGger PATTern DATA see page 797 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth length see page 798 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth see page 798 start integer between 0 and 12 in NR1 format SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt start see page 799 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt see page 799 start integer between 0 and 124 in N...

Page 134: ...Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n IIC ASIZe size see page 805 SBUS n IIC ASIZe see page 805 size BIT7 BIT8 SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk source see page 806 SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk see page 806 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA source see page 807 SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA see page 807 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS...

Page 135: ...SBUS n LIN DISPlay see page 816 type HEXadecimal SYMBolic SBUS n LIN PARity 0 OFF 1 ON see page 817 SBUS n LIN PARity see page 817 0 1 SBUS n LIN SAMPlepo int value see page 818 SBUS n LIN SAMPlepo int see page 818 value 60 62 5 68 70 75 80 87 5 in NR3 format SBUS n LIN SIGNal B AUDrate baudrate see page 819 SBUS n LIN SIGNal B AUDrate see page 819 baudrate integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b s i...

Page 136: ...ase BINary string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X when base HEX SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth length see page 828 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth see page 828 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat base see page 829 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat see page 829 base BINary HEX DECimal SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe name see page 830 SBUS n LIN TRIGg...

Page 137: ...RTA see page 838 value 5 bit integer in decimal nondecimal or string from 0 31 nondecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r TYPE type see page 839 SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r TYPE see page 839 type DSTArt DSTOp CSTArt CSTOp RTA PERRor SERRor MERRor RTA11 Table 30 SBUS n MANChester Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n MANChester B ASE base se...

Page 138: ...Nnel n SBUS n MANChester S SIZe bits see page 851 SBUS n MANChester S SIZe see page 851 bits from 0 255 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester S TARt edge see page 852 SBUS n MANChester S TARt see page 852 edge from 1 256 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester T OLerance percent see page 853 SBUS n MANChester T OLerance see page 853 percent from 1 30 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester T RIGger mode see page 854 SB...

Page 139: ...100 b s increments SBUS n NRZ BITorder bitorder see page 863 SBUS n NRZ BITorder see page 863 bitorder MSBFirst LSBFirst SBUS n NRZ DISPlay format see page 864 SBUS n NRZ DISPlay see page 864 format BIT WORD SBUS n NRZ DSIZe words see page 865 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe see page 865 words from 1 255 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ FSIZe bits see page 866 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe see page 866 bits from 2 255 in NR1 format ...

Page 140: ...RZ WSIZe see page 877 bits from 2 32 in NR1 format Table 31 SBUS n NRZ Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 32 SBUS n SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n SENT CLOCk period see page 880 SBUS n SENT CLOCk see page 880 period the nominal clock period tick from 500 ns to 300 us in NR3 format SBUS n SENT CRC format see page 881 SBUS n...

Page 141: ...er order see page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer see page 897 s 1 6 in NR1 format order MSNFirst LSNFirst SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt position see page 899 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt see page 899 s 1 6 in NR1 format position from 0 23 in NR1 format SBUS n SENT SOURce source see page 901 SBUS n SENT SOURce see page 901 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n SENT TOLeran ce perc...

Page 142: ...gth SHORt LONG SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance percent see page 911 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance see page 911 percent from 1 18 in NR1 format Table 32 SBUS n SENT Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 33 SBUS n UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n UART BASE base see page 914 SBUS n UART BASE see page 914 base ASCii BINary HEX SBUS n...

Page 143: ...e 922 parity EVEN ODD NONE SBUS n UART POLarit y polarity see page 923 SBUS n UART POLarit y see page 923 polarity HIGH LOW SBUS n UART SOURce RX source see page 924 SBUS n UART SOURce RX see page 924 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n UART SOURce TX source see page 925 SBUS n UART SOURce TX see page 925 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n UART TR...

Page 144: ...age 930 value EQUal NOTequal GREaterthan LESSthan SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE value see page 931 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE see page 931 value RSTArt RSTOp RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX PARityerror TSTArt TSTOp TDATa TD1 TD0 TDX SBUS n UART WIDTh width see page 932 SBUS n UART WIDTh see page 932 width 5 6 7 8 9 Table 33 SBUS n UART Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 34 SBUS n ...

Page 145: ...SRESponse FREQuest FRESponse PSTatus CINFo CCODes SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer VALue string see page 943 SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer VALue see page 943 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer QUALifier type see page 944 SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer QUALifier see page 944 type NONE SOP SPRime SDPRime Table 34 SBUS n USBPd Commands Summary continued Co...

Page 146: ...ting point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps SEARch GLITch LESSth an less_than_time suff ix see page 956 SEARch GLITch LESSth an see page 956 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps SEARch GLITch POLari ty polarity see page 957 SEARch GLITch POLari ty see page 957 polarity POSitive NEGative SEARch GLITch QUALif ier qualifier see page 958 SEARch GLITch QUALif...

Page 147: ...n m MATH m must be an FFT waveform m 1 to 4 in NR1 format SEARch PEAK THReshol d level see page 965 SEARch PEAK THReshol d see page 965 level necessary level to be considered a peak in NR3 format Table 39 SEARch RUNT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch RUNT POLarity polarity see page 967 SEARch RUNT POLarity see page 967 polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer SEARch RUNT QUA...

Page 148: ...x s ms us ns ps Table 41 SEARch SERial A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial A429 L ABel value see page 977 SEARch SERial A429 L ABel see page 977 value 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 hex Hnn where n 0 9 A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial A429 M ODE condition see page 978 SEARch SERial A429 M ODE see p...

Page 149: ...rn ID see page 987 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID MODE value see page 988 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID MODE see page 988 value STANdard EXTended SEARch SERial CAN SY MBolic MESSage name see page 989 SEARch SERial CAN SY MBolic MESSage see page 989 name quoted ASCII string SEARch SERial CAN SY MBolic SIGNal name see page 990 SEARch SERial CAN SY MBoli...

Page 150: ...uery Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial LIN ID value see page 1000 SEARch SERial LIN ID see page 1000 value 7 bit integer in decimal nondecimal or string from 0 63 or 0x00 0x3f nondecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal SEARch SERial LIN MO DE value see page 1001 SEARch SERial LIN MO DE see page 1001 value...

Page 151: ...l LIN SY MBolic VALue see page 1007 data value in NR3 format Table 44 SEARch SERial LIN Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 45 SEARch SERial M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial M1553 MODE value see page 1009 SEARch SERial M1553 MODE see page 1009 value DSTArt CSTArt RTA RTA11 PERRor SERRor MERRor SEARch SERial M1553 PATT...

Page 152: ...id see page 1016 SEARch SERial SENT S LOW ID see page 1016 id from 1 don t care to 255 in NR1 format Table 47 SEARch SERial UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial UART D ATA value see page 1018 SEARch SERial UART D ATA see page 1018 value 8 bit integer from 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for...

Page 153: ... page 1028 SYSTem GUI SHOW see page 1028 setting 0 1 SYSTem LOCK value see page 1029 SYSTem LOCK see page 1029 value 1 ON 0 OFF SYSTem PERSona MANu facturer manufacturer_string see page 1030 SYSTem PERSona MANu facturer see page 1030 manufacturer_string quoted ASCII string up to 63 characters SYSTem PERSona MANu facturer DEFault see page 1031 n a Sets manufacturer string to KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES S...

Page 154: ...1041 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe see page 1041 file_name quoted ASCII string SYSTem RLOGger STATe 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1042 SYSTem RLOGger STATe see page 1042 setting 0 1 SYSTem RLOGger TRANs parent 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1043 SYSTem RLOGger TRANs parent see page 1043 setting 0 SYSTem RLOGger WMODe write_mode see page 1044 SYSTem RLOGger WMODe see page 1044 write_mode CREate APPend SYSTem SETup setup_data se...

Page 155: ...age 1055 TIMebase REFerence see page 1055 return_value LEFT CENTer RIGHt CUSTom TIMebase REFerence L OCation loc see page 1056 TIMebase REFerence L OCation see page 1056 loc 0 0 to 1 0 in NR3 format TIMebase SCALe scale_value see page 1057 TIMebase SCALe see page 1057 scale_value time div in seconds in NR3 format TIMebase VERNier 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1058 TIMebase VERNier see page 1058 0 1 TIMebase...

Page 156: ...ldoff see page 1071 TRIGger HOLDoff MINi mum see page 1071 min_holdoff minimum holdoff time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger HOLDoff RAND om 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1072 TRIGger HOLDoff RAND om see page 1072 setting 0 1 TRIGger LEVel ASETup see page 1073 n a n a TRIGger LEVel HIGH level source see page 1074 TRIGger LEVel HIGH source see page 1074 level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3...

Page 157: ...to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME time_value see page 1082 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME see page 1082 time_value time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger DELay TRIGge r COUNt count see page 1083 TRIGger DELay TRIGge r COUNt see page 1083 count integer in NR1 format TRIGger DELay TRIGge r SLOPe slope see page 1084 TRIGger DELay TRIGge r SLOPe see page 1084 slope NEGative POSitive...

Page 158: ...Gger EDGE COUPl ing see page 1092 AC DC LFReject TRIGger EDGE LEVel level source see page 1093 TRIGger EDGE LEVel source see page 1093 For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers level external range setting in NR3 format source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger EDGE REJec t OFF LFReject HFReject see page ...

Page 159: ... For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers level external range setting in NR3 format source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger GLITch POLar ity polarity see page 1101 TRIGger GLITch POLar ity see page 1101 polarity POSitive NEGative TRIGger GLITch QUALi fier qualifier see page 1102 TRIGger GLITch QUALi f...

Page 160: ...ndard see page 1110 TRIGger NFC STANdard see page 1110 standard A A106 B B106 F212 F424 TRIGger NFC TEVent trigger_event see page 1111 TRIGger NFC TEVent see page 1111 trigger_event ATRigger ASReq AALLreq AEITher ASDDreq BSReq BALLreq BEITher BATTrib FSReq FAReq FPReamble n a TRIGger NFC TIMeout see page 1113 0 1 TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1114 TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle see pa...

Page 161: ...er PATTern GREa terthan greater_than_time s uffix see page 1122 TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan see page 1122 greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern LESS than less_than_time suff ix see page 1123 TRIGger PATTern LESS than see page 1123 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern QUAL ifier qualifier see pa...

Page 162: ... 0 to chassis lines 1 in NR1 format TRIGger PXI SYNC 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1132 TRIGger PXI SYNC see page 1132 setting 0 1 TRIGger PXI TLINe trigger_line see page 1133 TRIGger PXI TLINe see page 1133 trigger_line PTRig n n 0 to chassis lines 1 in NR1 format Table 59 TRIGger RUNT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger RUNT POLarit y polarity see page 1135 TRIGger RUNT POLari...

Page 163: ... see page 1143 time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger SHOLd TIME S ETup time suffix see page 1144 TRIGger SHOLd TIME S ETup see page 1144 time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps Table 61 TRIGger TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger TRANsition Q UALifier qualifier see page 1146 TRIGger TRANsition Q UALifier ...

Page 164: ...ger TV SOURce see page 1154 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger TV STANdard standard see page 1155 TRIGger TV STANdard see page 1155 standard NTSC PAL PALM SECam standard GENeric P480L60HZ P480 P720L60HZ P720 P1080L24HZ P1080 P1080L25HZ P1080L50HZ P1080L60HZ I1080L50HZ I1080 I1080L60HZ with extended video triggering license TRIGger TV UDTV ENUM ber count see page 1156 TRI...

Page 165: ...ormat TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement width height x_center y_center see page 1164 TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement see page 1164 width width of zone in seconds height height of zone in volts x_center center of zone in seconds y_center center of zone in volts n 1 2 in NR1 format n a TRIGger ZONE n VALi dity see page 1165 value VALid INValid OSCReen n 1 2 in NR1 format TRIGger ZONE n STAT e 0 OFF 1 ON see page ...

Page 166: ... is the actual data WAVeform FORMat value see page 1179 WAVeform FORMat see page 1179 value WORD BYTE ASCII WAVeform POINts points see page 1180 WAVeform POINts see page 1180 points 100 250 500 1000 points_mode if waveform points mode is NORMal points 100 250 500 1000 2000 8000000 in 1 2 5 sequence points_mode if waveform points mode is MAXimum or RAW points_mode NORMal MAXimum RAW WAVeform POINts...

Page 167: ... NORMal an integer in NR1 format WAVeform SEGMented A LL 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1187 WAVeform SEGMented A LL see page 1187 setting 0 1 n a WAVeform SEGMented C OUNt see page 1188 count an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format n a WAVeform SEGMented T TAG see page 1189 time_tag in NR3 format n a WAVeform SEGMented X LISt xlist_type see page 1190 xlist_type RELXorigin ABSXorigin TTAG return_value X info...

Page 168: ... see page 1199 return_value x increment in the current preamble in NR3 format n a WAVeform XORigin see page 1200 return_value x origin value in the current preamble in NR3 format n a WAVeform XREFerence see page 1201 return_value 0 x reference value in the current preamble in NR1 format n a WAVeform YINCrement see page 1202 return_value y increment value in the current preamble in NR3 format n a W...

Page 169: ...etween 1 0 to 1 0 in comma separated format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format n a WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA ATTRibute POINts see page 1214 points number of points in NR1 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA CLEar see page 1215 n a w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA DAC binary value value see page 1216 n a binary decimal 16 bit integer values b...

Page 170: ...ARBitrary w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion PUL Se WIDTh width see page 1224 WGEN w FUNCtion PUL Se WIDTh see page 1224 width pulse width in seconds in NR3 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion RAM P SYMMetry percent see page 1225 WGEN w FUNCtion RAM P SYMMetry see page 1225 percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in N...

Page 171: ... MODulation F SKey RATE rate see page 1232 WGEN w MODulation F SKey RATE see page 1232 rate FSK modulation rate in Hz in NR3 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion shape see page 1233 WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion see page 1233 shape SINusoid SQUare RAMP w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion RAMP SYMMetry percent see page 1234 WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion RAMP SYMMetry see page ...

Page 172: ...ds in NR3 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w RST see page 1245 n a w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w VOLTage amplitude see page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage see page 1246 amplitude amplitude in volts in NR3 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w VOLTage HIGH high see page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH see page 1247 high high level voltage in volts in NR3 format w 1 to WaveG...

Page 173: ...n NR1 format string any series of 10 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks WMEMory r SAVE source see page 1256 n a r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format NOTE Math functions whose x axis is not frequency can be saved as reference waveforms WMEMory r SKEW skew see page 1257 WMEMory...

Page 174: ...ee page 1259 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V mV WMEMory r YSCale scale suffix see page 1260 WMEMory r YSCale see page 1260 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format scale vertical units per division value in NR3 format suffix V mV Table 66 WMEMory r Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 175: ...umber Format NR1 specifies integer data NR3 specifies exponential data in floating point format for example 1 0E 3 NL Line Terminator NL new line or linefeed ASCII decimal 10 The line terminator or a leading colon will send the parser to the root of the command tree Optional Syntax Terms Items enclosed in square brackets are optional Braces When several items are enclosed by braces only one of the...

Page 176: ...CHANNEL1 LABEL One has a quoted ASCII string of One In order to read quoted ASCII strings from query return values some programming languages require special handling or syntax Definite Length Block Response Data Definite length block response data allows any type of device dependent data to be transmitted over the system interface as a series of 8 bit binary data bytes This is particularly useful...

Page 177: ...Commands Quick Reference 5 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 177 1000 bytes of data is the actual data ...

Page 178: ...178 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 5 Commands Quick Reference ...

Page 179: ...R1 format Bit Weight Name Enables 7 128 PON Power On 6 64 URQ User Request 5 32 CME Command Error 4 16 EXE Execution Error 3 8 DDE Dev Dependent Error 2 4 QYE Query Error 1 2 RQL Request Control 0 1 OPC Operation Complete n a ESR see page 188 status 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format n a IDN see page 188 KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES model serial number X XX XX model the model number of the instrument seri...

Page 180: ... reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved Educator s Kit Waveform Generator MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial Extended Video Advanced Math reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Counter reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved Remote Command Logging reserved SENT Serial CAN FD Serial CXPI Serial NFC Trigger reserved reserved reserved Manc...

Page 181: ... PWR RS 232 UART Serial 0 COMP Segmented Memory 0 SGM Mask Test 0 MASK Educator s Kit 0 EDK Waveform Generator 0 WAVEGEN MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial 0 AERO Extended Video 0 VID Advanced Math 0 ADVMATH Digital Voltmeter Counter 0 DVMCTR Remote Command Logging 0 RML SENT Serial 0 SENSOR CAN FD Serial 0 CANFD CXPI Serial 0 CXPI NFC Trigger 0 NFC Manchester NRZ Serial 0 NRZ USB PD Serial 0 USBPD Table 6...

Page 182: ...BDLB RCL value see page 195 n a value 0 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 RST see page 196 n a See RST Reset see page 196 SAV value see page 199 n a value 0 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 SRE mask see page 200 SRE see page 201 mask sum of all bits that are set 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format mask following values Bit Weight Name Enables 7 128 OPER Operation Status Reg 6 64 Not used 5 32 ESB Event Status Bit 4 16 MAV Message Availab...

Page 183: ...en clears the status information and sets the average count In contrast if a root level command or some other subsystem command is within the program message you must re enter the original subsystem after the command For example the program message ACQuire TYPE AVERage AUToscale ACQuire COUNt 256 sets the acquire type completes the autoscale then sets the acquire count In this example ACQuire must...

Page 184: ...241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 6 Common Commands NOTE Each of the status registers has an enable mask register By setting the bits in the enable register you can select the status information you want to use ...

Page 185: ...ined error queue and the Request for OPC flag See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 186 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 188 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 SYSTem ERRor on page 1027 NOTE If the CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator the output queue and the MAV message a...

Page 186: ...ble 68 Standard Event Status Enable ESE Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Enables 7 PON Power On Event when an OFF to ON transition occurs 6 URQ User Request Event when a front panel key is pressed 5 CME Command Error Event when a command error is detected 4 EXE Execution Error Event when an execution error is detected 3 DDE Device Dependent Error Event when a device dependent error is det...

Page 187: ...y returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register Return Format mask_argument NL mask_argument 0 255 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 188 OPC Operation Complete on page 192 CLS Clear Status on page 185 ...

Page 188: ...er in NR1 format Table 69 Standard Event Status Register ESR Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 7 PON Power On An OFF to ON transition has occurred 6 URQ User Request A front panel key has been pressed 5 CME Command Error A command error has been detected 4 EXE Execution Error An execution error has been detected 3 DDE Device Dependent Error A device dependent error has been detec...

Page 189: ... Guide 189 See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 186 OPC Operation Complete on page 192 CLS Clear Status on page 185 SYSTem ERRor on page 1027 NOTE Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it High or 1 indicates the bit is true ...

Page 190: ...Return Format manufacturer_string model serial_number X XX XX NL manufacturer_string KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES model the model number of the instrument serial_number the serial number of the instrument X XX XX the software revision of the instrument See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 OPT Option Identification on page 193 SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer on page 1030 SYSTem PERSona MANufac...

Page 191: ...estore instrument settings at a later time Return Format learn_string NL learn_string SYST SET setup_data setup_data binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format learn string specifies the current instrument setup The block size is subject to change with different firmware revisions See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 RCL Recall on page 195 SAV Save on page 199 SYSTem SETup on page 1045...

Page 192: ...on is complete Return Format complete NL complete 1 See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 186 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 188 CLS Clear Status on page 185 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 229 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 Chapter 4 Sequential Blocking vs Overlappe...

Page 193: ...nerator MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial Extended Video Advanced Math reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Counter reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved Remote Command Logging reserved SENT Serial CAN FD Serial CXPI Serial NFC Trigger reserved reserved reserved Manchester NRZ Serial USB PD Serial reserved Automotive Software General Purpose Software Aerospace Software Power Supply...

Page 194: ...UTB General Purpose Software 0 M9240GENB Aerospace Software 0 M9240AERB Power Supply Test Software 0 M9240PWRB Near Field Communications NFC Software 0 M9240NFCB Software Bundle 0 M9240BDLB The OPT query returns the following See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 IDN Identification Number on page 190 Module Module Id No modules attached 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SGM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 195: ...s SCPI Programmer s Guide 195 RCL Recall see page 1368 Command Syntax RCL value value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save recall register See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 SAV Save on page 199 ...

Page 196: ...re are no user settings that remain unchanged To perform the equivalent of the front panel s Default Setup key where some user settings like preferences remain unchanged use the SYSTem PRESet command Reset conditions are Acquire Menu Mode Normal Averaging Off Averages 8 Analog Channel Menu Channel 1 On Channel 2 Off Volts division 5 00 V Offset 0 00 Coupling DC Probe attenuation AutoProbe if AutoP...

Page 197: ...ng Time Base Menu Main time division 100 us Main time base delay 0 00 s Delay time division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0 00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0 0 V Slope Positive HF Reject and noise reject Off Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10 1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm cannot be changed ...

Page 198: ... oscilloscope into a known state This statement is very important for programs to work as expected Most of the following initialization commands are initialized by RST It is not necessary to reinitialize them unless the default setting is not suitable for your application myScope WriteString RST Reset the oscilloscope to the defaults See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples...

Page 199: ...9 SAV Save see page 1368 Command Syntax SAV value value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 RCL Recall on page 195 ...

Page 200: ... Register The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register A one in the Service Request Enable Register enables the corresponding bit in the Status Byte Register A zero disables the bit SPN 0QFSBUJPO 4UBUVT 3FHJTUFST 0 1 3 53 7 4 32 4 44 53 3FH 5 3 5 SJHHF S WFOU 3FHJTUFS 43 43 45 4UB UVT ZUF 3FHJTUFS 4F SWJDF 3FRVFTU OBCM BTL 3FHJTUF...

Page 201: ...ble 70 Service Request Enable Register SRE Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Enables 7 OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register OPER occur 6 Not used 5 ESB Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register ESR occur 4 MAV Message Available Interrupts when messages are in the Output Queue 3 Not...

Page 202: ...tus bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS request service bit The MSS indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for requesting service Return Format value NL value 0 255 an integer in NR1 format SPN 0QFSBUJPO 4UBUVT 3FHJTUFST 0 1 3 53 7 4 32 4 44 53 3FH 5 3 5 SJHHF S WFOU 3FHJTUFS 43 43 45 4UB UVT ZUF 3FHJTUFS 4F SWJDF 3FRVFTU OBCM BTL 3FHJTUFS 0VUQ VU 2VFVF 43 2 SPN 4UB OE...

Page 203: ...Service When polled that the device is requesting service MSS Master Summary Status When read by STB whether the device has a reason for requesting service 5 ESB Event Status Bit An enabled condition in the Standard Event Status Register ESR has occurred 4 MAV Message Available There are messages in the Output Queue 3 Not used always 0 2 MSG Message An advisory has been displayed on the oscillosco...

Page 204: ...rogrammer s Guide 6 Common Commands TRG Trigger see page 1368 Command Syntax TRG The TRG command has the same effect as the DIGitize command with no parameters See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 DIGitize on page 217 RUN on page 239 STOP on page 243 ...

Page 205: ...orms a self test on the instrument The result of the test is placed in the output queue A zero indicates the test passed and a non zero indicates the test failed If the test fails refer to the troubleshooting section of the Service Guide Return Format result NL result 0 or non zero value an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 ...

Page 206: ...es SCPI Programmer s Guide 6 Common Commands WAI Wait To Continue see page 1368 Command Syntax WAI The WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 ...

Page 207: ...Toscale source source see page 211 n a source CHANnel n source can be repeated up to 5 times n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format AUToscale AMODE value see page 213 AUToscale AMODE see page 213 value NORMal CURRent AUToscale CHANnels value see page 214 AUToscale CHANnels see page 214 value ALL DISPlayed AUToscale FDEBug 0 OFF 1 ON see page 215 AUToscale FDEBug see page 215 0 1 BLANk source see pag...

Page 208: ...integer in NR1 format n a MTERegister EVENt see page 225 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format OPEE n see page 227 OPEE see page 228 n 15 bit integer in NR1 format n a OPERegister CONDitio n see page 229 n 15 bit integer in NR1 format n a OPERegister EVENt see page 232 n 15 bit integer in NR1 format OVLenable mask see page 235 OVLenable see page 236 mask 16 bit integer in NR1 format as shown Bit Weight I...

Page 209: ... n a n a n a SERial see page 240 return value unquoted string containing serial number SINGle see page 241 n a n a n a STATus display see page 242 0 1 display CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m FFT SBUS 1 2 WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format STOP see page 243 n a n a n a TER see page 244 0 1 VIEW source see page 245 n a so...

Page 210: ...peration Status Event Register A Service Request can be generated when the Wait Trig bit transitions and the appropriate enable bits have been set in the Operation Status Enable Register OPEE and the Service Request Enable Register SRE Return Format value NL value 0 1 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register on page 227 OPERe...

Page 211: ...oscale CHANnels on page 214 is set to DISPlayed channels Then the autoscale is performed When the AUToscale command is sent the following conditions are affected and actions are taken Thresholds Channels with activity around the trigger point are turned on others are turned off Channels are reordered on screen analog channel 1 first followed by the remaining analog channels Delay is set to 0 secon...

Page 212: ...ale AMODE on page 213 Example Code AUTOSCALE This command evaluates all the input signals and sets the correct conditions to display all of the active signals myScope WriteString AUToscale Same as pressing Auto Scale key See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 ...

Page 213: ... NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe real time acquisition mode When CURRent is selected the current acquisition type and mode are kept on subsequent AUToscales Use the ACQuire TYPE and ACQuire MODE commands to set the acquisition type and mode Query Syntax AUToscale AMODE The AUToscale AMODE query returns the autoscale acquire mode setting Return Format value NL value NORM CURR See Also Introdu...

Page 214: ...L is selected all channels that meet the requirements of AUToscale will be displayed When DISPlayed is selected only the channels that are turned on are autoscaled Use the VIEW or BLANk root commands to turn channels on or off Query Syntax AUToscale CHANnels The AUToscale CHANnels query returns the autoscale channels setting Return Format value NL value ALL DISP See Also Introduction to Root Comma...

Page 215: ...t Debug option changes the behavior of AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage ground or an active AC signal Channel coupling is maintained for easy viewing of oscillating signals Query Syntax AUToscale FDEBug The AUToscale FDEBug query returns the current autoscale fast debug setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Als...

Page 216: ... or reference waveform location The BLANk command with no parameter turns off all sources See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 DISPlay CLEar on page 330 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 287 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 379 SBUS n DISPlay on page 736 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 STATus on page 242 VIEW on page 245 Example Code Example Code on page 245 NOTE To turn on start displaying a chann...

Page 217: ...on is complete the instrument is stopped If no argument is given DIGitize acquires the channels currently displayed If no channels are displayed all channels are acquired See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 RUN on page 239 SINGle on page 241 STOP on page 243 TIMebase MODE on page 1051 Chapter 8 ACQuire Commands starting on page 247 Chapter 32 WAVeform Commands starting on page 1167 ...

Page 218: ...43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 7 Root Commands Example Code Capture an acquisition using DIGitize myScope WriteString DIGitize CHANnel1 See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 ...

Page 219: ...in the Hardware Event Enable register as an integer number Return Format value NL value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 AER Arm Event Register on page 210 CHANnel n PROTection on page 300 To HWE bit in Operation Status Condition Register OR HWERegister CONDition Hardware Event Condition Register HWEenable HWEenable Hardware Event Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 ...

Page 220: ...ogrammer s Guide 7 Root Commands OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 ...

Page 221: ...EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 To HWE bit in Operation Status Condition Register OR HWERegister CONDition Hardware Event Condition Register HWEenable HWEenable Hardware Event Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 3 4 5 ...

Page 222: ...eration Status Condition Register on page 229 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 To HWE bit in Operation Status Condition Register OR HWERegister CONDition Hardware Event Condition Register HWEenable HWEenable Hardware Event Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 ...

Page 223: ... value contained in the Mask Test Event Enable register as an integer number Return Format value NL To MTE bit in Operation Status Condition Register OR MTEenable MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register Fail Com plete Auto Mask Started Pass Table 76 Mask Test Event Enable Register MTEenable Bit Name Descr...

Page 224: ...roduction to Root Commands on page 209 AER Arm Event Register on page 210 CHANnel n PROTection on page 300 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 ...

Page 225: ... on page 227 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 229 To MTE bit in Operation Status Condition Register OR MTEenable MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register Fail Com plete Auto Mask Started Pass Table 77 Mask Test Event Event Register Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True ...

Page 226: ... 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 7 Root Commands OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 ...

Page 227: ...on Complete Event when any IO operation completes IO operations are any remote data request using any interface USB LAN or GPIB For example if you connect to an oscilloscope using the USB interface and then request waveform data the IOC bit will be set when the IO operation completes 12 HWE Hardware Event Event when hardware event occurs 11 OVLR Overload Event when 50Ω input overload occurs Wait T...

Page 228: ...enable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 Operation Status Event Register OPERegister EVENt on page 1329 Example Checking for Armed Status on page 1339 Example Waiting for IO Operation Complete on page 1344 10 Not used 9 MTE Mask Test Event Event when mask test event occu...

Page 229: ...perations are any remote data request using any interface USB LAN or GPIB For example if you connect to an oscilloscope using the USB interface and then request waveform data the IOC bit will be set when the IO operation completes 12 HWE Hardware Event Event when hardware event occurs 11 OVLR Overload A 50Ω input overload has occurred 10 Not used Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscillosco...

Page 230: ...he Trigger Armed Event Register TER 4 RUI Enab Remote Enabled Shows whether the remote user interface is enabled The front panel graphical user interface can disable most of the remote interface including the OPC syntax for example when a modal dialog box is open the user is being prompted all segments are being analyzed there is a channel overload certain compliance applications are running When ...

Page 231: ...grammer s Guide 231 MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Register on page 223 OPC Operation Complete on page 192 Operation Status Condition Register OPERegister CONDition on page 1331 Example Checking for Armed Status on page 1339 Example Waiting for IO Operation Complete on page 1344 ...

Page 232: ...ns are any remote data request using any interface USB LAN or GPIB For example if you connect to an oscilloscope using the USB interface and then request waveform data the IOC bit will be set when the IO operation completes 12 HWE Hardware Event Event when hardware event occurs 11 OVLR Overload A 50Ω input overload has occurred 10 Not used Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscilloscope not ...

Page 233: ...Enabled The remote user interface has gone from a disabled state to an enabled state The front panel graphical user interface can disable most of the remote interface including the OPC syntax for example when a modal dialog box is open the user is being prompted all segments are being analyzed there is a channel overload certain compliance applications are running When disabled commands or queries...

Page 234: ...ster EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register on page 225 MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Register on page 223 OPC Operation Complete on page 192 Operation Status Event Register OPERegister EVENt on page 1329 Example Checking for Armed Status on page 1339 Example Waiting for IO Operation Complete on page 1344 ...

Page 235: ...dance to 50Ω on the 300 MHz 500 MHz and 1 GHz bandwidth oscilloscope models On these same bandwidth models if there are only two analog channels you can also set external trigger input impedance to 50Ω Table 81 Overload Event Enable Register OVL Bit Description When Set 1 High True Enables 15 10 Not used 9 Channel 4 Fault Event when fault occurs on Channel 4 input 8 Channel 3 Fault Event when faul...

Page 236: ...Operation Status Enable Register on page 227 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 229 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 237 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 2 Channel 3 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input 1 Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occur...

Page 237: ...igger input impedance to 50Ω Table 82 Overload Event Register OVLR Bit Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 15 10 Not used 9 Channel 4 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 4 input 8 Channel 3 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input 7 Channel 2 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input 6 Channel 1 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input 5 4 Not used 3 Channel 4 OVL Overload has occur...

Page 238: ...rn Format value NL value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 CHANnel n PROTection on page 300 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register on page 227 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 235 STB Read Status Byte on page 202 SRE Service Request Enable on page 200 ...

Page 239: ... See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 SINGle on page 241 STOP on page 243 Example Code RUN_STOP not executed in this example RUN starts the data acquisition for the active waveform display STOP stops the data acquisition and turns off AUTOSTORE myScope WriteString RUN Start data acquisition myScope WriteString STOP Stop the data acquisition See complete example programs at Chapter 40...

Page 240: ...XIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 7 Root Commands SERial see page 1368 Query Syntax SERial The SERial query returns the serial number of the instrument Return Format Unquoted string NL See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 ...

Page 241: ...mmer s Guide 241 SINGle see page 1368 Command Syntax SINGle The SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 RUN on page 239 STOP on page 243 ...

Page 242: ...s in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The STATus query reports whether the channel function serial decode bus or reference waveform location specified by source is displayed Return Format value NL value 1 0 See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 BLANk on page 216 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 287 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 379 SBUS n DISPlay on page 736 WMEMory r DISPlay on pa...

Page 243: ...rammer s Guide 243 STOP see page 1368 Command Syntax STOP The STOP command stops the acquisition This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 RUN on page 239 SINGle on page 241 Example Code Example Code on page 239 ...

Page 244: ... occurred The Trigger Event Register is summarized in the TRG bit of the Status Byte Register STB A Service Request SRQ can be generated when the TRG bit of the Status Byte transitions and the TRG bit is set in the Service Request Enable register The Trigger Event Register must be cleared each time you want a new service request to be generated Return Format value NL value 1 0 a 16 bit integer in ...

Page 245: ...ce waveform location See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 209 BLANk on page 216 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 287 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 379 SBUS n DISPlay on page 736 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 STATus on page 242 Example Code VIEW_BLANK not executed in this example VIEW turns on starts displaying a channel BLANK turns off stops displaying a channel myScope WriteString BLANk CHANnel1...

Page 246: ...246 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 7 Root Commands ...

Page 247: ...see page 252 count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format ACQuire DAALias mode see page 253 ACQuire DAALias see page 253 mode DISable AUTO ACQuire DIGitizer 0 OFF 1 ON see page 254 ACQuire DIGitizer see page 254 0 1 ACQuire MODE mode see page 255 ACQuire MODE see page 255 mode RTIMe ETIMe SEGMented ACQuire POINts ANAL og points see page 256 ACQuire POINts ANAL og see page 256 points AUTO points_...

Page 248: ...on The ACQuire TYPE HRESolution command sets the oscilloscope in the high resolution mode also known as smoothing This mode is used to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster than needed to fill memory for the displayed time range Instead of decimating samples they are ACQuire SEGMented AN ALyze see page 259 n a n a ACQuire SEGMented CO UNt count see page 260 ACQuire...

Page 249: ...veraged together for each display point Peak Detect The ACQuire TYPE PEAK command sets the oscilloscope in the peak detect mode In this mode ACQuire COUNt has no meaning Reporting the Setup Use ACQuire to query setup information for the ACQuire subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the ACQuire query In this case the query was issued following a RST command ACQ MODE RTIM T...

Page 250: ...e page 1368 Query Syntax ACQuire AALias The ACQuire AALias query returns the current state of the oscilloscope acquisition anti alias control This control can be directly disabled or disabled automatically Return Format value NL value 1 0 See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 248 ACQuire DAALias on page 253 ...

Page 251: ...value for the COMPlete command is 100 All time buckets must contain data for the acquisition to be considered complete Query Syntax ACQuire COMPlete The ACQuire COMPlete query returns the completion criteria 100 for the currently selected mode Return Format completion_criteria NL completion_criteria 100 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 248 ACQuire TYPE on ...

Page 252: ... to any value from 2 to 65536 Query Syntax ACQuire COUNT The ACQuire COUNT query returns the currently selected count value for averaging mode Return Format count_argument NL count_argument an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 248 ACQuire TYPE on page 266 DIGitize on page 217 WAVeform COUNt on page 1176 NOTE The ACQuire COUNt 1 command has been...

Page 253: ...bled This is good for cases where dithered data is not desired When set to AUTO the oscilloscope turns off anti alias control as needed Such cases are when the FFT or differentiate math functions are silent The DIGitize command always turns off the anti alias control as well Query Syntax ACQuire DAALias The ACQuire DAALias query returns the oscilloscope s current disable anti alias mode setting Re...

Page 254: ...eyond the edges of or take up just a small portion of the waveform display depending on the oscilloscope s time div setting Digitizer mode cannot be used along with these other oscilloscope features XY and Roll time modes horizontal Zoom display time references other than Center segmented memory serial decode digital channels frequency response analysis mask test and the power application In most ...

Page 255: ... command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode The ACQuire MODE SEGMented command sets the oscilloscope in segmented memory mode Query Syntax ACQuire MODE The ACQuire MODE query returns the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope Return Format mode_argument NL mode_argument RTIM SEGM See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 248 ACQuire TYPE on page 266 NOTE The obsolete command ACQuire TYP...

Page 256: ...is used When the oscilloscope is running RUN command continuously making acquisitions or when the DIGitize command is used the requested amount of memory is halved The maximum amount of memory available is halved when both channels in a pair are turned on Channels 1 and 2 are one pair channels 3 and 4 are the other Query Syntax ACQuire POINts ANALog The ACQuire POINts ANALog query returns the numb...

Page 257: ...the oscilloscope s default This is equivalent to turning Digitizer mode off using the ACQuire DIGitizer command OFF the anallog channel memory depth is set using the ACQuire POINts ANALog command This is equivalent to turning Digitizer mode on using the ACQuire DIGitizer command The Automatic or Digitizer mode setting also affects the sample rate see the ACQuire SRATe ANALog command Query Syntax A...

Page 258: ...cope s timebase to an external 10 MHz square or sine wave signal that is input to the MMCX connector labeled REF I O The amplitude must be from 5 dBm to 17 dBm 356 mVpp to 4 48 Vpp The PXIE mode synchronizes the oscilloscope s timebase to the PXIe chassis 100 MHz reference signal In this mode the oscilloscope s timebase is synchronized with other instruments in the PXIe chassis that are also using...

Page 259: ...istence over all segments that have been acquired It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus In order to use this command the oscilloscope must be stopped and in segmented acquisition mode with either quick measurements or infinite persistence on See Also ACQuire MODE on page 255 ACQuire SEGMented COUNt on ...

Page 260: ...ry segments in the current acquisition is returned by the WAVeform SEGMented COUNt query The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth of your oscilloscope For example an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows a maximum of 250 segments Query Syntax ACQuire SEGMented COUNt The ACQuire SEGMented COUNt query returns the current count setting Return Format count NL count an integer fro...

Page 261: ...indexed memory segment is returned by the WAVeform SEGMented TTAG query The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth of your oscilloscope For example an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows a maximum of 250 segments Query Syntax ACQuire SEGMented INDex The ACQuire SEGMented INDex query returns the current segmented memory index setting Return Format index NL index an integer fro...

Page 262: ...uire SEGMented COUNt strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Acquisition memory segments strQueryResult If data will be acquired within the IO timeout myScope IO Timeout 10000 myScope WriteString DIGitize Debug Print DIGitize blocks until all segments acquired myScope WriteString WAVeform SEGMented COUNt varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Or to poll until the desired number of segments acquir...

Page 263: ...strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Acquisition memory segment index strQueryResult Display the segment time tag myScope WriteString WAVeform SEGMented TTAG dblTimeTag myScope ReadNumber Debug Print Segment CStr lngI time tag _ FormatNumber dblTimeTag 12 Next lngI Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End Sub ...

Page 264: ...izer manual mode with the desired sample rate The Automatic or Digitizer mode setting also affects the memory depth see the ACQuire POINts ANALog command The actual sample rate used is returned by the ACQuire SRATe ANALog query Query Syntax ACQuire SRATe ANALog MAXimum The ACQuire SRATe ANALog query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition sample rate The sample rate is not directly controllab...

Page 265: ...he oscilloscope s default This is equivalent to turning Digitizer mode off using the ACQuire DIGitizer command OFF the anallog channel sample rate is set using the ACQuire SRATe ANALog command This is equivalent to turning Digitizer mode on using the ACQuire DIGitizer command The Automatic or Digitizer mode setting also affects the memory depth see the ACQuire POINts ANALog command Query Syntax AC...

Page 266: ...ded to fill memory for the displayed time range For example if the digitizer samples at 200 MSa s but the effective sample rate is 1 MSa s because of a slower sweep speed only 1 out of every 200 samples needs to be stored Instead of storing one sample and throwing others away the 200 samples are averaged together to provide the value for one display point The slower the sweep speed the greater the...

Page 267: ... COUNt on page 252 ACQuire MODE on page 255 DIGitize on page 217 WAVeform FORMat on page 1179 WAVeform TYPE on page 1196 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 Example Code AQUIRE_TYPE Sets the acquisition mode which can be NORMAL PEAK or AVERAGE myScope WriteString ACQuire TYPE NORMal See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 ...

Page 268: ...268 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 8 ACQuire Commands ...

Page 269: ...day all in NR1 format CALibrate LABel string see page 272 CALibrate LABel see page 272 string quoted ASCII string up to 32 characters CALibrate OUTPut signal see page 273 CALibrate OUTPut see page 274 signal TRIGgers MASK WAVEgen WGEN1 WGEN2 TSOurce Note WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent Note WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs n a CALibrate PROTected see page 275 PROTected UNPRotect...

Page 270: ...OTECT Saving and querying the calibration label string Reporting the calibration time and date Reporting changes in the temperature since the last calibration Starting the user calibration procedure n a CALibrate TEMPeratur e see page 278 return value degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format n a CALibrate TIME see page 279 return value hours minutes seconds all in NR1 format Table 84 CALibrate...

Page 271: ...scopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 271 CALibrate DATE see page 1368 Query Syntax CALibrate DATE The CALibrate DATE query returns the date of the last calibration Return Format date NL date year month day in NR1 format NL See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 ...

Page 272: ...s The CALibrate LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument s non volatile memory The string may be used to record calibration dates or other information as needed Query Syntax CALibrate LABel The CALibrate LABel query returns the contents of the calibration label string Return Format string NL string unquoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length...

Page 273: ...trigger mode when the ATRigger Arm Trigger trigger event is selected see TRIGger NFC TEVent on page 1111 The ATRigger trigger event lets you arm the oscilloscope on one event and then trigger on a second event or after a specified timeout period if the second event does not occur When CALibrate OUTPut is NFC and the specified event arms the Aux Out goes high The oscilloscope waits until a second e...

Page 274: ...me of a single acquisition The trigger source can be a front panel analog input channel or an external trigger input The output level is 0 5 V into an open circuit and 0 2 5 V into 50 Ω This option is not available in all trigger modes OFF This option turns off the Aux Out output Query Syntax CALibrate OUTPut The CALibrate OUTPut query returns the current source of the Aux Out signal Return Format...

Page 275: ...uery Syntax CALibrate PROTected The CALibrate PROTected query returns the rear panel calibration protect CAL PROTECT button state The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled Return Format switch NL switch PROTected UNPRotected See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 ...

Page 276: ...te STARt command starts the user calibration procedure See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 CALibrate PROTected on page 275 NOTE Before starting the user calibration procedure you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to UNPROTECTED and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs See the User s Guide for details ...

Page 277: ...ibrate STATus query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure Return Format return value NL return value status_code status_string status_code an integer status code status_string an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 Status Code Status String 0 Calibrated 1 Not Calibrated ...

Page 278: ...e TEMPerature see page 1368 Query Syntax CALibrate TEMPerature The CALibrate TEMPerature query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure Return Format return value NL return value degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 ...

Page 279: ...opes SCPI Programmer s Guide 279 CALibrate TIME see page 1368 Query Syntax CALibrate TIME The CALibrate TIME query returns the time of the last calibration Return Format date NL date hour minutes seconds in NR1 format See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 270 ...

Page 280: ...280 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 9 CALibrate Commands ...

Page 281: ... n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 287 CHANnel n DISPlay see page 287 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n IMPedance impedance see page 288 CHANnel n IMPedance see page 288 impedance ONEMeg FIFTy n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n INVert 0 OFF 1 ON see page 289 CHANnel n INVert see page 289 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format ...

Page 282: ...1 P6243 P6245 P6246 P6247 P6248 P6249 P6250 P6251 P670X P671X TCP202 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROBe RSE Nse value see page 296 CHANnel n PROBe RSE Nse see page 296 value Ohms in NR3 format n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROBe SKE W skew_value see page 297 CHANnel n PROBe SKE W see page 297 skew_value 100 ns to 100 ns in NR3 format n 1 to analog channels in NR1...

Page 283: ...tup Use CHANnel1 CHANnel2 CHANnel3 or CHANnel4 to query setup information for the CHANnel n subsystem Return Format The following are sample responses from the CHANnel n query In this case the query was issued following a RST command CHANnel n RANGe range suffix see page 301 CHANnel n RANGe see page 301 range Vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V mV n 1 to analog channels in NR1 f...

Page 284: ...iniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 10 CHANnel n Commands CHAN1 RANG 40 0E 00 OFFS 0 00000E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 1 BWL 0 INV 0 LAB 1 UNIT VOLT PROB 10E 00 PROB SKEW 0 00E 00 STYP SING ...

Page 285: ... 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n BWLimit command controls an internal low pass filter When the filter is on the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz Query Syntax CHANnel n BWLimit The CHANnel n BWLimit query returns the current setting of the low pass filter Return Format bwlimit NL bwlimit 1 0 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 28...

Page 286: ...to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC Query Syntax CHANnel n COUPling The CHANnel n COUPling query returns the current coupling for the specified channel Return Format coupling value NL coupling value AC DC See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 28...

Page 287: ...0 OFF n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off Query Syntax CHANnel n DISPlay The CHANnel n DISPlay query returns the current display setting for the specified channel Return Format display value NL display value 1 0 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 283 VIEW on page 245 BLANk on page 216 STATus on pag...

Page 288: ...ls in NR1 format The CHANnel n IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel The legal values for this command are ONEMeg 1 MΩ and FIFTy 50Ω Query Syntax CHANnel n IMPedance The CHANnel n IMPedance query returns the current input impedance setting for the specified channel Return Format impedance value NL impedance value ONEM FIFT See Also Introduction to C...

Page 289: ... 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel The inversion may be 1 ON inverted or 0 OFF not inverted Query Syntax CHANnel n INVert The CHANnel n INVert query returns the current state of the channel inversion Return Format invert value NL invert value 0 1 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on ...

Page 290: ...log channel Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 283 DISPlay LABel on page 336 DISPlay LABList on page 337 Example Code LABEL This command allows you to write a name 32 characters maximum next to the channel number It is not necessary but can be useful for organizing the display myScope WriteString CHANnel1 LABel CAL 1 Label ch1 CAL...

Page 291: ...legal values varies with the value set by the CHANnel n RANGe and CHANnel n SCALe commands If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Legal values are affected by the probe attenuation setting Query Syntax CHANnel n OFFSet The CHANnel n OFFSet query returns the current offset value for the selected channel Return For...

Page 292: ...ng trigger levels If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope the attenuation value cannot be changed from the sensed value Attempting to set the oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces an error Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe The CHANnel n PROBe query returns the current probe attenuation factor for the selected channel Return Format attenuation NL attenu...

Page 293: ...le ended 20 dB DIFF0 Differential 0 dB DIFF6 Differential 6 dB DIFF12 Differential 12 dB DIFF20 Differential 20 dB DSMA Differential SMA probe head 0 dB DSMA6 Differential SMA probe head 6 dB Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe HEAD TYPE The CHANnel n PROBe HEAD TYPE query returns the current probe head type setting for the selected channel Return Format head_param NL head_param SEND0 SEND6 SEND12 SEND20...

Page 294: ...ANnel n PROBe ID query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel Return Format probe id NL probe id unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are 1131A 1132A 1134A 1147A 1153A 1154A 1156A 1157A 1158A 1159A AutoProbe E2621A E2622A E2695A E2697A HP1152A HP1153A NONE Probe Unknown Unsupported See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Comman...

Page 295: ...P6247 P6248 P6249 P6250 P6251 P670X P671X TCP202 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n PROBe MMODel command sets the model number of the supported Tektronix probe Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe MMODel The CHANnel n PROBe MMODel query returns the model number setting Return Format value NL value P5205 P5210 P6205 P6241 P6243 P6245 P6246 P6247 P6248 P6249 P6250 P6251 P670X P671X TCP202 Se...

Page 296: ...from 1 mΩ to 1MΩ Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe RSENse The CHANnel n PROBe RSENse query returns the R sense resistor value setting When the N2820A high sensitivity current probe is not attached the query returns INF When the N2820A high sensitivity current probe is attached and a special head is attached to the probe the query returns the value of the special head For example if the head is a 20 mΩ ...

Page 297: ...command sets the channel to channel skew factor for the specified channel Each analog channel can be adjusted or 100 ns for a total of 200 ns difference between channels You can use the oscilloscope s probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channels Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe SKEW The CHANnel n PROBe SKEW query returns the current probe skew setting for the selected channel Retur...

Page 298: ... probes and determines how offset is applied When single ended is selected the CHANnel n OFFSet command changes the offset value of the probe amplifier When differential is selected the CHANnel n OFFSet command changes the offset value of the channel amplifier Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe STYPe The CHANnel n PROBe STYPe query returns the current probe signal type setting for the selected channel R...

Page 299: ...HANnel n PROBe ZOOM command specifies whether this cable will have the Zoom In waveform ON or the Zoom Out waveform OFF The other cable will have the opposite waveform Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe ZOOM The CHANnel n PROBe ZOOM query returns the zoom setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also CHANnel n PROBe RSENse on page 296 MEASure DUAL CHARge on page 473 MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude on pa...

Page 300: ...reset the overload protection It allows the channel to be used again in 50Ω mode after the signal that caused the overload has been removed from the channel input Reset the analog channel input impedance to 50Ω see CHANnel n IMPedance on page 288 after clearing the overvoltage protection Query Syntax CHANnel n PROTection The CHANnel n PROTection query returns the state of the input protection for ...

Page 301: ... changed the range value is multiplied by the probe attenuation factor Query Syntax CHANnel n RANGe The CHANnel n RANGe query returns the current full scale range setting for the specified channel Return Format range_argument NL range_argument vertical full scale range value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 283 CHANnel n SCALe on page 302 CHANnel n PROBe on page 29...

Page 302: ...CALe command sets the vertical scale or units per division of the selected channel If the probe attenuation is changed the scale value is multiplied by the probe s attenuation factor Query Syntax CHANnel n SCALe The CHANnel n SCALe query returns the current scale setting for the specified channel Return Format scale value NL scale value vertical units per division in NR3 format See Also Introducti...

Page 303: ...r the connected probe Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select Query Syntax CHANnel n UNITs The CHANnel n UNITs query returns the current units setting for the specified channel Return Format units NL units VOLT AMP See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page...

Page 304: ...alue 1 ON 0 OFF n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n VERNier command specifies whether the channel s vernier fine vertical adjustment setting is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax CHANnel n VERNier The CHANnel n VERNier query returns the current state of the channel s vernier setting Return Format vernier value NL vernier value 0 1 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 283 ...

Page 305: ...page 308 0 1 COUNter MODE mode see page 309 COUNter MODE see page 309 mode FREQuency PERiod TOTalize COUNter NDIGits value see page 310 COUNter NDIGits see page 310 value 3 to 8 in NR1 format COUNter SOURce source see page 311 COUNter SOURce see page 311 source CHANnel n TQEVent n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format COUNter TOTalize CLE ar see page 312 n a n a COUNter TOTalize GAT E ENABle 0 OFF 1 ...

Page 306: ...The following is a sample response from the COUNter query In this case the query was issued following the RST command COUN ENAB 0 SOUR CHAN1 MODE FREQ NDIG 5 COUNter TOTalize GAT E SOURce source see page 315 COUNter TOTalize GAT E SOURce see page 315 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format COUNter TOTalize SLO Pe slope see page 316 COUNter TOTalize SLO Pe see page 316 slope NEGative ...

Page 307: ...07 COUNter CURRent see page 1368 Query Syntax COUNter CURRent The COUNter CURRent query returns the current counter value Return Format value NL value current counter value in NR3 format See Also COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 ...

Page 308: ...tax COUNter ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON The COUNter ENABle command enables or disables the counter feature Query Syntax COUNter ENABle The COUNter ENABle query returns whether the counter is enabled or disabled Return Format off_on NL 0 1 See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 ...

Page 309: ...iods of the signal s cycles TOTalize the count of edge events on the signal Query Syntax COUNter MODE The COUNter MODE query returns the counter mode setting Return Format mode NL mode FREQ PER TOT See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 COUNter TOTalize CLEar on page 312 COUNter TOTalize GATE ENABle on page 313 COUNter...

Page 310: ...r gate times which cause the measurement times to be longer as well Query Syntax COUNter NDIGits The COUNter NDIGits query returns the currently set number of digits of resolution Return Format value NL value 3 to 8 in NR1 format See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter SOURce on page 311 COUNter TOTalize CLEar on page 312 COUNter TOTalize GA...

Page 311: ...how often trigger events are detected This can be more often than when triggers actually occur due to the oscilloscope s acquisition time or update rate capabilities The TRIG OUT signal shows when triggers actually occur Remember that the oscilloscope s trigger circuitry does not re arm until the holdoff time occurs TRIGger HOLDoff and that the minimum holdoff time is 40 ns therefore the maximum t...

Page 312: ...CLEar The COUNter TOTalize CLEar command zeros the edge event counter See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 COUNter TOTalize GATE ENABle on page 313 COUNter TOTalize GATE POLarity on page 314 COUNter TOTalize GATE SOURce on page 315 COUNter TOTalize SLOPe on page 316 ...

Page 313: ...ng signal polarity is true The second gating signal can be one of the remaining analog channel inputs Query Syntax COUNter TOTalize GATE ENABle The COUNter TOTalize GATE ENABle query returns whether totalizer gating is enabled or disabled Return Format off_on NL 0 1 See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce o...

Page 314: ...unted The gating signal is specified with the COUNter TOTalize GATE SOURce command Query Syntax COUNter TOTalize GATE POLarity The COUNter TOTalize GATE POLarity query returns the currently specified gating signal condition Return Format polarity NL polarity NEG POS See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce o...

Page 315: ... analog channel that has the totalizer gating signal Query Syntax COUNter TOTalize GATE SOURce The COUNter TOTalize GATE SOURce query returns the current totalizer gating signal source Return Format source NL See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 COUNter TOTalize CLEar on page 312 COUNter TOTa...

Page 316: ... or negative edges are counted Query Syntax COUNter TOTalize SLOPe The COUNter TOTalize SLOPe query returns the currently set slope specification Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also COUNter CURRent on page 307 COUNter ENABle on page 308 COUNter MODE on page 309 COUNter NDIGits on page 310 COUNter SOURce on page 311 COUNter TOTalize CLEar on page 312 COUNter TOTalize GATE ENABle on page 3...

Page 317: ...orting the Setup Use DEMO to query setup information for the DEMO subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the DEMO query In this case the query was issued following the RST command DEMO FUNC SIN OUTP 0 Table 87 DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns DEMO FUNCtion signal see page 318 DEMO FUNCtion see page 319 signal SINusoid NOISy RINGing SINGle CLK G...

Page 318: ... selected single shot signal to be output CLK 3 6 MHz clock 2 Vpp 1 V offset with infrequent glitch 1 glitch per 1 000 000 clocks GLITch Burst of 6 digital pulses plus infrequent glitch that occurs once every 80 µs 3 6 Vpp 1 8 V offset BURSt Burst of digital pulses that occur every 50 µs 3 6 Vpp 1 5 V offset RUNT Digital pulse train with positive and negative runt pulses 2 9 Vpp 1 5 V offset TRANs...

Page 319: ...NChester Manchester NRZ 125 kbps 2 5 Vpp 1 25 V offset a 125 kb s 10 bit PSI5 like signal MIL MIL STD 1553 RT to RT transfer received 1 3 Vpp transmitted 4 8 Vpp 0 V offset NMONotonic Digital pulse train with infrequent non monotonic rising edges 2 85 Vpp 1 42 V offset HARMonics 1 kHz sine wave 3 5 Vpp 0 0 V offset with a 2 kHz sine wave coupled in COUPling 1 kHz square wave 1 Vpp 0 0 V offset wit...

Page 320: ...ax DEMO OUTPut on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The DEMO OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax DEMO OUTPut The DEMO OUTPut query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to DEMO Commands on page 317 DEMO FUNCtion on page 318 ...

Page 321: ... DISPlay ANNotation n COLor color see page 326 DISPlay ANNotation n COLor see page 326 color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARKer WHITe RED n an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT string see page 327 DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT see page 327 string quoted ASCII string up to 254 characters n an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format DISPlay ANNotation n X1Position value see page 328...

Page 322: ... see page 335 value an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format DISPlay LABel 0 OFF 1 ON see page 336 DISPlay LABel see page 336 0 1 DISPlay LABList binary block see page 337 DISPlay LABList see page 337 binary block an ordered list of up to 75 labels each 10 characters maximum separated by newline characters DISPlay MENU menu see page 338 n a menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POWer DISPlay MESSage CL...

Page 323: ...els and text This subsystem allows the following actions Clear the waveform area on the display Turn vectors on or off Set waveform persistence Specify labels Save and Recall display data Reporting the Setup Use DISPlay to query the setup information for the DISPlay subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the DISPlay query In this case the query was issued following a RST c...

Page 324: ... in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope s display The annotation is useful for documentation purposes to add notes before capturing screens Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n The DISPlay ANNotation n query returns the annotation setting Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT on page 327 DISPlay ANNotation n COLor on page 326 DISPlay ANNotation n BACKground on page...

Page 325: ...ation OPAQue the annotation has a solid background INVerted the annotation s foreground and background colors are switched Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n BACKground The DISPlay ANNotation n BACKground query returns the specified annotation background mode Return Format mode NL mode OPAQ INV See Also DISPlay ANNotation n on page 324 DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT on page 327 DISPlay ANNotation n COLo...

Page 326: ... choose white red or colors that match analog channels digital channels math waveforms reference waveforms or markers Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n COLor The DISPlay ANNotation n COLor query returns the specified annotation color Return Format color NL color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARK WHIT RED See Also DISPlay ANNotation n on page 324 DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT on page 327 DISPlay ANNota...

Page 327: ...e actual backslash and n characters in the string Carriage returns lessen the number of characters available for the annotation string Use DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT to remotely clear the annotation text Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT The DISPlay ANNotation n TEXT query returns the specified annotation text When carr...

Page 328: ...ISPlay ANNotation n X1Position command sets the annotation s horizontal X1 position Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n X1Position The DISPlay ANNotation n X1Position query returns the annotation s horizontal X1 position Return Format value NL value an integer from 0 to 800 width of annotation in NR1 form at See Also DISPlay ANNotation n Y1Position on page 329 DISPlay ANNotation n on page 324 DISPla...

Page 329: ...e DISPlay ANNotation n Y1Position command sets the annotation s vertical Y1 position Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation n Y1Position The DISPlay ANNotation n Y1Position query returns the annotation s vertical Y1 position Return Format value NL value an integer from 0 to 480 height of annotation in NR1 for mat See Also DISPlay ANNotation n X1Position on page 328 DISPlay ANNotation n on page 324 DISPla...

Page 330: ...LEar The DISPlay CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements If the oscilloscope is stopped all currently displayed data is erased If the oscilloscope is running all of the data for active channels and functions is erased however new data is displayed on the next acquisition See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 323 ...

Page 331: ...Format display data NL display data binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 323 HCOPY SDUMp DATA on page 414 HCOPY SDUMp FORMat on page 415 RCL Recall on page 195 SAV Save on page 199 VIEW on page 245 Example Code IMAGE_TRANSFER In this example we will query for the image data with DISPlay DATA read the data and then save it to a file Dim byteData A...

Page 332: ...DISPlay GRATicule ALABels 0 OFF 1 ON The DISPlay GRATicule ALABels command turns graticule grid axis labels on or off Query Syntax DISPlay GRATicule ALABels The DISPlay GRATicule ALABels query returns the graticule grid axis labels setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also DISPlay GRATicule INTensity on page 333 DISPlay GRATicule TYPE on page 334 ...

Page 333: ...RATicule INTensity value value an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format The DISPlay GRATicule INTensity command sets the graticule grid intensity Query Syntax DISPlay GRATicule INTensity The DISPlay GRATicule INTensity query returns the graticule grid intensity setting Return Format value NL See Also DISPlay GRATicule ALABels on page 332 DISPlay GRATicule TYPE on page 334 ...

Page 334: ...Institute of Radio Engineers shows vertical grids in IRE units labeled on the left from 40 to 100 IRE The 0 35 V and 0 7 V levels from the MVOLt grid are also shown and labeled at the right When the IRE grid is selected cursor values on the display are also shown in IRE units However cursor values via the remote interface are not in IRE units The MVOLt and IRE grid values are accurate when the ver...

Page 335: ... integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format The DISPlay INTensity WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity This is the same as adjusting the front panel Intensity knob Query Syntax DISPlay INTensity WAVeform The DISPlay INTensity WAVeform query returns the waveform intensity setting Return Format value NL value an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 3...

Page 336: ...n and off Query Syntax DISPlay LABel The DISPlay LABel query returns the display mode of the analog channel labels Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 323 CHANnel n LABel on page 290 Example Code DISP_LABEL Turns label names ON or OFF on the analyzer display myScope WriteString DISPlay LABel ON Turn on labels See complete example programs at Chapter 4...

Page 337: ...y LABList The DISPlay LABList query returns the label list Return Format binary block NL binary block an ordered list of up to 75 labels a maximum of 32 characters each separated by newline characters See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 323 DISPlay LABel on page 336 CHANnel n LABel on page 290 NOTE Labels that begin with the same alphabetic base string followed by decimal digits are ...

Page 338: ...mmer s Guide 13 DISPlay Commands DISPlay MENU see page 1368 Command Syntax DISPlay MENU menu menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POWer OFF The DISPlay MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu or turns it off When off channel setup information is displayed instead ...

Page 339: ...1 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 339 DISPlay MESSage CLEar see page 1368 Command Syntax DISPlay MESSage CLEar The DISPlay MESSage CLEar command removes all user messages that are currently on screen See Also SYSTem DSP on page 1026 ...

Page 340: ...ce INFinite indicates infinite persistence time for variable persistence that is you can specify how long acquisitions remain on the screen ADAPtive all previous acquisitions that have taken place in hardware since the last controller PC screen capture are displayed Use the DISPlay CLEar command to erase points stored by persistence Query Syntax DISPlay PERSistence The DISPlay PERSistence query re...

Page 341: ...scilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 341 DISPlay SIDebar see page 1368 Command Syntax DISPlay SIDebar sidebar sidebar SUMMary CURSors MEASurements DVM NAVigate CONTrols EVENts COUNter The DISPlay SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen ...

Page 342: ...VECTors vectors vectors 1 ON Vector display is always ON in the M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes When vectors are turned on the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points Query Syntax DISPlay VECTors The DISPlay VECTors query returns the vectors setting Return Format vectors NL vectors 1 See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 323 ...

Page 343: ...y Options and Query Returns DVM ARANge 0 OFF 1 ON see page 344 DVM ARANge see page 344 0 1 n a DVM CURRent see page 345 dvm_value floating point number in NR3 format DVM ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 346 DVM ENABle see page 346 0 1 DVM MODE mode see page 347 DVM MODE see page 347 dvm_mode ACRMs DC DCRMs DVM SOURce source see page 348 DVM SOURce see page 348 source CHANnel n n 1 2 or 1 4 in NR1 format...

Page 344: ... vertical scale vertical ground level position and trigger threshold voltage level used for the counter frequency measurement are automatically adjusted The Auto Range capability overrides attempted adjustments of the channel s vertical scale and position When off you can adjust the channel s vertical scale and position normally Query Syntax DVM ARANge The DVM ARANge query returns a flag indicatin...

Page 345: ...rrent mode Return Format dvm_value NL dvm_value floating point number in NR3 format See Also DVM SOURce on page 348 DVM ENABle on page 346 DVM MODE on page 347 NOTE It can take up to a few seconds after DVM analysis is enabled before this query starts to produce good results that is results other than 9 9E 37 To wait for good values after DVM analysis is enabled programs should loop until a value ...

Page 346: ...tting setting OFF 0 ON 1 The DVM ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter DVM analysis feature on or off Query Syntax DVM ENABle The DVM ENABle query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter DVM analysis feature is on or off Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also DVM SOURce on page 348 DVM MODE on page 347 DVM ARANge on page 344 ...

Page 347: ...VM mode ACRMs displays the root mean square value of the acquired data with the DC component removed DC displays the DC value of the acquired data DCRMs displays the root mean square value of the acquired data Query Syntax DVM MODE The DVM MODE query returns the selected DVM mode Return Format dvm_mode NL dvm_mode ACRM DC DCRM See Also DVM ENABle on page 346 DVM SOURce on page 348 DVM ARANge on pa...

Page 348: ... select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter DVM measurements are made The selected channel does not have to be on displaying a waveform in order for DVM measurements to be made Query Syntax DVM SOURce The DVM SOURce query returns the selected DVM input source Return Format source NL source CHAN n n 1 2 or 1 4 in NR1 format See Also DVM ENABle on page 346 DVM MODE on page 347 DVM ARANge o...

Page 349: ... Reporting the Setup Use EXTernal to query setup information for the EXTernal subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the EXTernal query In this case the query was issued following a RST command EXT BWL 0 RANG 8 0E 00 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 000E 00 Table 90 EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns EXTernal BWLimit bwlimit see page 350 EXTernal BWL...

Page 350: ...ded for product compatibility The only legal value is 0 or OFF Use the TRIGger HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input Query Syntax EXTernal BWLimit The EXTernal BWLimit query returns the current setting of the low pass filter always 0 Return Format bwlimit NL bwlimit 0 See Also Introduction to EXTernal Trigger Commands on page 349 Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page...

Page 351: ...eference constants for scaling the display factors and for setting trigger levels If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope the attenuation value cannot be changed from the sensed value Attempting to set the oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces an error Query Syntax EXTernal PROBe The EXTernal PROBe query returns the current probe attenuation facto...

Page 352: ...When using 1 1 probe attenuation the range can only be set to 8 0 V If the probe attenuation is changed the range value is multiplied by the probe attenuation factor Query Syntax EXTernal RANGe The EXTernal RANGe query returns the current full scale range setting for the external trigger Return Format range_argument NL range_argument external trigger range value in NR3 format See Also Introduction...

Page 353: ...t VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select Query Syntax EXTernal UNITs The CHANnel n UNITs query returns the current units setting for the external trigger Return Format units NL units VOLT AMP See Also Introduction to EXTernal Trigger Commands on page 349 Introduction to T...

Page 354: ...354 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 15 EXTernal Trigger Commands ...

Page 355: ...358 FRANalysis ENABle see page 358 0 1 FRANalysis FREQuency MODE setting see page 359 FRANalysis FREQuency MODE see page 359 setting SWEep SINGle FRANalysis FREQuency SINGle value suffix see page 360 FRANalysis FREQuency SINGle see page 360 value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 2000000 suffix Hz kHz MHz FRANalysis FREQuency STARt value suffix see page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt see p...

Page 356: ...N1 OUTP CHAN2 FRAN FREQ STAR 100E 00 STOP 20 000000E 06 FRAN WGEN VOLT 200 0E 03 LOAD FIFT FRANalysis SOURce IN Put source see page 365 FRANalysis SOURce IN Put see page 365 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format FRANalysis SOURce OU TPut source see page 366 FRANalysis SOURce OU TPut see page 366 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format FRANalysis TRACe selection see pa...

Page 357: ...lysis results The SWEep or SINGle option specifies whether to get the data from a sweep or single frequency analysis see FRANalysis FREQuency MODE If this option is not specified the data from the sweep analysis is returned by default Return Format binary_block NL binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis FREQuency MODE...

Page 358: ...on or off Query Syntax FRANalysis ENABle The FRANalysis ENABle query returns a flag indicating whether the Frequency Response Analysis FRA feature is on or off Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STOP on page 362 FRANalysis RUN on page 364 FRANalysis SOURce INPut on page 365 FRANalysis SOURce OUTPut o...

Page 359: ...l swept frequency response analysis or analysis at a single frequency which can be useful when debugging Query Syntax FRANalysis FREQuency MODE The FRANalysis FREQuency MODE query returns the frequency mode setting Return Format setting NL setting SWEep SINGle See Also FRANalysis RUN on page 364 FRANalysis FREQuency SINGle on page 360 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STO...

Page 360: ... so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz Query Syntax FRANalysis FREQuency SINGle The FRANalysis FREQuency SINGle query returns the single frequency setting Return Format value NL value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 2000000 See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis PPDecade on page 363 FRANalysis FREQuency M...

Page 361: ...from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz Query Syntax FRANalysis FREQuency STARt The FRANalysis FREQuency STARt query returns the frequency sweep start setting Return Format value NL value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis FREQuency STOP on page 362 FRANalysis PPDecade on page 363 FRANalys...

Page 362: ...ecade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz Query Syntax FRANalysis FREQuency STOP The FRANalysis FREQuency STOP query returns the frequency sweep stop setting Return Format value NL value 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis PPDecade on page 363 FRANalysi...

Page 363: ... 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 The FRANalysis PPDecade command specifies the number of points per decade in the frequency response analysis Query Syntax FRANalysis PPDecade The FRANalysis PPDecade query returns the points per decade setting Return Format value NL See Also FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STOP on page 362 FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage PROFile on page 370 ...

Page 364: ...o get four comma separated columns of data for each step in the sweep Frequency Hz Amplitude Vpp Gain dB and Phase You can use the FRANalysis TRACe command to specify whether to include gain phase both gain and phase or neither in the frequency response analysis results It takes some time for the frequency sweep analysis to complete You can query bit 0 of the Standard Event Status Register ESR to ...

Page 365: ... the input voltage to the device under test DUT in the frequency response analysis Query Syntax FRANalysis SOURce INPut The FRANalysis SOURce INPut query returns the currently selected channel probing the input voltage Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STOP on page 362...

Page 366: ...he output voltage from the device under test DUT in the frequency response analysis Query Syntax FRANalysis SOURce OUTPut The FRANalysis SOURce OUTPut query returns the currently selected channel probing the output voltage Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENABle on page 358 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis FREQuency STOP on page...

Page 367: ...uency response analysis results Query Syntax FRANalysis TRACe The FRANalysis TRACe query returns a comma separated list of the types of data that are currently included in the frequency response analysis results or NONE if neither gain nor phase data is included Return Format selection_list NL selection_list NONE GAIN PHASe GAIN PHASe See Also FRANalysis RUN on page 364 FRANalysis DATA on page 357...

Page 368: ...t amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect Query Syntax FRANalysis WGEN LOAD The FRANalysis WGEN LOAD query returns the current expected output load impedance Return Format impedance NL impedance ONEM FIFT See Also FRANalysis DATA on page 357 FRANalysis ENAB...

Page 369: ...litude profile setting is on FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage PROFile ON the range option specifies the initial ramp amplitude at the frequency setting Amplitudes ramp between the settings specified for individual frequencies Query Syntax FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage range The FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage query returns the currently specified waveform generator amplitude When the amplitude profile setting is on FRAN...

Page 370: ...GEN VOLTage PROFile command enables or disables the ability to specify amplitude ramping within different decades Query Syntax FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage PROFile The FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage PROFile query returns the voltage profile setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also FRANalysis WGEN VOLTage on page 369 FRANalysis PPDecade on page 363 FRANalysis FREQuency STARt on page 361 FRANalysis...

Page 371: ...see page 379 0 1 m 1 to math functions in NR1 format n a FUNCtion m FFT BS IZe see page 380 bin_size Hz in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m FFT CE NTer frequency see page 381 FUNCtion m FFT CE NTer see page 381 frequency the current center frequency in NR3 format The range of legal values is from 25 GHz to 25 GHz m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m FFT DE Tectio...

Page 372: ...rence ref_point see page 387 FUNCtion m FFT PH ASe REFerence see page 387 ref_point TRIGger DISPlay m 1 4 in NR1 format n a FUNCtion m FFT RB Width see page 388 resolution_bw Hz in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m FFT RE ADout n readout_type see page 389 FUNCtion m FFT RE ADout n see page 389 readout_type SRATe BSIZe RBWidth m 1 to math functions in NR1 format n 1 2 in NR1...

Page 373: ...REQuenc y LOWPass see page 395 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset input_offset see page 396 FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset see page 396 input_offset DC offset correction in NR3 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m LINear G AIN value see page 397 FUNCtion m LINear G AIN see page 397 value A in Ax B valu...

Page 374: ... function is 8E 9 to 400E 3 The range for the DIFF function is 80E 3 to 8 0E12 depends on current sweep speed The range for the FFT function is 8 to 800 dBV m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m REFerenc e level see page 405 FUNCtion m REFerenc e see page 405 level the value at center screen in NR3 format The range of legal values is 10 times the current sensitivity of the selected functi...

Page 375: ...rting the Setup Use FUNCtion m to query setup information for the FUNCtion subsystem Return Format FUNCtion m SOURce1 source see page 408 FUNCtion m SOURce1 see page 408 source CHANnel n FUNCtion c MATH c WMEMory r BUS b n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format c 1 must be lower than m r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format b 1 2 m 1 to math functions in NR1 format FUNCtion m SOURce2 source see page 410 F...

Page 376: ...cilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 17 FUNCtion m Commands The following is a sample response from the FUNCtion1 query In this case the query was issued following a RST command FUNC1 OPER ADD DISP 0 SOUR1 CHAN1 SOUR2 CHAN2 RANG 8 00E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 ...

Page 377: ...FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together The number of averages can be set from 2 to 65536 in increments of powers of 2 Increasing the number of averages will increase resolution and reduce noise Query Syntax FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt The FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt query returns the number of waveforms to be averaged together Return Format count NL count a...

Page 378: ...mer s Guide 17 FUNCtion m Commands FUNCtion m CLEar see page 1368 Command Syntax FUNCtion m CLEar When the FUNCtion m OPERation is AVERage MAXHold or MINHold the FUNCtion m CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms See Also FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt on page 377 ...

Page 379: ...ff When math functions are off they are still calculated so that they can be cascaded that is used as a source for a higher math function Query Syntax FUNCtion m DISPlay The FUNCtion m DISPlay query returns whether the function display is on or off Return Format display NL display 1 0 See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 OPC Operation Complete on page 192 FUNCtion m SCALe on pa...

Page 380: ...e 17 FUNCtion m Commands FUNCtion m FFT BSIZe see page 1368 Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT BSIZe m 1 4 in NR1 format The FUNCtion m FFT BSIZe query returns the Bin Size setting for the FFT Return Format bin_size NL bin_size Hz in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m FFT READout n on page 389 ...

Page 381: ...ion m FFT CENTer The FUNCtion m FFT CENTer query returns the current center frequency in Hertz Return Format frequency NL frequency the current center frequency in NR3 format The range of legal values is from 25 GHz to 25 GHz See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 FUNCtion m FFT SPAN on page 390 TIMebase RANGe on page 1053 TIMebase SCALe on page 1057 NOTE After a RST Reset or AUT...

Page 382: ...uped into before the selected detection type reduction decimation is applied The minimum number of points is 640 When precision analysis is off the maximum number of points is the measurement record limit of 64K When precision analysis is on see SYSTem PRECision on page 1032 the maximum number of points is 1 2 the power of two value needed to hold the precision analysis record length Query Syntax ...

Page 383: ...rding to the selected detection type The detector types are OFF No detector is used SAMPle Takes the point nearest to the center of every bucket PPOSitive Peak Takes the most positive point in every bucket PNEGative Peak Takes the most negative point in every bucket AVERage Takes the average of all points in every bucket NORMal Implements a rosenfell algorithm This method to picks either the minim...

Page 384: ...tart frequency in the FFT Fast Fourier Transform math function s displayed range The FFT Fast Fourier Transform math function s displayed range can also be set with the FUNCtion m FFT CENTer and FUNCtion m FFT SPAN commands Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STARt The FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STARt query returns the current start frequency in Hertz Return Format frequency NL frequency the start...

Page 385: ... frequency in the FFT Fast Fourier Transform math function s displayed range The FFT Fast Fourier Transform math function s displayed range can also be set with the FUNCtion m FFT CENTer and FUNCtion m FFT SPAN commands Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STOP The FUNCtion m FFT FREQuency STOP query returns returns the current stop frequency in Hertz Return Format frequency NL frequency the stop...

Page 386: ... FFT GATE command specifies whether the FFT is performed on the Main time base window NONE or the ZOOM window when the zoomed time base is displayed Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT GATE The FUNCtion m FFT GATE query returns the gate setting Return Format gating NL gating NONE ZOOM See Also FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe on page 392 FUNCtion m FFT WINDow on page 393 Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 37...

Page 387: ...1 format The FUNCtion m FFT PHASe REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT PHASe REFerence The FUNCtion m FFT PHASe REFerence query returns the selected reference point Return Format ref_point NL ref_point TRIGger DISPlay See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 400 ...

Page 388: ...m Commands FUNCtion m FFT RBWidth see page 1368 Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT RBWidth m 1 4 in NR1 format The FUNCtion m FFT RBWidth query returns the Resolution Bandwidth setting for the FFT Return Format resolution_bw NL resolution_bw Hz in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m FFT READout n on page 389 ...

Page 389: ... selects from these types of readouts for the FFT SRATe Sample Rate BSIZe Bin Size RBWidth Resolution Bandwidth Note that READout1 is used for both the dedicated FFT and the general purpose math FFT function and READout2 is used only for oscilloscopes that have a dedicated FFT function like the 3000T X Series Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT READout n The FUNCtion m FFT READout n query returns the read...

Page 390: ...icule to right graticule when FFT Fast Fourier Transform is selected Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT SPAN The FUNCtion m FFT SPAN query returns the current frequency span in Hertz Return Format span NL span the current frequency span in NR3 format Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 FUNCtion m FFT CENTer on page 381 TIMebase RANGe on page 1053 TIMe...

Page 391: ...ogrammer s Guide 391 FUNCtion m FFT SRATe see page 1368 Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT SRATe m 1 4 in NR1 format The FUNCtion m FFT SRATe query returns the Sample Rate setting for the FFT Return Format sample_rate NL sample_rate Hz in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m FFT READout n on page 389 ...

Page 392: ... VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units For the FFT Magnitude operation units DECibel equates to the user interface s Logarithmic selection and VRMS equates to the user interface s Linear selection Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe The FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe query returns the current FFT vertical units Return Format units NL units DEC VRMS for the FFT magnitude operation units DEGR RAD for the F...

Page 393: ...input signals RECTangular useful for transient signals and signals where there are an integral number of cycles in the time record HANNing useful for frequency resolution and general purpose use It is good for resolving two frequencies that are close together or for making frequency measurements This is the default window FLATtop best for making accurate amplitude measurements of frequency peaks B...

Page 394: ...B_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass command sets the high pass filter s 3 dB cutoff frequency The high pass filter is a single pole high pass filter Query Syntax FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass The FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass query returns the high pass filter s cutoff frequency Return Format 3dB_freq NL 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 forma...

Page 395: ...dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass command sets the low pass filter s 3 dB cutoff frequency The low pass filter is a 4th order Bessel Thompson filter Query Syntax FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass The FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass query returns the low pass filter s cutoff frequency Return Format 3dB_freq NL 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format...

Page 396: ...format The FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal This DC offset correction lets you level a ramp ed waveform Query Syntax FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset The FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset query returns the current input offset value Return Format input_offset NL input_offset DC offset correction in NR3 format See ...

Page 397: ...on m LINear GAIN value m 1 to math functions in NR1 format value A in Ax B value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m LINear GAIN command specifies the A value in the Ax B operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m LINear GAIN The FUNCtion m LINear GAIN query returns the gain value Return Format value NL value A in Ax B value in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 400 ...

Page 398: ... LINear OFFSet value m 1 to math functions in NR1 format value B in Ax B value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet command specifies the B value in the Ax B operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet The FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet query returns the offset value Return Format value NL value B in Ax B value in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 400 ...

Page 399: ...0 times the current scale of the selected function but will vary by function If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Query Syntax FUNCtion m OFFSet The FUNCtion m OFFSet query outputs the current offset value for the selected function Return Format offset NL offset the value at center screen in NR3 format See Also...

Page 400: ...T magnitude Using the Fast Fourier Transform FFT this operation displays the magnitudes of the frequency content that makes up the source waveform The FFT takes the digitized time record of the specified source and transforms it to the frequency domain The SPAN CENTer VTYPe and WINDow commands are used for FFT functions When FFT is selected the horizontal cursors change from time to frequency Hz a...

Page 401: ...rages it again You can use both types of averaging to get a certain number of averages on all waveforms and an increased number of averages on a particular waveform Averages are calculated using a decaying average approximation where next_average current_average new_data current_average N Where N starts at 1 for the first acquisition and increments for each following acquisition until it reaches t...

Page 402: ...es on a single analog channel source or on a lower math function The Max Hold or Max Envelope operator records the maximum vertical values found at each horizontal bucket across multiple analysis cycles and uses those values to build a waveform MINHold Operates on a single analog channel source or on a lower math function The Min Hold or Min Envelope operator records the minimum vertical values fo...

Page 403: ...10 FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset on page 396 FUNCtion m FFT SPAN on page 390 FUNCtion m FFT CENTer on page 381 FUNCtion m FFT PHASe REFerence on page 387 FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe on page 392 FUNCtion m FFT WINDow on page 393 FUNCtion m LINear GAIN on page 397 FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet on page 398 FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass on page 395 FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass on page 394 FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt ...

Page 404: ...ll scale vertical axis value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m RANGe command defines the full scale vertical axis for the selected function Query Syntax FUNCtion m RANGe The FUNCtion m RANGe query returns the current full scale range value for the selected function Return Format range NL range the full scale vertical axis value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 FUNC...

Page 405: ... times the current scale of the selected function but will vary by function If you set the reference level to a value outside of the legal range the level is automatically set to the nearest legal value Query Syntax FUNCtion m REFerence The FUNCtion m REFerence query outputs the current reference level value for the selected function Return Format level NL level the current reference level in NR3 ...

Page 406: ...n m SCALe query returns the current scale value for the selected function Return Format scale value NL scale value vertical units div value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 379 FUNCtion m OPERation on page 400 FUNCtion m RANGe on page 404 NOTE Automatic vertical scaling of the math function waveform occurs when the function display i...

Page 407: ...mat When the FUNCtion m OPERation is SMOoth the FUNCtion m SMOoth POINts command sets the number of smoothing points to use You can choose an odd number of points from 3 up to half of the measurement record or precision analysis record Query Syntax FUNCtion m SMOoth POINts The FUNCtion m SMOoth POINts query returns the number of smoothing points specified Return Format points NL See Also FUNCtion ...

Page 408: ...s lower than m In other words higher math functions can operate on lower math functions when using operators other than the simple arithmetic operations For example if FUNCtion1 OPERation is a SUBTract of CHANnel1 and CHANnel2 the FUNCtion2 OPERation could be set up as a FFT operation on the FUNCtion1 source These are called cascaded math functions To cascade math functions select the lower math f...

Page 409: ...on m SOURce1 query returns the current source1 for function operations When FUNCtion m OPERation is TRENd the FUNCtion m SOURce1 query returns the source of the measurement Return Format value NL value CHAN n FUNC c WMEM r BUS b See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 375 FUNCtion m OPERation on page 400 ...

Page 410: ...r the transform functions filter functions or visualization functions except when the measurement trend visualization s measurement requires two sources When FUNCtion m OPERation is TRENd the FUNCtion m SOURce2 command reports error 221 Settings conflict because the TRENd function operates on a measurement and not a source waveform Query Syntax FUNCtion m SOURce2 The FUNCtion m SOURce2 query retur...

Page 411: ...ecifies the location of the measurement whose trend you want to analyze You can view the trend math function waveform for these installed measurements MEASure VAVerage interval CYCLe MEASure VRMS type AC AC RMS MEASure VRATio interval CYCLe MEASure PERiod MEASure FREQuency MEASure PWIDth MEASure NWIDth MEASure DUTYcycle MEASure NDUTy MEASure RISetime MEASure FALLtime Query Syntax FUNCtion m TRENd ...

Page 412: ...412 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 17 FUNCtion m Commands ...

Page 413: ...uery the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options Table 93 HCOPY Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a HCOPY SDUMp DATA see page 414 display_data binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format HCOPY SDUMp FORMat format see page 415 HCOPY SDUMp FORMat see page 415 format BMP BMP8bit PNG ...

Page 414: ...ormat instead of a setup or data format is selected If no format option is specified with this query the screen image data is returned in the currently selected format After a RST factory default command the PNG format is selected by default If the format option is specified with this query the format setting will affect the front panel s Main Menu File Save Menu Format softkey setting if the Form...

Page 415: ... The HCOPY SDUMp FORMat setting will affect the front panel s Main Menu File Save Menu Format softkey setting if the Format softkey currently selects an image format instead of a setup or data format Query Syntax HCOPY SDUMp FORMat The HCOPY SDUMp FORMat query returns the specified screen image data format The screen image data format can be set by the HCOPY SDUMp FORMat command or the front panel...

Page 416: ...416 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 18 HCOPY Commands ...

Page 417: ...and return data from the Lister display Table 94 LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a LISTer DATA see page 418 binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row LISTer DISPlay OFF 0 SBUS1 ON 1 SBUS2 2 ALL see page 419 LISTer DISPlay see page 419 OFF SBUS1 SBUS2 ALL LISTer REFerence time_ref see page 420 LISTer REFerence see page 420 time_ref TRIG...

Page 418: ... see page 1368 Query Syntax LISTer DATA The LISTer DATA query returns the lister data Return Format binary block NL binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also Introduction to LISTer Commands on page 417 LISTer DISPlay on page 419 Definite Length Block Response Data on page 176 ...

Page 419: ...display in the Lister or whether the Lister is off ON or 1 is the same as SBUS1 When set to ALL the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time Serial bus decode must be on before it can be displayed in the Lister Query Syntax LISTer DISPlay The LISTer DISPlay query returns the Lister display setting Return Format value NL value OFF SBUS1 SBUS2 ALL See Also Introduction to LISTer...

Page 420: ...ISTer REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger or the previous Lister row Query Syntax LISTer REFerence The LISTer REFerence query returns the Lister time reference setting Return Format time_ref NL time_ref TRIGger PREVious See Also Introduction to LISTer Commands on page 417 SBUS n DISPlay on page 736 LISTer DATA on page 418 LISTer DISPlay on p...

Page 421: ...Surement MANual WAVeform BINary HEX MARKer X1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 426 MARKer X1 DISPlay see page 426 setting 0 1 MARKer X1Position position suffix see page 427 MARKer X1Position see page 427 position X1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps Hz kHz MHz return_value X1 cursor position value in NR3 format MARKer X1Y1source source see page 428 MARKer X1Y1source see page 428 ...

Page 422: ...cursors delta value in NR3 format MARKer XUNits mode see page 433 MARKer XUNits see page 433 units SEConds HERTz DEGRees PERCent MARKer XUNits USE see page 434 n a n a MARKer Y1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 435 MARKer Y1 DISPlay see page 435 setting 0 1 MARKer Y1Position position suffix see page 436 MARKer Y1Position see page 436 position Y1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix V mV dB return...

Page 423: ...nd delta Y cursor values Reporting the Setup Use MARKer to query setup information for the MARKer subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the MARKer query In this case the query was issued following a RST and MARKer MODE MANual command MARK X1Y1 CHAN1 X2Y2 CHAN1 MODE MAN n a MARKer YDELta see page 439 return_value Y cursors delta value in NR3 format MARKer YUNits mode see p...

Page 424: ...eturn Format value NL value Y X value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Position on page 430 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 MARKer XUNits on page 433 NOTE If the front panel cursors are off the marker position values are not defined Make sure to set MARKer MODE to MANual or ...

Page 425: ...Setting the measurement source remotely always sets the marker sources WAVeform the Y1 cursor tracks the voltage value at the X1 cursor of the waveform specified by the X1Y1source and the Y2 cursor does the same for the X2 cursor and its X2Y2source BINary logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed in the Cursor sidebar dialog in binary HEX logic lev...

Page 426: ...DISPlay see page 1368 Command Syntax MARKer X1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON The MARKer X1 DISPlay command specifies whether the X1 cursor is displayed Query Syntax MARKer X1 DISPlay The MARKer X1 DISPlay query returns the X1 cursor display setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also MARKer X1 DISPlay on page 426 ...

Page 427: ...ommand Query Syntax MARKer X1Position The MARKer X1Position query returns the current X1 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure TSTArt command query Return Format position NL position X1 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X2Position on page 430 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2so...

Page 428: ...n the MANual mode Setting the source for one pair of markers for example X1Y1 sets the source for the other for example X2Y2 If the marker mode is currently WAVeform the X1Y1 source can be set separate from the X2Y2 source If MARKer MODE is set to OFF or MANual setting MEASure SOURce to CHANnel n FUNCtion MATH or WMEMory r will also set MARKer X1Y1source and MARKer X2Y2source to this value Query S...

Page 429: ... DISPlay see page 1368 Command Syntax MARKer X2 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON The MARKer X2 DISPlay command specifies whether the X2 cursor is displayed Query Syntax MARKer X2 DISPlay The MARKer X2 DISPlay query returns the X2 cursor display setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also MARKer X2 DISPlay on page 429 ...

Page 430: ...e MARKer XUNits command Query Syntax MARKer X2Position The MARKer X2Position query returns current X2 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure TSTOp command query Return Format position NL position X2 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 M...

Page 431: ...n the MANual mode Setting the source for one pair of markers for example X2Y2 sets the source for the other for example X1Y1 If the marker mode is currently WAVeform the X2Y2 source can be set separate from the X1Y1 source If MARKer MODE is set to OFF or MANual setting MEASure SOURce to CHANnel n FUNCtion MATH or WMEMory r will also set MARKer X1Y1source and MARKer X2Y2source to this value Query S...

Page 432: ...r units are set by the MARKer XUNits command Return Format value NL value difference value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Position on page 430 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 MARKer XUNits on page 433 NOTE If the front panel cursors are off the marker position values are n...

Page 433: ...on as 360 degrees PERCent for making ratio measurements Use the MARKer XUNits USE command to set the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent Changing X units affects the input and output values of the MARKer X1Position MARKer X2Position and MARKer XDELta commands queries Query Syntax MARKer XUNits The MARKer XUNits query returns the current X cursors units Retur...

Page 434: ... the MARKer XUNits USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent Once the 0 and 360 degree or 0 and 100 percent locations are set inputs to and outputs from the MARKer X1Position MARKer X2Position and MARKer XDELta commands queries are relative to the set locations See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer XUNits on page 433 MARK...

Page 435: ... DISPlay see page 1368 Command Syntax MARKer Y1 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON The MARKer Y1 DISPlay command specifies whether the Y1 cursor is displayed Query Syntax MARKer Y1 DISPlay The MARKer Y1 DISPlay query returns the Y1 cursor display setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also MARKer Y1 DISPlay on page 435 ...

Page 436: ...ositions cannot be set Query Syntax MARKer Y1Position The MARKer Y1Position query returns current Y1 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure VSTArt command query Return Format position NL position Y1 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 M...

Page 437: ... DISPlay see page 1368 Command Syntax MARKer Y2 DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON The MARKer Y2 DISPlay command specifies whether the Y2 cursor is displayed Query Syntax MARKer Y2 DISPlay The MARKer Y2 DISPlay query returns the Y2 cursor display setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also MARKer Y2 DISPlay on page 437 ...

Page 438: ...positions cannot be set Query Syntax MARKer Y2Position The MARKer Y2Position query returns current Y2 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure VSTOp command query Return Format position NL position Y2 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 M...

Page 439: ...by the MARKer YUNits command Return Format value NL value difference value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer MODE on page 425 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 MARKer Y1Position on page 436 MARKer Y2Position on page 438 MARKer YUNits on page 440 NOTE If the front panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode the marker posi...

Page 440: ...the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent Changing Y units affects the input and output values of the MARKer Y1Position MARKer Y2Position and MARKer YDELta commands queries Query Syntax MARKer YUNits The MARKer YUNits query returns the current Y cursors units Return Format units NL units BASE PERC See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer YUN...

Page 441: ...cent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set inputs to and outputs from the MARKer Y1Position MARKer Y2Position and MARKer YDELta commands queries are relative to the set locations See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 MARKer YUNits on page 440 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 MEASure SOURce on page 505 MARKe...

Page 442: ...442 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 20 MARKer Commands ...

Page 443: ...l source see page 462 MEASure AREa interval source see page 462 interval CYCLe DISPlay source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value area in volt seconds NR3 format MEASure BRATe source see page 463 MEASure BRATe source see page 463 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n ...

Page 444: ...rce see page 466 MEASure COUNter source see page 466 source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value counter frequency in Hertz in NR3 format MEASure DEFine DELay delay spec see page 467 MEASure DEFine DELay see page 469 delay spec edge_spec1 edge_spec2 edge_spec1 slope occurrence edge_spec2 slope occurrence slope occurrence integer MEASure DEFine THResholds threshold s...

Page 445: ...e 472 source1_edge_slope source2_edge_slope RISing FALLing source1_edge_number source2_edge_number 0 to 1000 in NR1 format source1_edge_threshold source2_edge_threshold MIDDle MEASure DUAL CHARge interval source1 source 2 see page 473 MEASure DUAL CHARge interval source1 source 2 see page 473 interval CYCLe DISPlay source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1...

Page 446: ...n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format base_voltage voltage at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 477 MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 477 source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value voltage peak to peak of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VRMS interval type sou...

Page 447: ...nels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds between the lower and upper thresholds in NR3 format MEASure FFT ACPR chan_width chan_spacing chan source see page 481 MEASure FFT ACPR chan_width chan_spacing chan source see page 481 chan_width width of main range and sideband channels Hz in NR3 format chan_spacing spacing betwe...

Page 448: ...on m MATH m FFT source must be an FFT waveform m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value occupied bandwidth Hz in NR3 format MEASure FFT THD source see page 484 MEASure FFT THD source see page 484 source FUNCtion m MATH m FFT source must be an FFT waveform m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value total harmonic distortion ratio percent in NR3 format MEASure FREQuency source see page...

Page 449: ...ce see page 487 MEASure NEDGes source see page 487 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the falling edge count in NR3 format MEASure NPULses source see page 488 MEASure NPULses source see page 488 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1...

Page 450: ...Sure OVERshoot source see page 490 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the percent of the overshoot of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure PEDGes source see page 492 MEASure PEDGes source see page 492 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog ch...

Page 451: ...494 MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 494 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the phase angle value in degrees in NR3 format MEASure PPULses source see page 495 MEASure PPULses source see page 495 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channe...

Page 452: ...7 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value width of positive pulse in seconds in NR3 format n a MEASure RESults result_list see page 498 result_list comma separated list of measurement results MEASure RISetime source see page 501 MEASure RISetime source see page 501 source C...

Page 453: ...04 MEASure SLEWrate source slope see page 504 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to of analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format MEASure SOURce source1 source2 see page 505 MEASure SOURce see page 505 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 for...

Page 454: ... ESet see page 511 n a n a MEASure STATistics R SDeviation 0 OFF 1 ON see page 512 MEASure STATistics R SDeviation see page 512 0 1 MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 513 MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 513 slope RISing FALLing EITHer occurrence number number the edge number in NR1 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to of analog channels in NR1 forma...

Page 455: ...og channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds of specified voltage crossing in NR3 format MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 518 MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 518 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format...

Page 456: ...ce see page 520 MEASure VBASe source see page 520 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format base_voltage voltage at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VMAX source see page 521 MEASure VMAX source see page 521 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m FFT MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to ana...

Page 457: ...e 523 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m FFT MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value voltage peak to peak of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VRATio interval source 1 source2 see page 524 MEASure VRATio interval source 1 source2 see page 524 interval CYCLe DISPlay source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MA...

Page 458: ...ource see page 526 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value voltage at the top of the waveform in NR3 format MEASure WINDow type see page 527 MEASure WINDow see page 527 type MAIN ZOOM AUTO GATE MEASure XMAX source see page 528 MEASure XMAX source see page 528 source CHANnel...

Page 459: ...waveforms in NR1 format return_value horizontal value of the minimum in NR3 format MEASure YATX horiz_location so urce see page 530 MEASure YATX horiz_location so urce see page 530 horiz_location displayed time from trigger in seconds in NR3 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 forma...

Page 460: ...s an average and there are not three edges the oscilloscope will revert to the mode of making the measurement at the start of the main sweep When the command form is used the measurement result is displayed on the instrument When the query form of these measurements is used the measurement is made one time and the measurement result is returned over the bus Measurements are made on the displayed w...

Page 461: ...iVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 461 MEASure ALL see page 1368 Command Syntax MEASure ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 ...

Page 462: ...easurement on screen Area measurements show the area between the waveform and the ground level The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied Query Syntax MEASure AREa interval source The MEASure AREa query measures and returns the area value Return Format value NL value the area v...

Page 463: ... measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the currently specified source is modified Query Syntax MEASure BRATe source The MEASure BRATe query measures all positive and negative pulse widths on the waveform takes the minimum value found of either width type and inverts that minimum width to give a value in Hertz Return Format value NL value the bit rate value in Hertz See Also Int...

Page 464: ... burst width measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current measurement source is used Query Syntax MEASure BWIDth source The MEASure BWIDth query measures and returns the width of the burst on the screen The burst width is calculated as follows burst width last edge on screen first edge on screen Return Format value NL value burst width in seconds in NR3 forma...

Page 465: ... M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 465 MEASure CLEar see page 1368 Command Syntax MEASure CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 ...

Page 466: ... 1 s and 10 s Unlike other measurements the Zoom horizontal timebase window does not gate the Counter measurement The Counter measurement can measure frequencies up to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope The minimum frequency supported is 2 0 gateTime Only one counter measurement may be displayed at a time Query Syntax MEASure COUNter source The MEASure COUNter query measures and outputs the counter...

Page 467: ...be affected by redefining the DELay specification or the THResholds values For example changing the THResholds definition from the default 10 50 and 90 values may change the returned measurement result MEASure DEFine DELay Command Syntax MEASure Command DELay THResholds DUTYcycle x DELay x x FALLtime x FREQuency x NWIDth x OVERshoot x PERiod x PHASe x PREShoot x PWIDth x RISetime x VAVerage x VRMS...

Page 468: ...pec1 MEASure DEFine THResholds Command Syntax MEASure DEFine THResholds threshold spec source threshold spec STANdard threshold mode upper middle lower threshold mode PERCent ABSolute for threshold mode PERCent upper middle lower A number specifying the upper middle and lower threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format for threshold mode ABSolute upper middle lower A number sp...

Page 469: ...the thresholds setup Return Format for meas_spec DELay edge_spec1 edge_spec2 edge_spec1 edge_spec2 NL for meas_spec THResholds and threshold mode PERCent THR PERC upper middle lower NL upper middle lower A number specifying the upper middle and lower threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format for meas_spec THResholds and threshold mode ABSolute THR ABS upper middle lower NL u...

Page 470: ...ce2 edge closest to the source1 edge is used MANual edge numbers are determined by the MEASure DELay DEFine settings Edge numbers greater than zero 0 are counted from the left side of the display for both sources Edge slopes are always determined by the MEASure DELay DEFine settings If the edge_select_mode is not included with the command AUTO is the default Query Syntax MEASure DELay edge_select_...

Page 471: ...ove the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase you must change the threshold values with the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Return Format value NL value floating point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure DELay DEFine on page 472 MEASure DEFine on page 467 MEASure PHASe on page 494 ...

Page 472: ...ero 0 specifies that the edge closest to the timebase reference point automatically be selected In this case the source2_edge_number setting must also be zero 0 and the source2 edge closest to the selected source1 edge is used When edge numbers greater than zero 0 are specified edges are counted from the left side of the display for both sources The selection of the source1 and source2 waveforms i...

Page 473: ...MEASure DUAL CHARge command installs a charge measurement on screen Charge measurements show the area between the waveform and the ground level The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modif...

Page 474: ... MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude query measures and returns the vertical amplitude of the waveform To determine the amplitude the instrument measures ...

Page 475: ...log channels in NR1 format The MEASure DUAL VAVerage command installs a screen measurement and starts an average value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syn...

Page 476: ...R1 format The MEASure DUAL VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VBASe source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VBASe query returns the vertical value at the base of the waveform The base value of a pulse is normally not the same as the...

Page 477: ...a vertical peak to peak measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VPP query measures the maximum and minimum vertical value for the selected source then calculates the vertical peak to peak value and returns that value The peak to peak value Vpp is calculated with the fol...

Page 478: ...talls a screen measurement and starts an RMS value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied The type option lets you choose between a DC RMS measurement and an AC RMS measurement If type is not specified DC is implied If the optional source parameter s are specifi...

Page 479: ... DUTYcycle query measures and outputs the positive duty cycle of the signal specified by the MEASure SOURce command The value returned for the duty cycle is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the period The positive pulse width and the period of the specified signal are measured then the duty cycle is calculated with the following formula duty cycle pulse width period 100 Return Format value...

Page 480: ... current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure FALLtime source The MEASure FALLtime query measures and outputs the fall time of the displayed falling negative going edge closest to the timebase reference The fall time is determined by measuring the time at the upper threshold of the falling edge then measuring the time at the lower threshold of the falling edge and calculating the fall time with...

Page 481: ...width and a center frequency The center frequency used in the measurement is the one defined for the FFT function Sidebands with the same width as the main range exist above and below the main range separated by the channel spacing width The sideband used for the measurement is selected with the chan parameter You can select the first through fifth sidebands above or below the main range HIGH1 thr...

Page 482: ...res the spectral power across a frequency range The center frequency used in the measurement is the one defined for the FFT function and the FFT span specifies the frequency range When this measurement is tracked with cursors the cursors are at the left and right edges of the frequency span Query Syntax MEASure FFT CPOWer source The MEASure FFT CPOWer query returns the measured Channel Power value...

Page 483: ...ency range containing some percent usually 99 of the total spectral power While 99 is the industry norm you can specify the percent you want to use in the measurement The center frequency used in the measurement is the one defined for the FFT function and the FFT span represents the total spectral power When this measurement is tracked with cursors the cursors show the measured bandwidth frequency...

Page 484: ...e band surrounding the fundamental frequency The width of the bands measured is the same for the fundamental frequency and each harmonic That width is 1 2 of the fundamental frequency You can either enter the fundamental frequency as a measurement parameter and have the fundamental frequency and harmonics be tracked manually or you can allow the fundamental frequency and harmonics to be tracked au...

Page 485: ...source is modified IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger reference is rising THEN frequency 1 time at trailing rising edge time at leading rising edge ELSE frequency 1 time at trailing falling edge time at leading falling edge Query Syntax MEASure FREQuency source The MEASure FREQuency query measures and outputs the frequency of the cycle on the screen closest to the trigger reference R...

Page 486: ...The MEASure NDUTy query measures and outputs the negative duty cycle of the signal specified by the MEASure SOURce command The value returned for the duty cycle is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the period The negative pulse width and the period of the specified signal are measured then the duty cycle is calculated with the following formula duty cycle pulse width period 100 Return Forma...

Page 487: ...n NR1 format The MEASure NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure NEDGes source The MEASure NEDGes query measures and returns the on screen falling edge count Return Format value NL value the falling edge count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on pa...

Page 488: ...R1 format The MEASure NPULses command installs a falling pulse count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure NPULses source The MEASure NPULses query measures and returns the on screen falling pulse count Return Format value NL value the falling pulse count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on...

Page 489: ...not specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure NWIDth source The MEASure NWIDth query measures and outputs the width of the negative pulse on the screen closest to the trigger reference using the midpoint between the upper and lower thresholds FOR the negative pulse closest to the trigger point width time at trailing rising edge time at leading falling edge Return Format value N...

Page 490: ...al value measurements Vtop Vbase and either Vmax or Vmin depending on whether the edge is rising or falling For a rising edge overshoot Vmax Vtop Vtop Vbase x 100 For a falling edge overshoot Vbase Vmin Vtop Vbase x 100 Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform vertical values The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the waveform interval right after the chosen edge half...

Page 491: ...MEASure Commands 21 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 491 MEASure VMAX on page 521 MEASure VTOP on page 526 MEASure VBASe on page 520 MEASure VMIN on page 522 ...

Page 492: ...in NR1 format The MEASure PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure PEDGes source The MEASure NEDGes query measures and returns the on screen rising edge count Return Format value NL value the rising edge count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page...

Page 493: ...ure PERiod query measures and outputs the period of the cycle closest to the trigger reference on the screen The period is measured at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds IF the edge closest to the trigger reference on screen is rising THEN period time at trailing rising edge time at leading rising edge ELSE period time at trailing falling edge time at leading falling edge Return Format...

Page 494: ...easures and returns the phase between the specified sources A phase measurement is a combination of the period and delay measurements First the period is measured on source1 Then the delay is measured between source1 and source2 The edges used for delay are the source1 rising edge used for the period measurement closest to the horizontal reference and the rising edge on source 2 See MEASure DELay ...

Page 495: ... NR1 format The MEASure PPULses command installs a rising pulse count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure PPULses source The MEASure PPULses query measures and returns the on screen rising pulse count Return Format value NL value the rising pulse count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on ...

Page 496: ...ts Vtop Vbase and either Vmin or Vmax depending on whether the edge is rising or falling For a rising edge preshoot Vmin Vbase Vtop Vbase x 100 For a falling edge preshoot Vmax Vtop Vtop Vbase x 100 Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform vertical values The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the waveform interval right before the chosen edge halfway back to the prev...

Page 497: ...y Syntax MEASure PWIDth source The MEASure PWIDth query measures and outputs the width of the displayed positive pulse closest to the trigger reference Pulse width is measured at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger is falling THEN width time at trailing falling edge time at leading rising edge ELSE width time at leading falling edge time ...

Page 498: ...en the count for any of the measurements is 0 the value of infinity 9 9E 37 is returned for the min max mean and standard deviation Return Format result_list NL result_list comma separated list of measurement results The following shows the order of values received for a single measurement if MEASure STATistics is set to ON Measurement label current min max mean std dev and count are only returned...

Page 499: ... 0 FREQuency MeasurementArray 1 DUTYcycle MeasurementArray 2 VAMPlitude MeasurementArray 3 VPP Dim Measurement As Variant For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray myScope WriteString MEASure Measurement myScope WriteString MEASure Measurement varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read measurement value Debug Print Measurement FormatNumber varQueryResult 4 Next myScope WriteString MEASure STATistics RE...

Page 500: ...Then All statistics For Each ValueColumn In ValueColumnArray If VarType ResultsList intCounter vbString Then Debug Print Measure statistics result CH1 _ Measurement ValueColumn _ FormatNumber ResultsList intCounter 4 Else Result is a string e g measurement label Debug Print Measure statistics result CH1 _ Measurement ValueColumn _ ResultsList intCounter End If intCounter intCounter 1 Next Else Spe...

Page 501: ...utputs the rise time of the displayed rising positive going edge closest to the timebase reference For maximum measurement accuracy set the sweep speed as fast as possible while leaving the leading edge of the waveform on the display The rise time is determined by measuring the time at the lower threshold of the rising edge and the time at the upper threshold of the rising edge then calculating th...

Page 502: ...e optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure SDEViation source The MEASure SDEViation query measures and outputs the std deviation of the selected waveform The oscilloscope computes the std deviation on all displayed data points Return Format value NL value calculated std deviation value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page...

Page 503: ...f 0 OFF 1 ON The MEASure SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display Query Syntax MEASure SHOW The MEASure SHOW query returns the current state of the markers This can return OFF when MARKer MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer MODE on page 425 ...

Page 504: ...asurement are specified by the measurement threshold settings for the source waveform see MEASure DEFine If the source parameter is not specified the current MEASure SOURce setting is used The on screen edge closest to the timebase reference is measured You can specify that a RISing edge be measured a FALLing edge be measured or either a rising or a falling edge be measured EITHer If the slope is ...

Page 505: ...Rce to CHANnel n FUNCtion m or MATH m will also set MARKer X1Y1source to source1 and MARKer X2Y2source to source2 Query Syntax MEASure SOURce The MEASure SOURce query returns the current source selections If source2 is not specified the query returns NONE for source2 If all channels are off the query returns NONE NONE Source2 applies only to MEASure DELay and MEASure PHASe measurements Return Form...

Page 506: ...e Query for duty cycle varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read duty cycle MsgBox Duty cycle vbCrLf _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 3 myScope WriteString MEASure RISetime Query for risetime varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read risetime MsgBox Risetime vbCrLf _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 1000000 4 us myScope WriteString MEASure VPP Query for Pk to Pk voltage varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read VP...

Page 507: ... of information returned by the MEASure RESults query ON means all the statistics are on Query Syntax MEASure STATistics The MEASure STATistics query returns the current statistics mode Return Format type NL type ON CURR MIN MAX MEAN STDD COUN See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure RESults on page 498 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 508 MEASure STATistics RESet on page 51...

Page 508: ...isplay of the measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics DISPlay The MEASure STATistics DISPlay query returns the state of the measurement statistics display Return Format 0 1 NL See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure RESults on page 498 MEASure STATistics on page 507 MEASure STATistics MCOunt on page 510 MEASure STATistics RESet on page 511 MEASure STATistics IN...

Page 509: ... command lets you for example gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition To do this change the horizontal position and enter the command for each new pulse that is measured This command is only allowed when the oscilloscope is stopped and quick measurements are on The command is allowed in segmented acquisition mode even though the corresponding front panel softkey is ...

Page 510: ...alues used when calculating measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics MCOunt The MEASure STATistics MCOunt query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting Return Format setting NL setting INF count count 2 to 2000 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure RESults on page 498 MEASure STATistics on page 507 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 508 ME...

Page 511: ...tics RESet This command resets the measurement statistics zeroing the counts Note that the measurement statistics configuration is not deleted See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure STATistics on page 507 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 508 MEASure RESults on page 498 MEASure STATistics INCRement on page 509 Example Code Example Code on page 498 ...

Page 512: ...ons that is standard deviation mean in the measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics RSDeviation The MEASure STATistics RSDeviation query returns the current relative standard deviation setting Return Format 0 1 NL See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure RESults on page 498 MEASure STATistics on page 507 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 508 MEASure STATistics M...

Page 513: ...ure DEFine command The optional slope parameter specifies whether to look for RISing edges or FALLing edges If not otherwise specified rising edges are assumed The occurrence parameter specifies the Nth edge to identify An occurrence value of zero 0 means the edge closest to the timebase reference it is equivalent to the Auto selection for the Edge in the front panel user interface The EITHer eith...

Page 514: ... rising or falling edge of the channel time at the same edge of another channel Phase delay between channels period of channel x 360 For example Make a delay measurement between channel 1 and 2 Dim dblChan1Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan2Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan1Edge2 As Double Dim dblDelay As Double Dim dblPeriod As Double Dim dblPhase As Double Query time at 1st rising edge on ch1 myScope WriteSt...

Page 515: ...od dblChan1Edge2 dblChan1Edge1 Calculate phase difference between ch1 and ch2 dblPhase dblDelay dblPeriod 360 MsgBox Phase vbCrLf CStr dblPhase See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure TVALue on page 516 MEASure VTIMe on page 1292 ...

Page 516: ... the trigger event and this defined occurrence is returned as the response to the query The specified value can be negative or positive To specify a negative value use a minus sign The sign of the slope selects a rising or falling edge If no sign is specified for the slope it is assumed to be the rising edge The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported For example 3 return...

Page 517: ...ision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 517 value time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure TEDGe on page 513 MEASure VTIMe on page 1292 ...

Page 518: ...rtical amplitude measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VAMPlitude source The MEASure VAMPlitude query measures and returns the vertical amplitude of the waveform To determine the amplitude the instrument measures Vtop and Vbase then calculates the amplitude as follows vertical amplitude Vtop Vbase Return Format value NL value ...

Page 519: ...stalls a screen measurement and starts an average value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VAVerage interval source The MEASure VAVerage query returns the avera...

Page 520: ...asurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VBASe source The MEASure VBASe query returns the vertical value at the base of the waveform The base value of a pulse is normally not the same as the minimum value Return Format base_voltage NL base_voltage value at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEA...

Page 521: ...AX command installs a screen measurement and starts a maximum vertical value measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VMAX source The MEASure VMAX query measures and outputs the maximum vertical value present on the selected waveform Return Format value NL value maximum vertical value of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Al...

Page 522: ...mand installs a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VMIN source The MEASure VMIN query measures and outputs the minimum vertical value present on the selected waveform Return Format value NL value minimum vertical value of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Also Int...

Page 523: ...meter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VPP source The MEASure VPP query measures the maximum and minimum vertical value for the selected source then calculates the vertical peak to peak value and returns that value The peak to peak value Vpp is calculated with the following formula Vpp Vmax Vmin Vmax and Vmin are the vertical maximum and minimum values present on th...

Page 524: ... the ratio of the ACRMS value of source1 to that of source2 expressed in dB The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied Query Syntax MEASure VRATio interval source1 source2 The MEASure VRATio query measures and returns the ratio of AC RMS values of the specified sources expresse...

Page 525: ...ets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied The type option lets you choose between a DC RMS measurement and an AC RMS measurement If type is not specified DC is implied If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VRMS interval type source The ME...

Page 526: ...easurement and starts a waveform top value measurement Query Syntax MEASure VTOP source The MEASure VTOP query returns the vertical value at the top of the waveform The top value of the pulse is normally not the same as the maximum value Return Format value NL value vertical value at the top of the waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure SOURce on page ...

Page 527: ...ain window ZOOM the measurement window is the lower Zoom window AUTO when the zoomed time base is displayed the measurement is attempted in the lower Zoom window if it cannot be made there or if the zoomed time base is not displayed the Main window is used GATE the measurement window is between the X1 and X2 cursors When the zoomed time base is displayed the X1 and X2 cursors in the Zoom window po...

Page 528: ...ement and starts an X at Max Y measurement on the selected window If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure XMAX source The MEASure XMAX query measures and returns the horizontal axis value at which the maximum vertical value occurs If the optional source is specified the current source is modified Return Format value NL value horizontal valu...

Page 529: ...ement and starts an X at Min Y measurement on the selected window If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure XMIN source The MEASure XMIN query measures and returns the horizontal axis value at which the minimum vertical value occurs If the optional source is specified the current source is modified Return Format value NL value horizontal valu...

Page 530: ...SOURce The specified horizontal value must be on the screen when it is a time value it is referenced to the trigger event If the optional source parameter is specified the measurement source is modified Query Syntax MEASure YATX horiz_location source The MEASure YATX query returns the vertical value at a specified horizontal value on the source specified see also MEASure SOURce Return Format value...

Page 531: ...2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the power phase angle in degrees in NR3 format MEASure APParent source1 source2 see page 537 MEASure APParent source1 source2 see page 537 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the apparent power value in NR3 format MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page 538 MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page ...

Page 532: ... n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the energy loss value in NR3 format MEASure FACTor source1 source2 see page 542 MEASure FACTor source1 source2 see page 542 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the power factor value in NR3 format MEASure IPOWer see page 543 MEASure IPOWe...

Page 533: ...URrent source see page 547 MEASure PCURrent source see page 547 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the peak current value in NR3 format MEASure PLOSs source see page 548 MEASure PLOSs source see page 548 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channe...

Page 534: ...rce1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the reactive power value in NR3 format MEASure REAL source see page 551 MEASure REAL source see page 551 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format return_value the real power value in NR3 format MEASure RIPPle source see page 552 MEASure RIPPle source see page ...

Page 535: ... NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds for the overshoot to settle back into the band in NR3 format MEASure VCESat source see page 554 MEASure VCESat source see page 554 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the Vce sat value in NR3 fo...

Page 536: ...These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Phase angle is a measure of power quality In the power triangle the right triangle where apparent_power2 real_power2 reactive_power2 phase angle is the angle between the apparent power and the real power indicating the amount of reactive power Small phase angles equate to less reactive power Query Syntax MEASure ANGLe source1 source...

Page 537: ...hannel probing voltage and the source2 parameter is the channel probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Apparent power is a measure of power quality It is the portion of AC line power flow due to stored energy which returns to the source in each cycle IRMS VRMS Query Syntax MEASure APParent source1 source2 The MEASure APParent query returns the measured ap...

Page 538: ...waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power loss per cycle is Pn Vdsn Idn Time range of zoom window Counter measurement of the voltage of the switching signal where n is each sample This measurement operates when in zoom mode and the counter measurement is installed on the voltage of the switching signal Query Syntax MEASure ...

Page 539: ...ce parameter is the channel probing current or voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Crest factor is a measure of power quality It is the ratio between the instantaneous peak AC line current or voltage required by the load and the RMS current or voltage For example Ipeak IRMS or Vpeak VRMS Query Syntax MEASure CRESt source The MEASure CRESt query returns the measu...

Page 540: ...current output voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure EFFiciency The MEASure EFFiciency query returns the measured efficiency as a percent value Return Format return_value NL return_value percent value in...

Page 541: ...re ELOSs command installs an energy loss measurement on screen The source parameter is typically a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Energy loss Vdsn Idn sample size where n is each sample Query Syntax MEASure ELOSs source The MEASure ELOSs query returns the switching loss in joules Return ...

Page 542: ...r is the channel probing voltage and the source2 parameter is the channel probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power factor is a measure of power quality It is the ratio of the actual AC line power to the apparent power Real Power Apparent Power Query Syntax MEASure FACTor source1 source2 The MEASure FACTor query returns the measured power factor Return...

Page 543: ...output voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure IPOWer The MEASure IPOWer query returns the measured input power Return Format return_value NL return_value the input power value in NR3 format See Also POWer...

Page 544: ...when the input AC Voltage last falls to 10 of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10 of its maximum amplitude The source1 parameter is the AC Voltage and the source2 parameter is the DC Voltage These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Query Syntax MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 The MEASure OFFTime query returns the measured turn off ...

Page 545: ... when the input AC Voltage first rises to 10 of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90 of its maximum amplitude The source1 parameter is the AC Voltage and the source2 parameter is the DC Voltage These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Query Syntax MEASure ONTime source1 source2 The MEASure ONTime query returns the measured turn off time ...

Page 546: ...utput voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure OPOWer The MEASure OPOWer query returns the measured output power Return Format return_value NL return_value the output power value in NR3 format See Also POWe...

Page 547: ...1 format The MEASure PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen The source parameter is the channel probing the current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command This command measures the peak current when the power supply first turned on Query Syntax MEASure PCURrent source The MEASure PCURrent query returns the measured peak current Return Format return_...

Page 548: ...MEASure PLOSs command installs a power loss measurement on screen The source parameter is typically a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power loss is Pn Vdsn Idn where n is each sample Query Syntax MEASure PLOSs source The MEASure PLOSs query returns the switching loss in watts Return Forma...

Page 549: ...functions in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The MEASure RDSon command installs a power Rds on measurement on screen Rds on is the ON resistance between the drain and source of MOSFET The Rds on characteristic is also published in the switching device data sheet Query Syntax MEASure RDSon source1 source2 The MEASure RDSon query returns the measured Rds on value Return Format return_v...

Page 550: ...hannel probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Reactive power is a measure of power quality It is the difference between apparent power and real power due to reactance Using the power triangle the right triangle where apparent_power2 real_power2 reactive_power2 Reactive power is measured in VAR Volts Amps Reactive Query Syntax MEASure REACtive source1 sour...

Page 551: ... is typically a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Real power is a measure of power quality It is the portion of power flow that averaged over a complete cycle of the AC waveform results in net transfer of energy in one direction Query Syntax MEASure REAL source The MEASure REAL query return...

Page 552: ... ref waveforms in NR1 format The MEASure RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen The source parameter is the channel probing the output voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Output ripple is Vmax Vmin Query Syntax MEASure RIPPle source The MEASure RIPPle query returns the measured output ripple Return Format return_value NL return_value the ...

Page 553: ...ource parameter is the channel probing the output voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Transient response time t2 t1 where t1 The first time a voltage waveform exits the settling band t2 The last time it enters into the settling band Settling band overshoot of the steady state output voltage Query Syntax MEASure TRESponse source The MEASure TRESponse query return...

Page 554: ... NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The MEASure VCESat command installs a power Vce sat measurement on screen Vce sat is the saturation voltage between the collector and emitter of a BJT The Vce sat characteristic is also published in the switching device data sheet Query Syntax MEASure VCESat source The MEASure VCESat query returns the measured Vce sat value Return Format return_value ...

Page 555: ... models n 1 2 for 2ch models MTESt AMASk UNITs units see page 563 MTESt AMASk UNITs see page 563 units CURRent DIVisions MTESt AMASk XDELta value see page 564 MTESt AMASk XDELta see page 564 value X delta value in NR3 format MTESt AMASk YDELta value see page 565 MTESt AMASk YDELta see page 565 value Y delta value in NR3 format n a MTESt COUNt FWAVefor ms CHANnel n see page 566 failed number of fai...

Page 556: ...OP see page 577 0 1 MTESt RMODe SIGMa level see page 578 MTESt RMODe SIGMa see page 578 level from 0 1 to 9 3 in NR3 format MTESt RMODe TIME seconds see page 579 MTESt RMODe TIME see page 579 seconds from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format MTESt RMODe WAVeform s count see page 580 MTESt RMODe WAVeform s see page 580 count number of waveforms in NR1 format MTESt SCALe BIND 0 OFF 1 ON see page 581 MTESt SCALe...

Page 557: ...X1 200 000E 06 XDEL 400 000E 06 Y1 3 00000E 00 Y2 3 00000E 00 BIND 0 MTES RMOD FOR RMOD TIME 1E 00 WAV 1000 SIGM 6 0E 00 MTES RMOD FACT STOP 0 PRIN 0 SAVE 0 Example Code Mask testing commands example Option Explicit Public myMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib ke...

Page 558: ...ope WriteString MTESt AMASk SOURce strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Mask test auto mask source strQueryResult myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk UNITs DIVisions myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk UNITs strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Mask test auto mask units strQueryResult myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk XDELta 0 1 myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk XDELta varQueryResult myScope...

Page 559: ...OPERegister CONDition varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Operation Status Condition Register RUN bit bit 3 H8 If varQueryResult And H8 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get total waveforms failed waveforms and test time myScope WriteString MTESt COUNt WAVeforms strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Mask test total wav...

Page 560: ...OFF The MTESt ALL command specifies the channel s that are included in the mask test ON All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test OFF Just the selected source channel is included in the test Query Syntax MTESt ENABle The MTESt ENABle query returns the current setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 ...

Page 561: ...YDELta and MTESt AMASk UNITs commands The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results The MTESt SOURce command selects the channel and should be set before using this command See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AMASk XDELta on page 564 MTESt AM...

Page 562: ... the channel units as set by the CHANnel n UNITs command of the selected source Suppose that UNITs are CURRent and that you set SOURce to CHANNEL1 which is using units of volts Then you can define AMASk XDELta in terms of volts and AMASk YDELta in terms of seconds This command is the same as the MTESt SOURce command Query Syntax MTESt AMASk SOURce The MTESt AMASk SOURce query returns the currently...

Page 563: ...k test subsystem uses the graticule as the measurement system so tolerance settings are specified as parts of a screen division The mask test subsystem maintains separate XDELta and YDELta settings for CURRent and DIVisions Thus XDELta and YDELta are not converted to new values when the UNITs setting is changed Query Syntax MTESt AMASk UNITs The MTESt AMASk UNITs query returns the current measurem...

Page 564: ...he setting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is CURRent and the current setting specifies time in the horizontal direction the tolerance will be 250 ms If the setting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is DIVisions the same X delta value will set the tolerance to 250 millidivisions or 1 4 of a division Query Syntax MTESt AMASk XDELta The MTEST AMASk XDELta query returns the current setting of the ΔX tolerance for automask...

Page 565: ...ing for MTESt AMASk UNITs is CURRent and the current setting specifies voltage in the vertical direction the tolerance will be 250 mV If the setting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is DIVisions the same Y delta value will set the tolerance to 250 millidivisions or 1 4 of a division Query Syntax MTESt AMASk YDELta The MTESt AMASk YDELta query returns the current setting of the ΔY tolerance for automasking If...

Page 566: ...e current mask test run This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel MTESt SOURce if there is no parameter Return Format failed NL failed number of failed waveforms in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 569 MTESt COUNt TIME...

Page 567: ...mer s Guide 567 MTESt COUNt RESet see page 1368 Command Syntax MTESt COUNt RESet The MTESt COUNt RESet command resets the mask statistics See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 569 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 566 MTESt COUNt TIME on page 568 ...

Page 568: ...x MTESt COUNt TIME The MTESt COUNt TIME query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run Return Format time NL time elapsed seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 569 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 566 MTESt COUNt RESet on page 567 Example Code Example Code on page 557 ...

Page 569: ...WAVeforms The MTESt COUNt WAVeforms query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run Return Format count NL count number of waveforms in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 566 MTESt COUNt TIME on page 568 MTESt COUNt RESet on page 567 Example Code Example Code on page 557 ...

Page 570: ...EE 488 2 format The MTESt DATA command loads a mask from binary block data Query Syntax MTESt DATA The MTESt DATA query returns a mask in binary block data format The format for the data transmission is the format defined in the IEEE 488 2 specification Return Format mask NL mask binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format See Also SAVE MASK STARt on page 715 RECall MASK STARt on page 699 ...

Page 571: ...42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 571 MTESt DELete see page 1368 Command Syntax MTESt DELete The MTESt DELete command clears the currently loaded mask See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AMASk CREate on page 561 ...

Page 572: ...NABle on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The MTESt ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features ON Enables the mask test features OFF Disables the mask test features Query Syntax MTESt ENABle The MTESt ENABle query returns the current state of mask test features Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 ...

Page 573: ...les or disables the mask lock feature ON Locks a mask to the SOURce As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes the mask is redrawn accordingly OFF The mask is static and does not move Query Syntax MTESt LOCK The MTESt LOCK query returns the current mask lock setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt SOURce on p...

Page 574: ...Ma on page 578 command TIME the mask test runs for a fixed amount of time The amount of time is set by the MTESt RMODe TIME on page 579 command WAVeforms the mask test runs until a fixed number of waveforms are acquired The number of waveforms is set by the MTESt RMODe WAVeforms on page 580 command Query Syntax MTESt RMODe The MTESt RMODe query returns the currently set termination condition Retur...

Page 575: ...ts and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation passing waveforms do not affect measurements and measurement statistics This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure The MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure query returns the current mask failure measure setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also I...

Page 576: ...s on or off See Chapter 26 SAVE Commands starting on page 703 for more information on save options Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE The MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE query returns the current mask failure save setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure on page 575 MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP on page 577 NOTE Setting MTESt...

Page 577: ...sets stopping on a mask failure on or off When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP The MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP query returns the current mask failure stop setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure on p...

Page 578: ...runs Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma assuming no failures Process sigma is calculated using the number of failures per test The test sigma level indirectly specifies the number of waveforms that must be tested in order to reach the sigma level Query Syntax MTESt RMODe SIGMa The MTESt RMODe SIGMa query returns the current Sigma level setting Return Format level NL level from 0 1 to ...

Page 579: ...1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the MTESt RMODe command is set to TIME the MTESt RMODe TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run Query Syntax MTESt RMODe TIME The MTESt RMODe TIME query returns the number of seconds currently set Return Format seconds NL seconds from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt RMODe on page 574 ...

Page 580: ... 000 000 000 When the MTESt RMODe command is set to WAVeforms the MTESt RMODe WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested Query Syntax MTESt RMODe WAVeforms The MTESt RMODe WAVeforms query returns the number of waveforms currently set Return Format count NL count number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2 000 000 000 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on...

Page 581: ...Level and the 0 Level controls track each other Adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control shifts the position of the mask up or down without changing its size OFF If the Bind 1 0 Levels control is disabled adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control changes the vertical height of the mask If the Bind 1 0 Levels control is disabled adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level contr...

Page 582: ...to 100 ms an X value of 0 100 is a vertex at 110 ms The oscilloscope uses this equation to normalize vertices This simplifies reprogramming to handle different data rates For example if you halve the period of the waveform of interest you need only to adjust the XDELta value to set up the mask for the new waveform The X1 value is a time value specifying the location of the X1 coordinate which will...

Page 583: ...cations it is best if you define XDELta as a pulse width or bit period Then a change in data rate without corresponding changes in the waveform can easily be handled by changing ΔX The X coordinate of polygon vertices is normalized using this equation X X ΔX X1 The X delta value is a time value specifying the distance of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker For example if the period of the ...

Page 584: ...t to the boundaries set by SCALe Y1 and SCALe Y2 according to the equation Y Y Y2 Y1 Y1 Thus if you set Y1 to 100 mV and Y2 to 1 V a Y value of 0 100 in a vertex is at 190 mV The Y1 value is a voltage value specifying the point at which Y 0 Query Syntax MTESt SCALe Y1 The MTESt SCALe Y1 query returns the current setting of the Y1 marker Return Format y1_value NL y1_value Y1 value in NR3 format See...

Page 585: ... boundaries defined by SCALe Y1 and SCALe Y2 according to the following equation Y Y Y2 Y1 Y1 Thus if you set Y1 to 100 mV and Y2 to 1 V a Y value of 0 100 in a vertex is at 190 mV The Y2 value is a voltage value specifying the location of the Y2 marker Query Syntax MTESt SCALe Y2 The MTESt SCALe Y2 query returns the current setting of the Y2 marker Return Format y2_value NL y2_value Y2 value in N...

Page 586: ...MTESt SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded Query Syntax MTESt SOURce The MTESt SOURce query returns the channel which is configured by the commands contained in the current mask file Return Format source NL source CHAN n NONE n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AM...

Page 587: ... Query Syntax MTESt TITLe The MTESt TITLe query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded Return Format title NL title a string of up to 128 ASCII characters See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 ...

Page 588: ...588 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 23 MTESt Commands ...

Page 589: ...se DAT A GMARgin see page 600 gain_margin gain margin in dB in NR3 format n a POWer CLResponse DAT A GMARgin FREQuency see page 601 frequency 0 degrees phase crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format n a POWer CLResponse DAT A PMARgin see page 602 phase_margin phase margin in degrees in NR3 format n a POWer CLResponse DAT A PMARgin FREQuency see page 603 frequency 0dB gain crossover frequency in Hz ...

Page 590: ...source see page 610 POWer CLResponse SOU Rce OUTPut see page 610 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format POWer CLResponse TRA Ce selection see page 611 POWer CLResponse TRA Ce see page 611 selection NONE ALL GAIN PHASe GAIN PHASe POWer CLResponse WGE N LOAD impedance see page 612 POWer CLResponse WGE N LOAD see page 612 impedance ONEMeg FIFTy POWer CLResponse WGE N VOLTage amplitude ...

Page 591: ...O n a POWer HARMonics POWe rfactor see page 624 value Class C power factor in NR3 format POWer HARMonics RPOW er source see page 625 POWer HARMonics RPOW er see page 625 source MEASured USER POWer HARMonics RPOW er USER value see page 626 POWer HARMonics RPOW er USER see page 626 value Watts from 1 0 to 600 0 in NR3 format n a POWer HARMonics RUNC ount see page 627 count integer in NR1 format POWe...

Page 592: ...T see page 639 n a n a POWer ONOFf NEXT see page 640 n a n a POWer ONOFf TEST 0 OFF 1 ON see page 641 POWer ONOFf TEST see page 641 0 1 POWer ONOFf THReshol ds type input_thr output_thr see page 642 POWer ONOFf THReshol ds type see page 642 type 0 1 input_thr percent from 0 100 in NR1 format output_thr percent from 0 100 in NR1 format n a POWer PSRR see page 644 n a POWer PSRR APPLy see page 645 n...

Page 593: ...OWer PSRR SOURce IN Put see page 652 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format POWer PSRR SOURce OU TPut source see page 653 POWer PSRR SOURce OU TPut see page 653 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format POWer PSRR TRACe selection see page 654 POWer PSRR TRACe see page 654 selection NONE GAIN POWer PSRR WGEN LOAD impedance see page 655 POWer PSRR WGEN LOAD see page 655 im...

Page 594: ... NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf OFF value suffix see page 665 POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf OFF see page 665 value value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf ON value suffix see page 666 POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf ON see page 666 value value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on RIPPle value suffix see page 667 POWer SIGNals...

Page 595: ...n NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf ON value suffix see page 675 POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf ON see page 675 value Expected steady stage output Voltage value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VSTead y TRANsient value suffix see page 676 POWer SIGNals VSTead y TRANsient see page 676 value Expected steady stage output Voltage value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals SOU...

Page 596: ...e page 685 POWer SWITch VCE see page 685 value Vce sat value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SWITch VREFere nce percent see page 686 POWer SWITch VREFere nce see page 686 percent percent in NR1 format POWer TRANsient APPL y see page 687 n a n a POWer TRANsient EXIT see page 688 n a n a POWer TRANsient IINi tial value suffix see page 689 POWer TRANsient IINi tial see page 689 value Initial current ...

Page 597: ...CLR SOUR INP CHAN1 OUTP CHAN2 POW CLR FREQ STAR 100E 00 STOP 20 000000E 06 POW CLR WGEN VOLT 200 0E 03 LOAD FIFT See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt on page 606 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP on page 607 POWer CLResponse PPDecade on page 608 POWer CLResponse SOURce INPut on page ...

Page 598: ... frequency is computed as 20Log Vo Vi and plotted using a math function waveform For a phase plot the phase difference between the channels is measured at each step frequency Phase measurements and plots are only possible if the input and output waveforms exceed 1 division peak to peak 1 mVpp It takes some time for the frequency sweep analysis to complete You can query bit 0 of the Standard Event ...

Page 599: ... the data from the sweep analysis is returned by default Return Format binary_block NL binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin on page 600 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin FREQuency on page 601 POWer CLResponse DATA PMARgin on page 602 POWer CLResponse DATA PMARgin FRE...

Page 600: ...the POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin query returns the gain margin in dB Return Format gain_margin NL gain_margin gain margin in dB in NR3 format The query returns 9 9E 37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep that is if there are no crossover points See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin FREQuency on page 601 POWer ...

Page 601: ...er CLResponse DATA GMARgin FREQuency query returns the 0 phase crossover frequency in Hz Return Format frequency NL frequency 0 degrees phase crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format The query returns 9 9E 37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep that is if there are no crossover points See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse DA...

Page 602: ...er CLResponse DATA PMARgin query returns the phase margin in degrees Return Format phase_margin NL phase_margin phase margin in degrees in NR3 format The query returns 9 9E 37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep that is if there are no crossover points See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse DATA GMARgin on page 600 POWer CLR...

Page 603: ...OWer CLResponse DATA PMARgin FREQuency query returns the 0 dB gain crossover frequency in Hz Return Format frequency NL frequency 0dB gain crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format The query returns 9 9E 37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep that is if there are no crossover points See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse DATA ...

Page 604: ...n the oscilloscope s display You can then use that amplitude at all frequencies in SWEep mode or you can evaluate amplitudes at other frequencies in order to determine an optimized amplitude profile see POWer CLResponse WGEN VOLTage PROFile Query Syntax POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE The POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE query returns the frequency mode setting Return Format mode NL mode SWE SING S...

Page 605: ...e values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz Query Syntax POWer CLResponse FREQuency SINGle The POWer CLResponse FREQuency SINGle query returns the single frequency setting Return Format value NL value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 2000000 See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE...

Page 606: ... the minimum frequency of 20 Hz Query Syntax POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt The POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt query returns the frequency sweep start setting Return Format value NL value 20 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLRespons...

Page 607: ...the maximum frequency of 20 MHz Query Syntax POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP The POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP query returns the frequency sweep stop setting Return Format value NL value 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLResp...

Page 608: ...er CLResponse PPDecade query returns the points per decade setting Return Format pts NL pts 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt on page 606 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP on page 607 POWer CLResponse SOURce INPut on page...

Page 609: ...r CLResponse SOURce INPut The POWer CLResponse SOURce INPut query returns the channel selection Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt on page 606 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP on page 607 POWer CLResponse PPDecade ...

Page 610: ...er CLResponse SOURce OUTPut The POWer CLResponse SOURce OUTPut query returns the channel selection Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE on page 604 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STARt on page 606 POWer CLResponse FREQuency STOP on page 607 POWer CLResponse PPDeca...

Page 611: ...esponse analysis results Query Syntax POWer CLResponse TRACe The POWer CLResponse TRACe query returns a comma separated list of the types of data that are currently included in the control loop response analysis results or NONE if neither gain nor phase data is included Return Format selection_list NL selection_list NONE GAIN PHASe GAIN PHASe See Also POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLRes...

Page 612: ... is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect Query Syntax POWer CLResponse WGEN LOAD The POWer CLResponse WGEN LOAD query returns the waveform generator expected output load impedance setting Return Format impedance NL impedance ONEM FIFT See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on page 598 POWer CLResponse DATA on page 599 P...

Page 613: ...the range parameter this command sets the waveform generator output amplitude used when the amplitude profile is disabled Query Syntax POWer PSRR WGEN VOLTage range The POWer CLResponse WGEN VOLTage query returns the waveform generator output amplitude setting s Return Format amplitude NL amplitude amplitude in volts in NR3 format See Also POWer CLResponse on page 597 POWer CLResponse APPLy on pag...

Page 614: ...sine wave begins to look lopsided clipped or somewhat triangular in shape nonsinusoidal you are probably encountering distortion due to overdriving your DUT Optimizing test amplitudes to achieve the best dynamic range measurements is often an iterative process of running your frequency response measurements multiple times Query Syntax POWer CLResponse WGEN VOLTage PROFile The POWer CLResponse WGEN...

Page 615: ...ce VOLTage1 and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent1 commands The deskew values are saved in the oscilloscope until a factory default or secure erase is performed The next time you run the Power Application you can use the saved deskew values or perform the deskew again Generally you need to perform the deskew again when part of the test setup changes for example a different probe different oscilloscope ...

Page 616: ... the efficiency power analysis Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power See Also POWer EFFiciency TYPE on page 617 MEASure EFFiciency on page 540 MEASure IPOWer on page 543 MEASure OPOWer on page 546 NOTE Efficiency analysis requires a 4 channel oscilloscope because input voltage input current output voltage and output ...

Page 617: ... command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input to the output This selection affects how the efficiency is measured Query Syntax POWer EFFiciency TYPE The POWer EFFiciency TYPE query returns the currently specified type setting Return Format type NL type DCDC DCAC ACDC ACAC See Also POWer EFFiciency APPLy on page 616 MEASure EFFiciency on page 540 MEASure IPOWer on page...

Page 618: ...e 1368 Command Syntax POWer ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON The POWer ENABle command enables or disables power analysis Query Syntax POWer ENABle The POWer ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled respectively Return Format 0 1 See Also Chapter 22 MEASure Power Commands starting on page 531 ...

Page 619: ...el back to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid Use the Current Harmonics analysis to test a switching power supply s current harmonics to pre compliance standard of IEC61000 3 2 Class A B C or D The analysis presents up to 40 harmonics See Also POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics LI...

Page 620: ...sults table data Return Format binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 627 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 628 POWer HARMonics STATus on page 629...

Page 621: ...rt OFF Harmonics measurement results are not displayed Query Syntax POWer HARMonics DISPlay The POWer HARMonics DISPlay query returns the display setting Return Format display NL display TABL BAR OFF See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMoni...

Page 622: ... is harmonics values not specified by the selected standard are not counted Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 627 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 628 POWer HARMonic...

Page 623: ...TO Automatically determines the frequency of the Current waveform Query Syntax POWer HARMonics LINE The POWer HARMonics LINE query returns the line frequency setting Return Format frequency NL frequency F50 F60 F400 AUTO See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor o...

Page 624: ... factor for IEC 61000 3 2 Standard Class C power factor value Return Format value Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 627 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 628 POWer HARMonics STATus on ...

Page 625: ...nics RPOWer command specifies whether the Real Power value used for the current per watt measurement is measured by the oscilloscope or is defined by the user When USER is selected use the POWer HARMonics RPOWer USER command to enter the user defined value Query Syntax POWer HARMonics RPOWer The POWer HARMonics RPOWer query returns the Real Power source setting Return Format source NL source MEAS ...

Page 626: ...s analysis standard and you have chosen to use a user defined Real Power value see POWer HARMonics RPOWer the POWer HARMonics RPOWer USER command specifies the Real Power value used in the current per watt measurement Query Syntax POWer HARMonics RPOWer USER The POWer HARMonics RPOWer USER query returns the user defined Real Power value Return Format value NL value Watts from 1 0 to 600 0 in NR3 f...

Page 627: ...hat is harmonics values not specified by the selected standard are not counted Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 628 POWer HARM...

Page 628: ...ortable tools C IEC 61000 3 2 Class C for lighting equipment D IEC 61000 3 2 Class D for equipment having a specified power according less than or equal to 600 W of the following types personal computers and personal computer monitors television receivers Query Syntax POWer HARMonics STANdard The POWer HARMonics STANdard query returns the currently set IEC 61000 3 2 standard Return Format class NL...

Page 629: ...rall pass fail status of the current harmonics analysis Return Format status PASS FAIL UNTested See Also POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 627 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 628 POWer H...

Page 630: ...THD results of the current harmonics analysis Return Format value Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 620 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 622 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 623 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 624 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 627 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page ...

Page 631: ...and Syntax POWer INRush APPLy The POWer INRush APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on See Also POWer ITYPe on page 634 POWer INRush EXIT on page 632 POWer INRush NEXT on page 633 MEASure PCURrent on page 547 ...

Page 632: ...e page 1368 Command Syntax POWer INRush EXIT The POWer INRush EXIT command exits stops the inrush current power analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 631 POWer INRush NEXT on page 633 POWer ITYPe on page 634 ...

Page 633: ...8 Command Syntax POWer INRush NEXT The POWer INRush NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 631 POWer INRush EXIT on page 632 POWer ITYPe on page 634 ...

Page 634: ...mand specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input DC or AC Your selection affects how the measurements are made This setting is used in the Inrush Current and Turn On Turn Off tests Query Syntax POWer ITYPe The POWer ITYPe query returns the input power type setting Return Format type NL type DC AC See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 631 POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 ...

Page 635: ...he control pulse signal to a switching device MOSFET and observes the trending of the pulse width duty cycle period frequency etc of the control pulse signal See Also POWer MODulation SOURce on page 636 POWer MODulation TYPE on page 637 MEASure VAVerage on page 519 MEASure VRMS on page 525 MEASure VRATio on page 524 MEASure PERiod on page 493 MEASure FREQuency on page 485 MEASure PWIDth on page 49...

Page 636: ... source V I The POWer MODulation SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis Query Syntax POWer MODulation SOURce The POWer MODulation SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis Return Format source NL source V I See Also POWer MODulation APPLy on page 635 POWer MODulation TYPE on page 637 ...

Page 637: ... positive pulse width NWIDth negative pulse width DUTYcycle RISetime FALLtime Query Syntax POWer MODulation TYPE The POWer MODulation TYPE query returns the modulation type setting Return Format modulation NL modulation VAV ACRM VRAT PER FREQ PWID NWID DUTY RIS FALL See Also POWer MODulation SOURce on page 636 POWer MODulation APPLy on page 635 MEASure VAVerage on page 519 MEASure VRMS on page 525...

Page 638: ...NOFf APPLy command applies the selected turn on off analysis test POWer ONOFf TEST See Also POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF on page 674 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON on page 675 POWer ITYPe on page 634 POWer ONOFf THResholds on page 642 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 641 POWer ONOFf EXIT on page 639 POWer ONOFf NEXT on page 640 MEASure ONTime on page 545 MEASure OFFTime on page 544 ...

Page 639: ...ONOFf EXIT The POWer ONOFf EXIT command exits stops the turn on time turn off time analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer ONOFf THResholds on page 642 POWer ITYPe on page 634 POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer ONOFf NEXT on page 640 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 641 ...

Page 640: ...T The POWer ONOFf NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on turn off analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer ONOFf THResholds on page 642 POWer ITYPe on page 634 POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer ONOFf EXIT on page 639 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 641 ...

Page 641: ...the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied OFF Turn Off measures the time taken for the output voltage of the power supply to turn off after the input voltage is removed Query Syntax POWer ONOFf TEST The POWer ONOFf TEST query returns the selected test type Return Format 0 1 See Also POWer ONOFf THResholds on page 642 POWer ITYPe on page 634 POW...

Page 642: ...he 90 threshold of its maximum amplitude Turn Off analysis determines how fast a turned off power supply takes to reduce its output voltage to some percent of maximum Turn off time is the time between T2 and T1 where T1 when the input voltage last falls to some percent typically the 10 threshold of its maximum amplitude T2 when the output DC voltage last falls to some percent typically the 10 thre...

Page 643: ... POWer Commands 24 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 643 MEASure ONTime on page 545 MEASure OFFTime on page 544 ...

Page 644: ...er the RST command POW PSRR SOUR INP CHAN1 OUTP CHAN2 POW PSRR FREQ STAR 100E 00 STOP 20 000000E 06 POW PSRR WGEN VOLT 200 0E 03 LOAD FIFT See Also POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR PPDecade on page 651 POWer PSRR SOURce INPut on page 652 POWer P...

Page 645: ...ed and is plotted over the range of frequencies It takes some time for the frequency sweep analysis to complete You can query bit 0 of the Standard Event Status Register ESR to find out when the analysis is complete You can use the POWer PSRR TRACe command to specify whether to include gain data in the PSRR analysis results See Also ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 188 POWer PSRR on page...

Page 646: ...weep or single frequency analysis see POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE If this option is not specified the data from the sweep analysis is returned by default Return Format binary_block NL binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWe...

Page 647: ...s in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz Query Syntax POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum The POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum query returns the maximum sweep frequency setting Return Format value NL value 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWer PSRR FREQu...

Page 648: ...ect from decade values Query Syntax POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum The POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum query returns the minimum sweep frequency setting Return Format value NL value 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR ...

Page 649: ...s on the oscilloscope s display You can then use that amplitude at all frequencies in SWEep mode or you can evaluate amplitudes at other frequencies in order to determine an optimized amplitude profile see POWer PSRR WGEN VOLTage PROFile Query Syntax POWer CLResponse FREQuency MODE The POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE query returns the frequency mode setting Return Format mode NL mode SWE SING See Also P...

Page 650: ... scale so you can select from decade values Query Syntax POWer PSRR FREQuency SINGle The POWer PSRR FREQuency SINGle query returns the single frequency setting Return Format value NL value 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 2000000 See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR PPDecade on page 651 ...

Page 651: ...Response PPDecade The POWer PSRR PPDecade query returns the points per decade setting Return Format pts NL pts 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR SOURce INPut on page 652 POWer PSRR SO...

Page 652: ...ply input Query Syntax POWer PSRR SOURce INPut The POWer PSRR SOURce INPut query returns the channel selection Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR PPDecade on page 651 POWer PSRR...

Page 653: ...pply output Query Syntax POWer PSRR SOURce OUTPut The POWer PSRR SOURce OUTPut query returns the channel selection Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 647 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 648 POWer PSRR FREQuency MODE on page 649 POWer PSRR PPDecade on page 651 POWer ...

Page 654: ...er supply rejection ratio analysis results Query Syntax POWer PSRR TRACe The POWer PSRR TRACe query returns the type of data that is currently included in the PSRR analysis results or NONE if the gain data is not included Return Format selection_list NL selection_list NONE GAIN See Also POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 NOTE This command affects the oscilloscope s front pane...

Page 655: ...If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect Query Syntax POWer PSRR WGEN LOAD The POWer PSRR WGEN LOAD query returns the waveform generator expected output load impedance setting Return Format impedance NL impedance ONEM FIFT See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on page 645 POWer PSRR DATA on page 646 POW...

Page 656: ...quency range Without the range parameter this command sets the waveform generator output amplitude used when the amplitude profile is disabled Query Syntax POWer PSRR WGEN VOLTage range The POWer PSRR WGEN VOLTage query returns the waveform generator output amplitude setting s Return Format amplitude NL amplitude amplitude in volts in NR3 format See Also POWer PSRR on page 644 POWer PSRR APPLy on ...

Page 657: ...k lopsided clipped or somewhat triangular in shape nonsinusoidal you are probably encountering distortion due to overdriving your DUT Optimizing test amplitudes to achieve the best dynamic range measurements is often an iterative process of running your frequency response measurements multiple times Query Syntax POWer CLResponse WGEN VOLTage PROFile The POWer PSRR WGEN VOLTage PROFile query return...

Page 658: ...urrent may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy This current called reactive or harmonic current gives rise to an apparent power which is larger than the actual power consumed Power quality is gauged by these measurements power factor apparent power true power reactive power crest factor and phase angle of the current and voltage of the AC line See Also MEASure FACTor ...

Page 659: ...iVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 659 POWer RIPPle APPLy see page 1368 Command Syntax POWer RIPPle APPLy The POWer RIPPle APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis See Also MEASure RIPPle on page 552 ...

Page 660: ...OWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer EFFiciency APPLy on page 616 POWer RIPPle APPLy on page 659 POWer MODulation APPLy on page 635 POWer QUALity APPLy on page 658 POWer SLEW APPLy on page 679 POWer SWITch APPLy on page 681 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 661 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 662 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 663 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page ...

Page 661: ...umber of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics The POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 621 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 619 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIG...

Page 662: ...mand specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity The POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer QUALity APPLy on page 658 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670...

Page 663: ... EFFiciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency The POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer EFFiciency APPLy on page 616 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 PO...

Page 664: ... MODulation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation The POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer MODulation APPLy on page 635 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 PO...

Page 665: ...n of the turn off analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF on page 672 POWer S...

Page 666: ...n of the turn on analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON on page 673 POWer SIGNa...

Page 667: ...ion RIPPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle The POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer RIPPle APPLy on page 659 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 POWer SIGNal...

Page 668: ...ies the duration of the transient response analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient The POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 669 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 POWer SIGNals VSTeady T...

Page 669: ...current amplitude This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current Query Syntax POWer SIGNals IEXPected The POWer SIGNals IEXPected query returns the expected inrush current setting Return Format value NL value Expected current value in NR3 format See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 631 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 670 POWer SIGNals...

Page 670: ...tling band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer SIGNals OVERshoot The POWer SIGNals OVERshoot query returns the overshoot percent setting Return Format percent NL percent percent of overshoot value in NR1 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient on page ...

Page 671: ... DC this command defines the maximum DC input voltage amplitude value The values can be negative When the POWer ITYPe is AC this command defines the maximum peak to peak input voltage Only positive values are allowed Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum INRush The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum INRush query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected inp...

Page 672: ...voltage amplitude value The values can be negative When the POWer ITYPe is AC this command defines the maximum peak to peak input voltage Only positive values are allowed Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format See Also POWer ...

Page 673: ... voltage amplitude value The values can be negative When the POWer ITYPe is AC this command defines the maximum peak to peak input voltage Only positive values are allowed Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format See Also POWer I...

Page 674: ...the power supply for turn off analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 665 POWer SIGNals IEXP...

Page 675: ...f the power supply for turn on analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 638 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 666 POWer SIGNals IEXPec...

Page 676: ...d along with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient The POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy...

Page 677: ...channels in NR1 format See Also POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 661 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 662 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 663 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page 664 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 665 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 666 POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle on page 667 POWer SIGNals DURation TR...

Page 678: ...channels in NR1 format See Also POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 660 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 661 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 662 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 663 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page 664 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 665 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 666 POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle on page 667 POWer SIGNals DURation TR...

Page 679: ...iniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 679 POWer SLEW APPLy see page 1368 Command Syntax POWer SLEW APPLy The POWer SLEW APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis See Also POWer SLEW SOURce on page 680 ...

Page 680: ...POWer SLEW SOURce source source V I The POWer SLEW SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis Query Syntax POWer SLEW SOURce The POWer SLEW SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis Return Format source NL source V I See Also POWer SLEW APPLy on page 679 ...

Page 681: ...The POWer SWITch APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method V reference and I reference settings See Also POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 682 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 683 POWer SWITch RDS on page 684 POWer SWITch VCE on page 685 POWer SWITch VREFerence on page 686 MEASure ELOSs on page 541 MEASure PLOSs on page 548 ...

Page 682: ...Rds on using the POWer SWITch RDS command In the Off Zone where the current level is below I Ref the Power calculation is P 0 Watt VCE Vce sat The Power waveform includes error correction In the On Zone where the voltage level is below V Ref the Power calculation is P Vce sat x Ic Specify Vce sat using the POWer SWITch VCE command In the Off Zone where the current level is below I Ref the Power ca...

Page 683: ...aximum switch current You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors or null offset that is difficult to eliminate in current probes This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges Query Syntax POWer SWITch IREFerence The POWer SWITch IREFerence query returns the current switching level percent value Return Format percent NL percent percent in NR1 format See Also...

Page 684: ...WITch RDS command specifies the Rds on value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen by POWer SWITch CONDuction Query Syntax POWer SWITch RDS The POWer SWITch RDS query returns the Rds on value Return Format value NL value Rds on value in NR3 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 681 POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 682 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 683 POWer SWITch VCE on page ...

Page 685: ...ch VCE command specifies the Vce sat value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen by POWer SWITch CONDuction Query Syntax POWer SWITch VCE The POWer SWITch VCE query returns the Vce sat value Return Format value NL value Vce sat value in NR3 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 681 POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 682 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 683 POWer SWITch RDS on page ...

Page 686: ...e is in percentage of the maximum switch voltage You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges Query Syntax POWer SWITch VREFerence The POWer SWITch VREFerence query returns the voltage switching level percent value Return Format percent NL percent percent in NR1 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 681 POWer...

Page 687: ... 1368 Command Syntax POWer TRANsient APPLy The POWer TRANsient APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings See Also POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 688 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 689 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 690 POWer TRANsient NEXT on page 691 MEASure TRESponse on page 553 ...

Page 688: ...ntax POWer TRANsient EXIT The POWer TRANsient EXIT command exits stops the transient analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 689 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 690 POWer TRANsient NEXT on page 691 ...

Page 689: ...o specify the initial load current value The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer TRANsient IINitial The POWer TRANsient IINitial query returns the initial load current value Return Format value NL value Initial current value in NR3 format See Also POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient on page 676 POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer TRAN...

Page 690: ...RANsient INEW command to specify the new load current value The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer TRANsient INEW The POWer TRANsient INEW query returns the new load current value Return Format value NL value New current value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 688 POWer TRANsient IINiti...

Page 691: ...ANsient NEXT The POWer TRANsient NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 687 POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 688 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 689 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 690 ...

Page 692: ...692 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 24 POWer Commands ...

Page 693: ... Column number starts from 1 internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 RECall DBC STARt file_name serialbus see page 696 n a file_name quoted ASCII string If extension included in file name it must be dbc serialbus SBUS n n 1 to of serial bus in NR1 format RECall FILename base_name see page 697 RECall FILename see page 697 base_name quoted ASCII strin...

Page 694: ...Call MASK STARt file_spec see page 699 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string RECall PWD path_name see page 700 RECall PWD see page 700 path_name quoted ASCII string RECall SETup STARt file_spec see page 701 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string RECall WMEMor...

Page 695: ...n parameter is entered and it is a 2 column file the 2nd column assumed to be voltage is automatically be selected If the column parameter is entered and that column does not exist in the file the operation fails When recalling arbitrary waveforms from an external USB storage device that were not saved from the oscilloscope be aware that the oscilloscope uses a maximum of 8192 points for an arbitr...

Page 696: ...meter specifies which serial decode waveform the CAN symbolic data will be loaded for See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 RECall FILename on page 697 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic MESSage on page 784 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal on page 785 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue on page 786 SEARch SERial CAN MODE on page 983 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic...

Page 697: ... FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations Query Syntax RECall FILename The RECall FILename query returns the current RECall filename Return Format base_name NL base_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 RECall SETup STARt on page 701 SAVE FILename on page 708 NOTE This command specifies a file s base name only without path information ...

Page 698: ...er specifies which serial decode waveform the LIN symbolic data will be loaded for See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 RECall FILename on page 697 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe on page 830 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal on page 831 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue on page 832 SEARch SERial LIN MODE on page 1001 SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic FRA...

Page 699: ...spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The RECall MASK STARt command recalls a mask See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 RECall FILename on page 697 RECall PWD on page 700 SAVE MASK STARt on page 715 MTESt DATA on page 570 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be msk ...

Page 700: ...h_name path_name quoted ASCII string The RECall PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations Query Syntax RECall PWD The RECall PWD query returns the currently set working directory for recall operations Return Format path_name NL path_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 SAVE PWD on page 718 ...

Page 701: ...ile_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The RECall SETup STARt command recalls an oscilloscope setup See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 694 RECall FILename on page 697 RECall PWD on page 700 SAVE SETup STARt on page 725 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be scp ...

Page 702: ...ce waveform The data option lets you recall a reference waveform from a local file on the controller PC instead of from a USB storage device connected to the oscilloscope In this case your remote program reads data from the local h5 format reference waveform file in the same way that setup files are restored to the oscilloscope see SYSTem SETup on page 1045 See Also Introduction to RECall Commands...

Page 703: ...n NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 SAVE FILename base_name see page 708 SAVE FILename see page 708 base_name quoted ASCII string SAVE IMAGe STARt file_name see page 709 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE IMAGe FACTors 0 OFF 1 ON see page 710 SAVE IMAGe FACTors see page 710 0 1 SAVE IMAGe FORMat format see page 711 SAVE IMAGe FORMat see page 711 format BMP BMP24bit BMP8...

Page 704: ...718 SAVE PWD see page 718 path_name quoted ASCII string SAVE RESults STARt file_spec see page 719 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor 0 OFF 1 ON see page 720 SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor see page 720 0 1 SAVE RESults FORMat MASK 0 OFF 1 ON see page 721 SAVE RESults FORMat MASK see page 721 0 1 SAVE RESults FORMat MEASurement 0 OFF 1 ON see page 722 SAVE RESults FORMat MEASur...

Page 705: ...ger in NR1 format SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX 0 OFF 1 ON see page 729 SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX see page 729 0 1 SAVE WAVeform SEGMen ted option see page 730 SAVE WAVeform SEGMen ted see page 730 option ALL CURRent SAVE WMEMory SOURce source see page 731 SAVE WMEMory SOURce see page 731 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 forma...

Page 706: ...ups screen images and data SAV is an acceptable short form for SAVE Reporting the Setup Use SAVE to query setup information for the SAVE subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the SAVE query In this case the query was issued following the RST command SAVE FIL SAVE IMAG AREA GRAT FACT 0 FORM TIFF INKS 0 PAL MON SAVE PWD C setups SAVE WAV FORM NONE LENG 1000 SEGM CURR ...

Page 707: ... quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 The SAVE ARBitrary STARt command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device The wavegen_id parameter specifies which waveform generator to save the arbitrary waveform from See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 SAVE PWD on page 718 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 695 NOTE ...

Page 708: ...or any SAVE operations Query Syntax SAVE FILename The SAVE FILename query returns the current SAVE filename Return Format base_name NL base_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE SETup STARt on page 725 SAVE WAVeform STARt on page 726 SAVE PWD on page 718 RECall FILename on page 697 NOTE This command specifies a file s base nam...

Page 709: ...IMAGe INKSaver on page 712 SAVE IMAGe PALette on page 713 SAVE FILename on page 708 NOTE Be sure to set the SAVE IMAGe FORMat before saving an image If the format is NONE the save image command will not succeed NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name and it does not match the extension expected by the format specified in SAVE IMAGe FORMat the format will be changed if...

Page 710: ...long with the image Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe FACTors The SAVE IMAGe FACTors query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope factors are output along with the image Return Format factors NL factors 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 711 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 712 SAVE IMAGe PALette on page 713 NOTE Factors are writt...

Page 711: ...rmat type Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe FORMat The SAVE IMAGe FORMat query returns the selected image format type Return Format format NL format BMP BMP8 PNG NONE When NONE is returned it indicates that a waveform data file format is currently selected See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 710 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 712 SAVE IMAGe...

Page 712: ...KSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe INKSaver The SAVE IMAGe INKSaver query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 710 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 711 SAVE IMAGe PALette ...

Page 713: ...or GRAYscale The SAVE IMAGe PALette command sets the image palette color Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe PALette The SAVE IMAGe PALette query returns the selected image palette color Return Format palette NL palette COL GRAY See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 710 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 711 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 712 ...

Page 714: ...yntax SAVE LISTer STARt file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE LISTer STARt command saves the Lister display data to a file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 Chapter 19 LISTer Commands starting on page 417 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be csv ...

Page 715: ..._spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE MASK STARt command saves a mask See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 SAVE PWD on page 718 RECall MASK STARt on page 699 MTESt DATA on page 570 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be msk ...

Page 716: ...e file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE MULTi STARt command saves multi channel waveform data to a file This file can be opened by the N8900A Infiniium Offline oscilloscope analysis software See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 SAVE PWD on page 718 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be h5 ...

Page 717: ... file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE POWer STARt command saves the power measurement application s current harmonics analysis results to a file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 Chapter 24 POWer Commands starting on page 589 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be csv ...

Page 718: ..._name quoted ASCII string The SAVE PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations Query Syntax SAVE PWD The SAVE PWD query returns the currently set working directory for save operations Return Format path_name NL path_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 RECall PWD on page 700 ...

Page 719: ...arated values csv file on a USB storage device Use the SAVE RESults FORMat commands to specify the analysis types whose results are saved to the file When multiple types of analysis results are selected they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line See Also SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor on page 720 SAVE RESults FORMat MASK on page 721 SAVE RESults FORMat MEASurement on page 722 SA...

Page 720: ... RESults FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved When multiple types of analysis results are saved they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line Query Syntax SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor The SAVE RESults FORMat CURSor query returns whether cursor values will be included when analysis results are saved Return Format off_on NL 0 1 See Also SAV...

Page 721: ...RESults FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved When multiple types of analysis results are saved they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line Query Syntax SAVE RESults FORMat MASK The SAVE RESults FORMat MASK query returns whether mask statistics will be included when analysis results are saved Return Format off_on NL 0 1 See Also SAVE R...

Page 722: ... SAVE RESults FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved When multiple types of analysis results are saved they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line Query Syntax SAVE RESults FORMat MEASurement The SAVE RESults FORMat MEASurement query returns whether measurement results will be included when analysis results are saved Return Format off_o...

Page 723: ...E RESults FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved When multiple types of analysis results are saved they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line Query Syntax SAVE RESults FORMat SEARch The SAVE RESults FORMat SEARch query returns whether found search event times will be included when analysis results are saved Return Format off_on NL 0 1 ...

Page 724: ...AVE RESults FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved When multiple types of analysis results are saved they are all saved to the same file and separated by a blank line Query Syntax SAVE RESults FORMat SEGMented The SAVE RESults FORMat SEGMented query returns whether segmented memory acquisition times will be included when analysis results are saved Return For...

Page 725: ...file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE SETup STARt command saves an oscilloscope setup See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE FILename on page 708 SAVE PWD on page 718 RECall SETup STARt on page 701 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be scp ...

Page 726: ...ands on page 706 SAVE WAVeform FORMat on page 727 SAVE WAVeform LENGth on page 728 SAVE FILename on page 708 RECall SETup STARt on page 701 NOTE Be sure to set the SAVE WAVeform FORMat before saving waveform data If the format is NONE the save waveform command will not succeed NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name and it does not match the extension expected by the ...

Page 727: ...ontains information for all analog channels that are displayed turned on The proper file extension for this format is csv BINary creates an oscilloscope binary data format file See the User s Guide for a description of this format The proper file extension for this format is bin Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform FORMat The SAVE WAVeform FORMat query returns the selected waveform data format type Return F...

Page 728: ...waveform data length that is the number of points saved When the SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX setting is ON the SAVE WAVeform LENGth setting has no effect Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform LENGth The SAVE WAVeform LENGth query returns the current waveform data length setting Return Format length NL length 100 to max length an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE WAVef...

Page 729: ...NGth MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved When OFF the SAVE WAVeform LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX The SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX query returns the current setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE WAVeform STARt on page 726 SAV...

Page 730: ...command specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved ALL all acquired segments are saved CURRent only the currently selected segment is saved Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform SEGMented The SAVE WAVeform SEGMented query returns the current segmented waveform save option setting Return Format option NL option ALL CURR See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE WAVeform STA...

Page 731: ...ry SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file Query Syntax SAVE WMEMory SOURce The SAVE WMEMory SOURce query returns the source to be saved as a reference waveform file Return Format source NL source CHAN n FUNC WMEM r NONE See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE WMEMory STARt on page 732 RECall WMEMory r STARt on page 702 NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract m...

Page 732: ...VE WMEMory STARt file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE WMEMory STARt command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE WMEMory SOURce on page 731 RECall WMEMory r STARt on page 702 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be h5 ...

Page 733: ...S n UART Commands on page 912 SBUS n USBPd Commands on page 933 Introduction to SBUS n Commands The SBUS subsystem commands control the serial decode bus viewing mode and other options The following serial bus decode trigger types are available see TRIGger MODE on page 1076 CAN Controller Area Network triggering will trigger on CAN version 2 0A and 2 0B signals Setup consists of connecting the osc...

Page 734: ...break at the beginning of a message frame You can trigger on Sync Break Frame IDs or Frame IDs and Data UART RS 232 triggering lets you trigger on RS 232 serial data SENT triggering lets you trigger on SENT serial data USB PD triggering lets you trigger on USB PD serial data Reporting the Setup Use SBUS n to query setup information for the SBUS n subsystem Return Format The following is a sample r...

Page 735: ... 735 General SBUS n Commands Table 102 General SBUS n Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 736 SBUS n DISPlay see page 736 0 1 SBUS n MODE mode see page 737 SBUS n MODE see page 737 mode A429 CAN CXPI IIC LIN M1553 MANChester NRZ SENT UART USBPd ...

Page 736: ...S n DISPlay The SBUS n DISPlay query returns the current display setting of the serial decode bus Return Format display NL display 0 1 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 287 VIEW on page 245 BLANk on page 216 STATus on page 242 NOTE This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed NOTE Two ...

Page 737: ... query returns the current serial bus decode mode setting Return Format mode NL mode A429 CAN IIC LIN M1553 MANC NRZ SENT UART USBP NONE Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 738 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 SBUS n IIC Commands on page 804 SBUS n LIN Commands on page 814 SBUS n M1553 Commands on page 833 SBUS n...

Page 738: ... page 742 SBUS n A429 BAUDrat e see page 742 baudrate integer from 10000 to 1000000 n a SBUS n A429 COUNt E RRor see page 743 error_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n A429 COUNt R ESet see page 744 n a n a n a SBUS n A429 COUNt W ORD see page 745 word_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n A429 FORMat format see page 746 SBUS n A429 FORMat see page 746 format LDSDi LDSSm LDATa SBUS n A429 SIGNal signa...

Page 739: ...ATTern SDI see page 752 string nn where n 0 1 X length always 2 bits SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM string see page 753 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM see page 753 string nn where n 0 1 X length always 2 bits SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe min max see page 754 SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe see page 754 min 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 max 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or s...

Page 740: ... Trigger Threshold 3 0 V Noise Reject Off Probe Attenuation 10 0 Vertical Scale 4 V div Serial Decode On Base SBUS n A429 BASE HEX Word Format SBUS n A429 FORMat LDSDi Label SDI Data SSM Trigger the specified serial bus n of SBUS n Trigger Mode SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE WSTArt Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n A429 BASE on page 741 SBUS n A429 FORMat on page 746 SBUS n A429 T...

Page 741: ...splay of the decoded data The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields which are always displayed in binary nor the Label field which is always displayed in octal Query Syntax SBUS n A429 BASE The SBUS n A429 BASE query returns the current ARINC 429 base setting Return Format base NL base BIN HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page ...

Page 742: ...fined baud rate is selected with the SBUS n A429 SPEed USER command the SBUS n A429 BAUDrate command specifies the user defined baud rate The baud rate can be set in 100 b s increments between 10000 and 100000 and in 1000 b s ingrements between 100000 and 1000000 Query Syntax SBUS n A429 BAUDrate The SBUS n A429 BAUDrate query returns the user defined baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL Se...

Page 743: ...uery Syntax SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor Returns the error count Return Format error_count NL error_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet on page 744 SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD on page 745 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 738 ...

Page 744: ...Nt RESet see page 1368 Command Syntax SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet Resets the word and error counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD on page 745 SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor on page 743 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 738 ...

Page 745: ...Query Syntax SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD Returns the word count Return Format word_count NL word_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet on page 744 SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor on page 743 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 738 ...

Page 746: ...ata 23 bits Query Syntax SBUS n A429 FORMat The SBUS n A429 FORMat query returns the current ARINC 429 word decode format setting Return Format format NL format LDSD LDSS LDAT Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 751 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI on page 752 SBUS n A429 TRIGg...

Page 747: ...he signal type A Line A non inverted B Line B inverted DIFFerential Differential A B Query Syntax SBUS n A429 SIGNal The SBUS n A429 SIGNal query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type setting Return Format signal NL signal A B DIFF Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 FORMat on page 746 SBUS n A429 SPE...

Page 748: ...9 SOURce The SBUS n A429 SOURce query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal Use the TRIGger LEVel HIGH and TRIGger LEVel LOW commands to set the threshold levels for the selected source Return Format source NL See Also TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 1074 TRIGger LEVel LOW on page 1075 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE on page 755 SBUS n A429 ...

Page 749: ...SER lets you specify a user defined baud rate using the SBUS n A429 BAUDrate command Query Syntax SBUS n A429 SPEed The SBUS n A429 SPEed query returns the current ARINC 429 signal speed setting Return Format speed NL speed LOW HIGH USER Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n A429 BAUDrate on page 742 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n A429...

Page 750: ...0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected trigger type To set the label value to don t cares 0xXX set the value to 1 Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel The SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel query returns the current label value in decimal format Return Format value NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardwar...

Page 751: ...ched for in each ARINC 429 word Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE on page...

Page 752: ... searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SDI is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SDI field Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SDI pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 13...

Page 753: ...n searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SSM is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SSM field Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SSM pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1...

Page 754: ...x Hnn where n 0 9 A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe command defines a range of ARINC 429 label values This range is used when the LRANge trigger type is selected Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe The SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe query returns the current label values in decimal format Return Format min max NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardwar...

Page 755: ...intra word coding error GERRor triggers on an inter word gap error WGERrors triggers on either a Word or Gap Error ALLerrors triggers on any of the above errors ABITs triggers on any bit which will therefore form an eye diagram AZBits triggers on any bit with a value of zero AOBits triggers on any bit with a value of one Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE The SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE query retu...

Page 756: ...756 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 27 SBUS n Commands SBUS n A429 SOURce on page 748 ...

Page 757: ...nt in NR3 format SBUS n CAN DISPlay type see page 766 SBUS n CAN DISPlay see page 766 type HEXadecimal SYMBolic SBUS n CAN FDSPoint value see page 767 SBUS n CAN FDSPoint see page 767 value even numbered percentages from 30 to 90 in NR3 format SBUS n CAN FDSTanda rd std see page 768 SBUS n CAN FDSTanda rd see page 768 std ISO NISO SBUS n CAN SAMPlepo int percent see page 769 SBUS n CAN SAMPlepo in...

Page 758: ... CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA DLC dlc see page 779 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA DLC see page 779 dlc integer between 1 don t care and 64 in NR1 format SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth length see page 780 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth see page 780 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt start see page 781 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt see...

Page 759: ...er SYMBolic SIGNal name see page 785 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal see page 785 name quoted ASCII string SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue data see page 786 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue see page 786 data value in NR3 format Table 104 SBUS n CAN Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 760: ...see page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt ERRor Returns the error frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 762 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 761: ...d see page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt OVERload Returns the overload frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count 0 in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 762 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 762: ...tax SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet Resets the frame counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt ERRor on page 760 SBUS n CAN COUNt OVERload on page 761 SBUS n CAN COUNt TOTal on page 764 SBUS n CAN COUNt UTILization on page 765 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 763: ...ry Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt SPEC Returns the Spec error Ack Form Stuff CRC errors count Return Format spec_error_count NL spec_error_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 762 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 764: ...see page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt TOTal Returns the total frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 762 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 765: ...see page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt UTILization Returns the percent utilization Return Format percent NL percent floating point in NR3 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 762 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 757 ...

Page 766: ...Bolic The SBUS n CAN DISPlay command specifies when CAN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope whether symbolic values from the DBC file or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window Query Syntax SBUS n CAN DISPlay The SBUS n CAN DISPlay query returns the CAN decode display type Return Format type NL type HEX SYMB See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 ...

Page 767: ... the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time Query Syntax SBUS n CAN FDSPoint The SBUS n CAN FDSPoint query returns the current CAN FD sample point setting Return Format value NL value even numbered percentages fr...

Page 768: ...e SBUS n CAN FDSTandard command lets you pick the standard that will be used when decoding or triggering on FD frames ISO or non ISO This setting has no effect on the processing of non FD classical frames Query Syntax SBUS n CAN FDSTandard The SBUS n CAN FDSTandard query returns the selected CAN FD frame decode standard Return Format std NL std ISO NISO See Also SBUS n CAN FDSPoint on page 767 ...

Page 769: ... bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SAMPlepoint The SBUS n CAN SAMPlepoint query returns the current CAN sample point setting Return Format percent NL percent 30 0 to 90 0 in NR3 format See Also Introd...

Page 770: ...ate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b s You can also set the baud rate of the CAN signal to 5 Mb s Fractional baud rates between 4 Mb s and 5 Mb s are not allowed If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate false triggers may occur Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate The SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate query returns the current CAN baud rate setting Return Forma...

Page 771: ...e Dominant low signals CANL the actual CAN_L differential bus signal RX the Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver TX the Transmit signal to the CAN bus transceiver DIFL the CAN differential L H bus signal connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe DIFFerential the CAN differential bus signal connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe This is the sa...

Page 772: ...If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b s the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b s For CAN FD both the standard rate settings see SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate and the FD rate settings must be set correctly otherwise false triggers may occur Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SIGNal FDBaudrate The SBUS n CAN SIGNal FDBaudrate query returns the current CAN FD baud rate s...

Page 773: ...nel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n CAN SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SOURce The SBUS n CAN SOURce query returns the current source for the CAN signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 SBUS n CAN SIGNal DEFinition on page 771 ...

Page 774: ...e ID non FD Triggers on standard CAN data frames at the end of the 11 or 29 bit ID field DATA Data Frame ID and Data non FD Triggers on any standard CAN data frame at the end of the last data byte defined in the trigger The DLC of the packet must must match the number of bytes specified FDData Data Frame ID and Data FD triggers on CAN FD frames at the end of the last data byte defined in the trigg...

Page 775: ...ted CRC In addition for FD frames will also trigger if the Stuff Count is in error X SPECerror Spec Error Ack or Form or Stuff or CRC Triggers on Ack Form Stuff or CRC errors X ALLerrors All Errors Triggers on all Spec errors and error frames X BRSBit BRS Bit FD Triggers on the BRS bit of CAN FD frames X CRCDbit CRC Delimiter Bit FD Triggers on the CRC delimiter bit in CAN FD frames X EBActive ESI...

Page 776: ...rn DATA LENGth on page 780 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID on page 782 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE on page 783 SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter on page 777 SBUS n CAN SIGNal DEFinition on page 771 SBUS n CAN SOURce on page 773 RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic MESSage on page 784 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal on page 785 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue on page 786 ...

Page 777: ...US n CAN TRIGger IDFilter 0 OFF 1 ON The SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter command specifies in certain error and bit trigger modes whether triggers are filtered by CAN IDs Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter The SBUS n CAN TRIGger IDFilter query returns the CAN trigger ID filter setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 ...

Page 778: ... and X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified CAN data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction t...

Page 779: ...The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA DLC command specifies the DLC value to be used in the CAN FD data trigger mode A specific valid FD value can be specified or 1 can be specified to indicate don t care Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA DLC query returns the currently set DLC value Return Format dlc NL dlc integer between 1 don t care and 64 in ...

Page 780: ... string The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes 64 bits The value for these bytes is set by the SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current CAN data pattern length setting Return Format count NL count integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format Errors 241 Har...

Page 781: ...ing byte position for CAN FD data triggers CAN FD frames can have up to 64 bytes of data You can trigger on up to 8 bytes of data The starting byte position setting lets you trigger on data anywhere within the frame Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt query returns the starting byte position setting Return Format start NL start integer betwe...

Page 782: ...tring made up of hexadecimal and X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID query returns the current settings of the specified CAN identifier pattern resource in the 29 bit binary string format Return Format string NL in 29 bit binary string format Errors 241 Hardwa...

Page 783: ...Tended selects the extended 29 bit identifier The CAN identifier is set by the SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID command Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE query returns the current setting of the CAN identifier mode Return Format value NL value STAN EXT Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 S...

Page 784: ...fies the message to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic MESSage The SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic MESSage query returns the specified message Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 SBUS...

Page 785: ... specifies the signal to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal The SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal query returns the specified signal Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 SBUS n CAN TR...

Page 786: ...aded recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue The SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue query returns the specified signal value Return Format data NL data value in NR3 format See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 774 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic MESSage on page 784 SBUS n CAN TRIGger SYMBolic SIG...

Page 787: ... channels in NR1 format SBUS n CXPI TOLeran ce percent see page 792 SBUS n CXPI TOLeran ce see page 792 percent from 1 30 in NR1 format SBUS n CXPI TRIGger mode see page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger see page 794 mode SOF EOF PTYPe ID DATA LDATa CRCerror PARityerror IBSerror IFSerror FRAMingerror DLENgtherror SAMPleerror ALLerrors SLEepframe WAKeuppulse SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter 0 OFF 1 ON see page 7...

Page 788: ...S n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO CT string see page 801 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO CT see page 801 string nn where n 0 1 X SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO DLC dlc see page 802 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO DLC see page 802 dlc integer between 1 don t care and 15 in NR1 format when trigger is in DATA mode dlc integer between 1 don t care and 255 in NR1 format when trigger is in LDATa mode SB...

Page 789: ...l from your device under test The CXPI baud rate can be set from 9600 b s to 40000 b s in 100 b s increments You must set the baud rate to match your device under test The default baud rate is 20 kb s Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate The SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate query returns the baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate integer from 9600 to 40000 in 100 b s increments See Also SBUS n CXPI...

Page 790: ...ity bit should be displayed in the identifier field When OFF the upper bit is masked The parity is still checked but it is not displayed unless a parity error occurs Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI PARity The SBUS n CXPI PARity query returns the parity display setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate on page 789 SBUS n CXPI SOURce on page 791 SBUS n CXPI TOLerance on pag...

Page 791: ... channels in NR1 format The SBUS n CXPI SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the CXPI signal line Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI SOURce The SBUS n CXPI SOURce query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate on page 789 SBUS n CXPI PARity on page 790 SBUS n CXPI TOLerance on page 792 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on ...

Page 792: ... 30 in NR1 format The SBUS n CXPI TOLerance command specifies the tolerance as a percentage of the Tbit width Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TOLerance The SBUS n CXPI TOLerance query returns the tolerance setting Return Format percent NL percent from 1 30 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate on page 789 SBUS n CXPI PARity on page 790 SBUS n CXPI SOURce on page 791 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 ...

Page 793: ...ata triggers on CXPI frames at the end of the last data byte defined in the trigger In addition to the PID value you can specify the contents of the Frame Info byte with bitwise don t cares You can specify up to 12 data bytes on which to trigger with bitwise don t cares LDATa Frame ID Info and Data Long Frame triggers on CXPI frames at the end of the last data byte defined in the trigger The stand...

Page 794: ...triggers when a wakeup pulse is detected Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger query returns the CXPI trigger type setting Return Format mode NL mode SOF EOF PTYP ID DATA LDAT CRC PAR IBS IFS FRAM DLEN SAMP ALL SLE WAK See Also SBUS n CXPI BAUDrate on page 789 SBUS n CXPI PARity on page 790 SBUS n CXPI SOURce on page 791 SBUS n CXPI TOLerance on page 792 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFi...

Page 795: ...t it occurs only for a specified ID Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter query returns the ID filter setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe on page 796 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 797 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth on page 798 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt o...

Page 796: ...esent OFF Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe query returns the PTYPE trigger setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter on page 795 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 797 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth on page 798 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt on page 799 SBUS n CXPI TR...

Page 797: ...es the maximum number of data bytes you can include in the trigger specification is still only 12 bytes In this case you can use the SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt command to specify the starting byte location where the data value should be found Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the specified data value Returned data values ar...

Page 798: ...NFO DLC command The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA command lets you specify the data value to trigger on Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the data length setting Return Format length NL length integer between 0 and 12 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter on page 795 SBUS n...

Page 799: ... when PTYPE is present or 124 bytes when PTYPE is not present The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth command lets you specify the length of the data value to trigger on The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA command lets you specify the data value to trigger on Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA STARt query returns the start byte setting Ret...

Page 800: ...uery Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern ID The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern ID query returns the specified frame ID value Returned frame ID values are always quoted binary format strings Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter on page 795 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe on page 796 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 797...

Page 801: ...ish to trigger on This is a two bit binary value Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO CT The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO CT query returns the specified CT bits included in the trigger Return Format string NL string nn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter on page 795 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe on page 796 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA o...

Page 802: ...ber of data bytes you can specify in the trigger Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO DLC The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO DLC query returns the DLC trigger value setting Return Format dlc NL dlc integer between 1 don t care and 15 in NR1 format when trigger is in DATA mode dlc integer between 1 don t care and 255 in NR1 format when trigger is in LDATa mode See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGge...

Page 803: ...wish to trigger on This is a two bit binary value Query Syntax SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO NM The SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern INFO NM query returns the specified NM bits included in the trigger Return Format string NL string nn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n CXPI TRIGger on page 793 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger IDFilter on page 795 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PTYPe on page 796 SBUS n CXPI TRIGger PATTern DATA ...

Page 804: ...rce CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess value see page 808 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess see page 808 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA value see page 809 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA see page 809 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 value see page 810 SBUS n ...

Page 805: ...C ASIZe command determines whether the Read Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus Query Syntax SBUS n IIC ASIZe The SBUS n IIC ASIZe query returns the current IIC address width setting Return Format mode NL mode BIT7 BIT8 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n IIC Commands on page 804...

Page 806: ... source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock SCL Query Syntax SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk The SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk query returns the current source for the IIC serial clock Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA on page 807 ...

Page 807: ...e DATA source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data SDA Query Syntax SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA The SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA query returns the current source for IIC serial data Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk on page 806 ...

Page 808: ...address for IIC data The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F 7 bit or 0x3FF 10 bit hexadecimal Use the don t care address 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the address value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess query returns the current address for IIC data Return Format value NL value integer See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n I...

Page 809: ...ATA command sets IIC data The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF hexadecimal Use the don t care data pattern 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the data value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current pattern for IIC data Return Format value NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess on p...

Page 810: ...2 command sets IIC data 2 The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF hexadecimal Use the don t care data pattern 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the data value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 query returns the current pattern for IIC data 2 Return Format value NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess ...

Page 811: ...erthan The SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger IIC TRIGger TYPE is set to READEprom Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier The SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier query returns the current IIC data qualifier value Return Format value NL value EQUal NOTequal LESSthan GREaterthan See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SB...

Page 812: ...ame containing Start Address7 Read Ack Data The value READ is also accepted for READ7 WRITe7 7 bit address frame containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data The value WRITe is also accepted for WRITe7 R7Data2 7 bit address frame containing Start Address7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 W7Data2 7 bit address frame containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 WRITe10 10 bit address frame containing Start...

Page 813: ... Programmer s Guide 813 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess on page 808 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 809 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 on page 810 SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier on page 811 Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules on page 1370 ...

Page 814: ...drate see page 819 SBUS n LIN SIGNal B AUDrate see page 819 baudrate integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b s increments SBUS n LIN SOURce source see page 820 SBUS n LIN SOURce see page 820 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n LIN STANdard std see page 821 SBUS n LIN STANdard see page 821 std LIN13 LIN13NLC LIN20 SBUS n LIN SYNCbrea k value see page 822 SBUS n LIN SYNCbrea k ...

Page 815: ...TA LENGth see page 828 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat base see page 829 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat see page 829 base BINary HEX DECimal SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe name see page 830 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe see page 830 name quoted ASCII string SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal name see page 831 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal s...

Page 816: ...Bolic The SBUS n LIN DISPlay command specifies when LIN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope whether symbolic values from the LDF file or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window Query Syntax SBUS n LIN DISPlay The SBUS n LIN DISPlay query returns the LIN decode display type Return Format type NL type HEX SYMB See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 ...

Page 817: ...ines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits MSB in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus Query Syntax SBUS n LIN PARity The SBUS n LIN PARity query returns the current LIN parity bits display setting of the serial decode bus Return Format display NL display 0 1 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733...

Page 818: ...ampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint The SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint query returns the current LIN sample point setting Return Format value NL value 60 62 5 68 70 75 80 87 5 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands...

Page 819: ...b s to 625 kb s in 100 b s increments If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b s the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b s Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate The SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate query returns the current LIN baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b s increments See Also Introduction to TRIGger ...

Page 820: ...l n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n LIN SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SOURce The SBUS n LIN SOURce query returns the current source for the LIN signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition on page 1302 ...

Page 821: ...may or may not be used to indicate the number of bytes In LIN 2 X there is no length control LIN20 LIN 2 X For LIN 1 2 signals use the LIN 1 3 setting The LIN 1 3 setting assumes the signal follows the Table of Valid ID Values as shown in section A 2 of the LIN Specification dated December 12 2002 If your signal does not comply with the table use the LIN 2 X setting Query Syntax SBUS n LIN STANdar...

Page 822: ...han or equal to 11 12 or 13 clock lengths The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak The SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak query returns the current LIN sync break setting Return Format value NL value 11 12 13 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger...

Page 823: ...ify the data string length and value PARityerror parity errors CSUMerror checksum errors FRAMe Triggers on a symbolic frame FSIGnal Triggers on a symbolic frame and a signal value Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger The SBUS n LIN TRIGger query returns the current LIN trigger value Return Format condition NL condition SYNC ID DATA PAR CSUM FRAM FSIG Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also In...

Page 824: ...824 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 27 SBUS n Commands SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue on page 832 ...

Page 825: ...BUS n LIN TRIGger ID command defines the LIN identifier searched for in each CAN message when the LIN trigger mode is set to frame ID Setting the ID to a value of 1 results in 0xXX which is equivalent to all IDs Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger ID The SBUS n LIN TRIGger ID query returns the current LIN identifier setting Return Format value NL value integer in decimal Errors 241 Hardware missing on...

Page 826: ...bit value is used When base DECimal the X and characters cannot be entered When queried the character is returned when any bits in the pattern have the value of X and base DECimal When any bits in a given nibble have the value of X and base HEX the character is returned for the corresponding nibble Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the c...

Page 827: ... M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 827 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 829 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth on page 828 ...

Page 828: ... string The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes 64 bits The value for these bytes is set by the SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current LIN data pattern length setting Return Format count NL count integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format Errors 241 Har...

Page 829: ...at command sets the entry and query number base used by the SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA command The default base is BINary Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data Return Format base NL base BIN HEX DEC See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DA...

Page 830: ...fies the message to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FRAMe or FSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe The SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe query returns the specified message Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN...

Page 831: ...d specifies the signal to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal The SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGNal query returns the specified signal Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN T...

Page 832: ...oaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue The SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic VALue query returns the specified signal value Return Format data NL data value in NR3 format See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 823 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic FRAMe on page 830 SBUS n LIN TRIGger SYMBolic SIGN...

Page 833: ...age 835 base BINary HEX SBUS n M1553 SOURce source see page 836 SBUS n M1553 SOURce see page 836 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r PATTern DATA string see page 837 SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r PATTern DATA see page 837 string nn n where n 0 1 X SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r RTA value see page 838 SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r RTA see page 838 value 5 bit integer in decimal nonde...

Page 834: ... automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL STD 1553 signals High Low Trigger Thresholds to a voltage value equal to 1 3 division based on the source channel s current V div setting Noise Reject Off Probe Attenuation 10 0 Serial Decode On Trigger the specified serial bus n of SBUS n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n M15...

Page 835: ... BINary HEX The SBUS n M1553 BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL STD 1553 decode display Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 BASE The SBUS n M1553 BASE query returns the current MIL STD 1553 display decode base Return Format base NL base BIN HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n M1553 Commands on page 833 ...

Page 836: ... the MIL STD 1553 signal Use the TRIGger LEVel HIGH and TRIGger LEVel LOW commands to set the threshold levels for the selected source Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger SOURce The SBUS n M1553 SOURce query returns the currently set source of the MIL STD 1553 signal Return Format source NL source CHAN n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 1074 TRIGger LEVel LOW ...

Page 837: ...r PATTern DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 RTA 11 Bits using the SBUS n M1553 TRIGger TYPE command Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current 11 bit setting Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 X See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SBUS n M1553 TRIG...

Page 838: ...nn where n 0 9 A F The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address RTA to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 using the SBUS n M1553 TRIGger TYPE command To set the RTA value to don t cares 0xXX set the value to 1 Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA query returns the RTA value Return Format value NL in decimal format Se...

Page 839: ...nal Address triggers if the RTA of the Command Status word matches the specified value The value is specified in hex RTA11 RTA 11 Bits triggers if the RTA and the remaining 11 bits match the specified criteria The RTA can be specified as a hex value and the remaining 11 bits can be specified as a 1 0 or X don t care PERRor Parity Error triggers if the odd parity bit is incorrect for the data in th...

Page 840: ...hester D ISPlay format see page 845 SBUS n MANChester D ISPlay see page 845 format BIT WORD SBUS n MANChester D SIZe AUTO words see page 846 SBUS n MANChester D SIZe see page 846 words from 1 255 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester H SIZe bits see page 847 SBUS n MANChester H SIZe see page 847 bits from 0 32 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester I DLE BITS bits see page 848 SBUS n MANChester I DLE BITS see ...

Page 841: ... SBUS n MANChester T RIGger PATTern VALue DATA see page 855 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n MANChester T RIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh width see page 856 SBUS n MANChester T RIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh see page 856 width integer from 4 to 128 in NR1 format SBUS n MANChester T SIZe bits see page 857 SBUS n MANChester T SIZe see page 857 bits from 0 32 in NR1 format SBUS...

Page 842: ...mmand specifies the base for the Manchester bus decode and Lister display HEX hexadecimal DECimal unsigned decimal ASCii When the display format is BIT the only legal decode base value is BINary Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester BASE The SBUS n MANChester BASE query returns the decode number base setting Return Format base NL base HEX DEC ASC BIN See Also SBUS n MANChester BITorder on page 844 SBUS n...

Page 843: ...Drate baudrate baudrate integer from 500 to 5000000 in 100 b s increments The SBUS n MANChester BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the Manchester signal Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester BAUDrate The SBUS n MANChester BAUDrate query returns the specified baud rate Return Format baudrate NL See Also SBUS n MANChester SOURce on page 850 SBUS n MANChester TOLerance on page 853 ...

Page 844: ...order command specifies the order of transmission on the Manchester bus MSBFirst specifies the most significant bit is transmitted first LSBFirst specifies the least significant bit is transmitted first Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester BITorder The SBUS n MANChester BITorder query returns the bit order setting Return Format bitorder NL bitorder MSBF LSBF See Also SBUS n MANChester BASE on page 842 S...

Page 845: ...MANChester DISPlay command specifies the format of the Manchester bus display Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester DISPlay The SBUS n MANChester DISPlay query returns the bus display format setting Return Format format NL format BIT WORD See Also SBUS n MANChester DSIZe on page 846 SBUS n MANChester HSIZe on page 847 SBUS n MANChester SSIZe on page 851 SBUS n MANChester TSIZe on page 857 SBUS n MANChest...

Page 846: ... Manchester protocol definition AUTO is available as a selection only when the trailer field size is 0 see SBUS n MANChester TSIZe Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester DSIZe The SBUS n MANChester DSIZe query returns the number of data field words setting Return Format words NL words from 0 255 in NR1 format In AUTO mode the query returns 0 In BIT format the only legal value is 0 for AUTO See Also SBUS n...

Page 847: ...er DISPlay the SBUS n MANChester HSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the header field of your Manchester protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester HSIZe The SBUS n MANChester HSIZe query returns the number of header field bits setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n MANChester DISPlay on page 845 SBUS n MANChester DSIZe on page 846 SBUS n MANChester SSIZe on page 851 SBUS ...

Page 848: ... NR3 format The SBUS n MANChester IDLE BITS command specifies the minimum idle time or inter frame gap time in terms of the number of bits Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester IDLE BITS The SBUS n MANChester IDLE BITS query returns the specified idle time in terms of the number of bits Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n MANChester BASE on page 842 SBUS n MANChester BITorder on page 844 SBUS n MANChes...

Page 849: ...ing specifies that a falling edge is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 and a rising edge encodes a bit value of logic 0 RISing specifies that a rising edge is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester LOGic The SBUS n MANChester LOGic query returns the polarity setting Return Format logic NL logic FALL RIS See Also SBUS n MANChester BASE on page 842 SBUS n MANChester...

Page 850: ...nel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n MANChester SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the Manchester signal line Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester SOURce The SBUS n MANChester SOURce query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also SBUS n MANChester BAUDrate on page 843 SBUS n MANChester TOLerance on page 853...

Page 851: ...he SBUS n MANChester SSIZe command specifies the number of sync bits for the Manchester signal Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester SSIZe The SBUS n MANChester SSIZe query returns the number of sync bits setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n MANChester DISPlay on page 845 SBUS n MANChester DSIZe on page 846 SBUS n MANChester HSIZe on page 847 SBUS n MANChester TSIZe on page 857 SBUS n MANChester...

Page 852: ...56 in NR1 format The SBUS n MANChester STARt command specifies the starting edge of the Manchester signal Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester STARt The SBUS n MANChester STARt query returns the starting edge number setting Return Format edge NL See Also SBUS n MANChester BASE on page 842 SBUS n MANChester BITorder on page 844 SBUS n MANChester IDLE BITS on page 848 SBUS n MANChester LOGic on page 849 ...

Page 853: ...om 5 30 in NR1 format The SBUS n MANChester TOLerance command specifies the tolerance for the Manchester signal in terms of the percentage of the bit period Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester TOLerance The SBUS n MANChester TOLerance query returns the tolerance setting Return Format percent NL percent from 5 30 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n MANChester BAUDrate on page 843 SBUS n MANChester SOURce on p...

Page 854: ...s the trigger mode SOF Start Of Frame triggers at the start of a Manchester frame after the starting edge VALue triggers on the specified bit values MERRor triggers on a Manchester error Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester TRIGger The SBUS n MANChester TRIGger query returns the trigger mode setting Return Format mode NL mode SOF VAL MERR See Also SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA on page 855...

Page 855: ...Note that the trigger value bit order is always for bits as they arrive that is MSB first regardless of the serial decode bit order setting in SBUS n MANChester BITorder The bit width length of the value is set with the SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh command Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA The SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA query returns the s...

Page 856: ...BUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh command specifies the bit width length of the value to trigger on The actual value to trigger on is set with the SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh The SBUS n MANChester TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh query returns the specified trigger value bit width length Return Format width N...

Page 857: ...SBUS n MANChester TSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the trailer field of your Manchester protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester TSIZe The SBUS n MANChester TSIZe query returns the number of trailer field bits setting Return Format bits NL bits from 0 32 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n MANChester DISPlay on page 845 SBUS n MANChester DSIZe on page 846 SBUS n MANChester HSIZe o...

Page 858: ...ester DISPlay the SBUS n MANChester WSIZe command the number of bits per word in the data field of your Manchester protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n MANChester WSIZe The SBUS n MANChester WSIZe query returns the number of bits per word setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n MANChester DISPlay on page 845 SBUS n MANChester DSIZe on page 846 SBUS n MANChester HSIZe on page 847 SBUS n MA...

Page 859: ...e 864 format BIT WORD SBUS n NRZ DSIZe words see page 865 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe see page 865 words from 1 255 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ FSIZe bits see page 866 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe see page 866 bits from 2 255 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ HSIZe bits see page 867 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe see page 867 bits from 0 32 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ IDLE BIT S bits see page 868 SBUS n NRZ IDLE BIT S see page 868 bits minimum idle...

Page 860: ...n n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh width see page 875 SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh see page 875 width integer from 4 to 128 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ TSIZe bits see page 876 SBUS n NRZ TSIZe see page 876 bits from 0 32 in NR1 format SBUS n NRZ WSIZe bits see page 877 SBUS n NRZ WSIZe see page 877 bits from 2 32 in NR1 format Table 110 SBUS n NRZ Commands Summary ...

Page 861: ... BASE command specifies the base for the NRZ bus decode and Lister display HEX hexadecimal DECimal unsigned decimal ASCii When the display format is BIT the only legal decode base value is BINary Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ BASE The SBUS n NRZ BASE query returns the decode number base setting Return Format base NL base HEX DEC ASC BIN See Also SBUS n NRZ BITorder on page 863 SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS on pa...

Page 862: ...Command Syntax SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate baudrate baudrate integer from 5000 to 5000000 in 100 b s increments The SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the NRZ signal Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate The SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate query returns the specified baud rate Return Format baudrate NL See Also SBUS n NRZ SOURce on page 871 ...

Page 863: ... NRZ BITorder command specifies the order of transmission on the NRZ bus MSBFirst specifies the most significant bit is transmitted first LSBFirst specifies the least significant bit is transmitted first Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ BITorder The SBUS n NRZ BITorder query returns the bit order setting Return Format bitorder NL bitorder MSBF LSBF See Also SBUS n NRZ BASE on page 861 SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS ...

Page 864: ...e SBUS n NRZ DISPlay command specifies the format of the NRZ bus display Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ DISPlay The SBUS n NRZ DISPlay query returns the bus display format setting Return Format format NL format BIT WORD See Also SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe on page 866 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe on page 867 SBUS n NRZ STARt on page 872 SBUS n NRZ TSIZe on page 876 SBUS n NRZ WSIZe on page 877 ...

Page 865: ...ta field of your NRZ protocol definition AUTO is available as a selection only when the trailer field size is 0 see SBUS n NRZ TSIZe Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ DSIZe The SBUS n NRZ DSIZe query returns the number of data field words setting Return Format words NL words from 1 255 in NR1 format In AUTO mode the query returns 0 In BIT format the only legal value is 0 for AUTO See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay...

Page 866: ...lets you specify the total frame size of the NRZ signal from 2 to 255 bits This would be equivalent to the sum of the number of bits in the header data and trailer fields in WORD format Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ FSIZe The SBUS n NRZ FSIZe query returns the specified total frame size Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay on page 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe on page 86...

Page 867: ...BUS n NRZ DISPlay the SBUS n NRZ HSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the header field of your NRZ protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ HSIZe The SBUS n NRZ HSIZe query returns the number of header field bits setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay on page 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe on page 866 SBUS n NRZ STARt on page 872 SBUS n NRZ TSIZe o...

Page 868: ...5 increments in NR3 format The SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS command specifies the minimum idle time or inter frame gap time in terms of the number of bits Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS The SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS query returns the specified idle time in terms of the number of bits Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n NRZ BASE on page 861 SBUS n NRZ BITorder on page 863 SBUS n NRZ IDLE STATe on page 869 ...

Page 869: ... STATe state state LOW HIGH The SBUS n NRZ IDLE STATe command specifies the idle state of the NRZ signal Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ IDLE STATe The SBUS n NRZ IDLE STATe query returns the idle state setting Return Format state NL state LOW HIGH See Also SBUS n NRZ BASE on page 861 SBUS n NRZ BITorder on page 863 SBUS n NRZ IDLE BITS on page 868 SBUS n NRZ LOGic on page 870 ...

Page 870: ...ecifies that a positive voltage is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 and a negative voltage encodes a bit value of logic 0 LOW specifies that a negative voltage is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ LOGic The SBUS n NRZ LOGic query returns the polarity setting Return Format logic NL logic HIGH LOW See Also SBUS n NRZ BASE on page 861 SBUS n NRZ BITorder on page 863 S...

Page 871: ...US n NRZ SOURce source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n NRZ SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the NRZ signal Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ SOURce The SBUS n NRZ SOURce query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also SBUS n NRZ BAUDrate on page 862 ...

Page 872: ...format The SBUS n NRZ STARt command specifies the number of start bits for the NRZ signal Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ STARt The SBUS n NRZ STARt query returns the number of start bits setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay on page 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe on page 866 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe on page 867 SBUS n NRZ TSIZe on page 876 SBUS n NRZ WSIZe on page 877 ...

Page 873: ...ern VALue DATA up to 128 bits after the specified number of starting bits Note that the trigger value is always for bits as they arrive that is MSB first When the decode bit order see SBUS n NRZ BITorder is MSBFirst the decoded value bit order matches the trigger value bit order When the serial decode bit order is LSBFirst the decoded value bit order is opposite of the trigger value bit order Quer...

Page 874: ...rigger on Note that the trigger value bit order is always for bits as they arrive that is MSB first regardless of the serial decode bit order setting in SBUS n NRZ BITorder The bit width length of the value is set with the SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh command Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA The SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA query returns the specified trigger v...

Page 875: ... TRIGger the SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh command specifies the bit width length of the value to trigger on The actual value to trigger on is set with the SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh The SBUS n NRZ TRIGger PATTern VALue WIDTh query returns the specified trigger value bit width length Return Format width NL See Also SBU...

Page 876: ...y the SBUS n NRZ TSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the trailer field of your NRZ protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ TSIZe The SBUS n NRZ TSIZe query returns the number of trailer field bits setting Return Format opt NL bits from 0 32 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay on page 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe on page 866 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe on page 867 SBUS...

Page 877: ...S n NRZ DISPlay the SBUS n NRZ WSIZe command specifies the number of bits per word in the data field of your NRZ protocol definition Query Syntax SBUS n NRZ WSIZe The SBUS n NRZ WSIZe query returns the number of bits per word setting Return Format bits NL See Also SBUS n NRZ DISPlay on page 864 SBUS n NRZ DSIZe on page 865 SBUS n NRZ FSIZe on page 866 SBUS n NRZ HSIZe on page 867 SBUS n NRZ STARt ...

Page 878: ...t see page 884 decode NIBBles FSIGnal FSSerial FESerial SSERial ESERial SBUS n SENT IDLE state see page 886 SBUS n SENT IDLE see page 886 state LOW HIGH SBUS n SENT LENGth _nibbles see page 887 SBUS n SENT LENGth see page 887 _nibbles from 1 6 in NR1 format SBUS n SENT PPULse 0 OFF 1 ON SPC see page 888 SBUS n SENT PPULse see page 888 0 1 SPC SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 890 SB...

Page 879: ...error CRCerror TOLerror PPERror SSPerror SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA string see page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA see page 905 string nnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA data see page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA see page 906 data when ILENgth SHORt from 1 don t care to 65535 in NR1 format data when ILENgth LONG from 1 don t care to 4095 in NR1...

Page 880: ...so SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT...

Page 881: ...at NL format LEG REC See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ...

Page 882: ... Multiplier SignalValueAsUnsignedInteger Offset When SYMBolic is selected the CRC and Slow Channel information is displayed in hex Query Syntax SBUS n SENT DISPlay The SBUS n SENT DISPlay query returns the SENT decode number base setting Return Format base NL base HEX DEC SYMB See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page...

Page 883: ...iVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 883 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 884: ...g and triggering The decode is affected both in how the system interprets the data and what will be displayed The trigger is affected in that the trigger hardware needs to be configured to trigger on serial messages correctly You can specify the nibble display order for Fast Channel Message Signals see SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer Raw transmitted nibble values are displayed in the order received Not...

Page 885: ... SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger on page 903 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILE...

Page 886: ...DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT T...

Page 887: ...SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n...

Page 888: ... is on idle time is shown between messages SPC Short PWM Code In SENT SPC there are no pause pulses Instead the message event is triggered by the master when it wants to receive data SENT SPC ends the transmission after the CRC so it almost appears as if there is a pause pulse from the end until the next master trigger Query Syntax SBUS n SENT PPULse The SBUS n SENT PPULse query returns the pause ...

Page 889: ...r s Guide 889 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger on page 903 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 890: ... 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT...

Page 891: ... Signal definition examples Query Syntax SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth The SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth query returns the signal bit length setting Return Format length NL length from 1 24 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SEN...

Page 892: ...US n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger on page 903 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 893: ...ier query returns the multiplier value for the Fast Channel Signal Return Format multiplier NL multiplier from 1 24 in NR3 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n S...

Page 894: ...894 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 27 SBUS n Commands SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 895: ...ffset value for the Fast Channel Signal Return Format offset NL offset from 1 24 in NR3 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBU...

Page 896: ...896 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 27 SBUS n Commands SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 897: ...rst or Least Significant Nibble first Fast Signal definition examples Query Syntax SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer The SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer query returns the nibble order setting Return Format order NL order MSNF LSNF See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on ...

Page 898: ...BUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger on page 903 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 899: ...Signal definition examples Query Syntax SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt The SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt query returns the Fast Signal starting bit setting Return Format position NL position from 0 23 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SB...

Page 900: ...BUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger on page 903 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 901: ...SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SI...

Page 902: ...n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer o...

Page 903: ...hannel Message ID and Data field both match the values entered using additional softkeys TOLerror triggers when the sync pulse width varies from the nominal value by greater than the entered percentage FCCerror triggers on any Fast Channel Message CRC error SCCerror triggers on any Slow Channel Message CRC error CRCerror triggers on any CRC error Fast or Slow PPERror triggers if a nibble is either...

Page 904: ...LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s OFFSet on page 895 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s ORDer on page 897 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s STARt on page 899 SBUS n SENT SOURce on page 901 SBUS n SENT TOLerance on page 902 SBUS n SENT TRIGger FAST DATA on page 905 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ID on page 908 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENg...

Page 905: ...re n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SI...

Page 906: ... trigger Return Format data NL data when ILENgth SHORt from 1 don t care to 65535 in NR1 f ormat data when ILENgth LONG from 1 don t care to 4095 in NR1 for mat See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal...

Page 907: ... SBUS n Commands 27 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 907 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 908: ...er SLOW ID query returns the slow channel ID setting Return Format id NL id when ILENgth SHORt from 1 don t care to 15 in NR1 format id when ILENgth LONG from 1 don t care to 255 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULs...

Page 909: ...s 27 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 909 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW DATA on page 906 SBUS n SENT TRIGger SLOW ILENgth on page 910 SBUS n SENT TRIGger TOLerance on page 911 ...

Page 910: ...turn Format length NL length SHOR LONG See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s MULTiplier on page 893 SBUS n SENT SIG...

Page 911: ...rns tolerance variation percent setting Return Format percent NL percent from 1 28 in NR1 format See Also SBUS n SENT CLOCk on page 880 SBUS n SENT CRC on page 881 SBUS n SENT DISPlay on page 882 SBUS n SENT FORMat on page 884 SBUS n SENT IDLE on page 886 SBUS n SENT LENGth on page 887 SBUS n SENT PPULse on page 888 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s DISPlay on page 890 SBUS n SENT SIGNal s LENGth on page 891 S...

Page 912: ... page 916 SBUS n UART BITorde r see page 916 bitorder LSBFirst MSBFirst n a SBUS n UART COUNt E RRor see page 917 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n UART COUNt R ESet see page 918 n a n a n a SBUS n UART COUNt R XFRames see page 919 frame_count integer in NR1 format n a SBUS n UART COUNt T XFRames see page 920 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n UART FRAMing value see page 921 SBUS n UA...

Page 913: ...lue 8 bit integer from 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary quoted_string any of the 128 valid 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE time_value see page 929 SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE see page 929 time_value time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format SBUS...

Page 914: ...ary HEX The SBUS n UART BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display Query Syntax SBUS n UART BASE The SBUS n UART BASE query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting Return Format base NL base ASCii BINary HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n UART Commands on page 912 ...

Page 915: ...igger when in UART mode The baud rate can be set in the range from from 100 b s to 8 Mb s or to the specific values of 10 Mb s or 12 Mb s If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate false triggers may occur Query Syntax SBUS n UART BAUDrate The SBUS n UART BAUDrate query returns the current UART baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate integer from 100 to 8000000 10...

Page 916: ...e serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message byte as transmitted first MSBFirst sets the most significant bit as transmitted first Query Syntax SBUS n UART BITorder The SBUS n UART BITorder query returns the current UART bit order setting Return Format bitorder NL bitorder LSBF MSBF See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 ...

Page 917: ... page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt ERRor Returns the UART error frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 918 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n UART Commands on page 912 ...

Page 918: ...368 Command Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt RESet Resets the UART frame counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt ERRor on page 917 SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames on page 919 SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames on page 920 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n UART Commands on page 912 ...

Page 919: ...e page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames Returns the UART Rx frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 918 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n UART Commands on page 912 ...

Page 920: ...e page 1368 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames Returns the UART Tx frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 918 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 733 SBUS n MODE on page 737 SBUS n UART Commands on page 912 ...

Page 921: ...xadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary The SBUS n UART FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing end of packet or to turn off framing for UART decode Query Syntax SBUS n UART FRAMing The SBUS n UART FRAMing query returns the current UART decode base setting Return Format value NL value OFF decimal decimal 8 bit integer in decimal from 0 255 Errors 241 Hardware missing...

Page 922: ...e SBUS n UART PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message byte for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART PARity The SBUS n UART PARity query returns the current UART parity setting Return Format parity NL parity EVEN ODD NONE See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 93...

Page 923: ...The SBUS n UART POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART POLarity The SBUS n UART POLarity query returns the current UART polarity setting Return Format polarity NL polarity HIGH LOW See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page ...

Page 924: ...rmat The SBUS n UART SOURce RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART SOURce RX The SBUS n UART SOURce RX query returns the current source for the UART Rx signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 931 ...

Page 925: ...ormat The SBUS n UART SOURce TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART SOURce TX The SBUS n UART SOURce TX query returns the current source for the UART Tx signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 931...

Page 926: ...selection is from hexadecimal values The SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE setting does not affect the SBUS n UART TRIGger DATA command which can always set data values using ASCII or hexadecimal values Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE The SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE query returns the current UART base setting Return Format base NL base ASC HEX See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGg...

Page 927: ...command selects the burst value Nth frame after idle period in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF for the trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt The SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt query returns the current UART trigger burst value Return Format value NL value OFF 1 to 4096 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGge...

Page 928: ...The data value is used when one of the RD or TD trigger types is selected When entering an ASCII character via the quoted string it must be one of the 128 valid characters case sensitive NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US SP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ a b c d e f g h i j k...

Page 929: ...LE command selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE The SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE query returns the current UART trigger idle period time Return Format time_value NL time_value time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS ...

Page 930: ...BUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when TYPE is set to RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX TDATa TD1 TD0 or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier The SBUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier query returns the current UART trigger qualifier Return Format value NL value EQU NOT GRE LESS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on ...

Page 931: ... UART TRIGger QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator The RD1 RD0 RDX TD1 TD0 and TDX types for triggering on data and alert bit values are only valid when a 9 bit width has been selected Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE The SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE query returns the current UART trigger data value Return Format value NL value RSTA RSTO RDAT RD1 RD0 RDX P...

Page 932: ... SBUS n UART WIDTh command determines the number of bits 5 9 for each message byte for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART WIDTh The SBUS n UART WIDTh query returns the current UART width setting Return Format width NL width 5 6 7 8 9 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 931 ...

Page 933: ...age VALue SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer CMESsage type see page 938 SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer CMESsage see page 938 type GOODcrc GOTOmin ACCept REJect PING PSRDy GSRCap GSNCap DRSWap PRSWap VCSWap WAIT SRST GSCX GSTatus FRSWap GPSTatus GCCodes SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer DMESsage type see page 940 SBUS n USBPd TRIGge r HEADer DMESsage see page 940 type SRCap REQuest BIST SNCap BSTatus ALERt GCIN...

Page 934: ...ce You can use analog channels Query Syntax SBUS n USBPd SOURce The SBUS n USBPd SOURce query returns the selected analog input channel Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also SBUS n USBPd TRIGger on page 935 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer on page 936 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer CMESsage on page 938 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage on page 940 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer EMESsage on page 9...

Page 935: ...Sync 2 HRST Hard Reset triggers on ordered set RST 1 RST 1 RST 1 RST 2 CRST Cable Reset triggers on ordered set RST 1 Sync 1 RST 1 Sync 3 CRCerror CRC Error triggers when an error is detected on a 32 bit CRC PERRor Preamble Error triggers when an error is detected on a 64 bit sequence of alternating 0 and 1 HEADer Header Content triggers on a user defined 16 bit value In this mode use the SBUS n U...

Page 936: ...cted use the SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage command to select the data message type EMESsage Extended Message triggers on extended message types bit 15 is set When the EMESsage header type is selected use the SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer EMESsage command to select the extended message type VALue Value triggers on a user defined header value When the CMESsage header type is selected use the SB...

Page 937: ... SBUS n Commands 27 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 937 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer QUALifier on page 944 ...

Page 938: ...SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer CMESsage command the SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer CMESsage command selects the control message type GOODcrc GoodCRC GOTOmin GotoMin ACCept Accept REJect Reject PING Ping PSRDy PS_RDY GSRCap Get_Source_Cap GSNCap Get_Sink_Cap DRSWap DR_Swap PRSWap PR_Swap VCSWap VCONN_Swap WAIT Wait SRST Soft_Reset GSCX Get_Source_Cap_Extended GSTatus Get_Status FRSWap FR_Swap GPSTatus Ge...

Page 939: ...ee Also SBUS n USBPd SOURce on page 934 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger on page 935 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer on page 936 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage on page 940 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer EMESsage on page 941 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer VALue on page 943 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer QUALifier on page 944 ...

Page 940: ... command selects the data message type SRCap Source_Capabilities REQuest Request BIST BIST SNCap Sink_Capabilities BSTatus Battery_Status ALERt Alert GCINfo Get_Country_Info VDEFined Vendor_Defined Query Syntax SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage The SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage query returns the selected data message type Return Format type NL type SRC REQ BIST SNC BST ALER GCIN VDEF See...

Page 941: ...xtended message type SCX Source_Capabilities_Extended STATus Status GBCap Get_Battery_Cap GBSTatus Get_Battery_Status BCAP Battery_Capabilities GMINfo Get_Manufacturer_Info MINFo Manufacturer_Info SREQuest Security_Request SRESponse Security_Response FREQuest Firmware_Update_Request FRESponse Firmware_Update_Response PSTatus PPS_Status CINFo Country_Info CCODes Country_Codes Query Syntax SBUS n US...

Page 942: ...sion M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 27 SBUS n Commands SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer DMESsage on page 940 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer VALue on page 943 SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer QUALifier on page 944 ...

Page 943: ...mand the SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer VALue command specifies the user defined header value Query Syntax SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer VALue The SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer VALue query returns the specified user defined header value Returned data values are always quoted binary format strings Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USBPd SOURce on page 934 SBUS n USBPd TRIGg...

Page 944: ...r occurs on Sync 1 Sync 1 Sync 1 Sync 2 ordered sets only SPRime SOP The trigger occurs on Sync 1 Sync 1 Sync 3 Sync 3 ordered sets only SDPRime SOP The trigger occurs on Sync 1 Sync 3 Sync 1 Sync 3 ordered sets only Query Syntax SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer QUALifier The SBUS n USBPd TRIGger HEADer QUALifier query returns the selected header content trigger qualifier Return Format type NL type NON...

Page 945: ...1 SEARch GLITch Commands on page 954 Pulse Width search SEARch PEAK Commands on page 961 SEARch RUNT Commands on page 966 SEARch TRANsition Commands on page 971 SEARch SERial A429 Commands on page 976 SEARch SERial CAN Commands on page 982 SEARch SERial IIC Commands on page 992 SEARch SERial LIN Commands on page 999 SEARch SERial M1553 Commands on page 1008 SEARch SERial SENT Commands on page 1012...

Page 946: ...ptions and Query Returns n a SEARch COUNt see page 947 count an integer count value SEARch EVENt event_number see page 948 SEARch EVENt see page 948 event_number the integer number of a found search event SEARch MODE value see page 949 SEARch MODE see page 949 value EDGE GLITch RUNT TRANsition SERial 1 2 PEAK SEARch STATe value see page 950 SEARch STATe see page 950 value 0 OFF 1 ON ...

Page 947: ...7 SEARch COUNt see page 1368 Query Syntax SEARch COUNt The SEARch COUNt query returns the number of search events found Return Format count NL count an integer count value See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch EVENt on page 948 SEARch STATe on page 950 SEARch MODE on page 949 ...

Page 948: ...tes to a found search event If the SEARch STATe is ON the horizontal position is changed so that the specified event is located at the time reference Query Syntax SEARch EVENt The SEARch EVENt query returns the currently selected event number Return Format event_number NL event_number the integer number of a found search event See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch COUNt o...

Page 949: ...he SEARch MODE command selects the search mode The command is only valid when the SEARch STATe is ON Query Syntax SEARch MODE The SEARch MODE query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if the SEARch STATe is OFF Return Format value NL value EDGE GLIT RUNT TRAN SER 1 2 PEAK OFF See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch STATe on page 950 SEARch COUNt on page 947 SEARch EV...

Page 950: ...EARch STATe value value 0 OFF 1 ON The SEARch STATe command enables or disables the search feature Query Syntax SEARch STATe The SEARch STATe query returns returns the current setting Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch COUNt on page 947 SEARch EVENt on page 948 ...

Page 951: ...GE Commands Table 115 SEARch EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch EDGE SLOPe slope see page 952 SEARch EDGE SLOPe see page 952 slope POSitive NEGative EITHer SEARch EDGE SOURce source see page 953 SEARch EDGE SOURce see page 953 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format ...

Page 952: ...ommand Syntax SEARch EDGE SLOPe slope slope NEGative POSitive EITHer The SEARch EDGE SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the search Query Syntax SEARch EDGE SLOPe The SEARch EDGE SLOPe query returns the current slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS EITH See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 ...

Page 953: ...ntax SEARch EDGE SOURce source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch EDGE SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edges Query Syntax SEARch EDGE SOURce The SEARch EDGE SOURce query returns the current source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 ...

Page 954: ...ge 956 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps SEARch GLITch POLari ty polarity see page 957 SEARch GLITch POLari ty see page 957 polarity POSitive NEGative SEARch GLITch QUALif ier qualifier see page 958 SEARch GLITch QUALif ier see page 958 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan RANGe SEARch GLITch RANGe less_than_time suff ix greater_than_time s uffix see page 959 SEARch...

Page 955: ...ARch GLITch GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce Query Syntax SEARch GLITch GREaterthan The SEARch GLITch GREaterthan query returns the minimum pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format greater_than_time NL greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 ...

Page 956: ...he SEARch GLITch LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce Query Syntax SEARch GLITch LESSthan The SEARch GLITch LESSthan query returns the pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time NL less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch GLITch SOUR...

Page 957: ...Sitive NEGative The SEARch GLITch POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch pulse width search Query Syntax SEARch GLITch POLarity The SEARch GLITch POLarity query returns the current polarity setting for the glitch pulse width search Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch GLITch SOURce on page 960 ...

Page 958: ... operation of the glitch pulse width search The oscilloscope can search for a pulse width that is greater than a time value less than a time value or within a range of time values Query Syntax SEARch GLITch QUALifier The SEARch GLITch QUALifier query returns the glitch pulse width qualifier Return Format operator NL operator GRE LESS RANG See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SE...

Page 959: ...LITch RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax SEARch GLITch RANGe The SEARch GLITch RANGe query returns the pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time greater_than_time N...

Page 960: ...elects the channel on which to search for glitches pulse widths Query Syntax SEARch GLITch SOURce The SEARch GLITch SOURce query returns the current pulse width source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch GLITch POLarity on page 9...

Page 961: ...level required change in level to be recognized as a peak in NR3 format SEARch PEAK NPEaks number see page 963 SEARch PEAK NPEaks see page 963 number max number of peaks to find 1 11 in NR1 format SEARch PEAK SOURce source see page 964 SEARch PEAK SOURce see page 964 source FUNCtion m MATH m FFT must be an FFT waveform m 1 to math functions in NR1 format SEARch PEAK THReshol d level see page 965 S...

Page 962: ...d specifies the change in level that must occur in other words hysteresis to be recognized as a peak The threshold level units are specified by the FFT VTYPe or FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe command Query Syntax SEARch PEAK EXCursion The SEARch PEAK EXCursion query returns the specified excursion delta level value Return Format delta_level NL delta_level in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe on page ...

Page 963: ...find 1 11 in NR1 format The SEARch PEAK NPEaks command specifies the maximum number of FFT peaks to find This number can be from 1 to 11 Query Syntax SEARch PEAK NPEaks The SEARch PEAK NPEaks query returns the specified maximum number of FFT peaks to find Return Format number NL number in NR1 format See Also SEARch PEAK EXCursion on page 962 SEARch PEAK SOURce on page 964 SEARch PEAK THReshold on ...

Page 964: ... m 1 to math functions in NR1 format The SEARch PEAK SOURce command selects the FFT math function waveform to search Query Syntax SEARch PEAK SOURce The SEARch PEAK SOURce query returns the FFT math function waveform that is being searched Return Format source NL source FUNC m FFT must be FFT m 1 to math functions in NR1 format See Also SEARch PEAK EXCursion on page 962 SEARch PEAK NPEaks on page ...

Page 965: ...d command specifies the threshold level necessary to be considered a peak The threshold level units are specified by the FFT VTYPe or FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe command Query Syntax SEARch PEAK THReshold The SEARch PEAK THReshold query returns the specified threshold level for FFT peak search Return Format level NL level in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe on page 392 SEARch PEAK EXCursion on pa...

Page 966: ... SEARch RUNT POLarity see page 967 polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer SEARch RUNT QUALifie r qualifier see page 968 SEARch RUNT QUALifie r see page 968 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan NONE SEARch RUNT SOURce source see page 969 SEARch RUNT SOURce see page 969 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SEARch RUNT TIME time suffix see page 970 SEARch RUNT TIME see page 970 time floating po...

Page 967: ...y slope polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer The SEARch RUNT POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt search Query Syntax SEARch RUNT POLarity The SEARch RUNT POLarity query returns the currently set runt polarity Return Format slope NL polarity POS NEG EITH See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch RUNT SOURce on page 969 ...

Page 968: ...an LESSthan NONE The SEARch RUNT QUALifier command specifies whether to search for a runt that is greater than a time value less than a time value or any time value Query Syntax SEARch RUNT QUALifier The SEARch RUNT QUALifier query returns the current runt search qualifier Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS NONE See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on pag...

Page 969: ...rce source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch RUNT SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for the runt pulse Query Syntax SEARch RUNT SOURce The SEARch RUNT SOURce query returns the current runt search source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch RUNT POLarity on page 967 ...

Page 970: ...s us ns ps When searching for runt pulses whose widths are greater than or less than a time see SEARch RUNT QUALifier the SEARch RUNT TIME command specifies the time value Query Syntax SEARch RUNT TIME The SEARch RUNT TIME query returns the currently specified runt time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEA...

Page 971: ...2 SEARch TRANsition QU ALifier see page 972 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan SEARch TRANsition SL OPe slope see page 973 SEARch TRANsition SL OPe see page 973 slope NEGative POSitive SEARch TRANsition SO URce source see page 974 SEARch TRANsition SO URce see page 974 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SEARch TRANsition TI ME time suffix see page 975 SEARch TRANsition TI ME see pag...

Page 972: ... LESSthan The SEARch TRANsition QUALifier command specifies whether to search for edge transitions greater than or less than a time Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition QUALifier The SEARch TRANsition QUALifier query returns the current transition search qualifier Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch TRANsit...

Page 973: ...OPe command selects whether to search for rising edge POSitive slope transitions or falling edge NEGative slope transitions Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition SLOPe The SEARch TRANsition SLOPe query returns the current transition search slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch TRANsition SOURce on page 97...

Page 974: ...n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch TRANsition SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edge transitions Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition SOURce The SEARch TRANsition SOURce query returns the current transition search source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch MODE on page 949 SEARch TRANsition SLOPe on pa...

Page 975: ...fix s ms us ns ps The SEARch TRANsition TIME command sets the time of the transition to search for You can search for transitions greater than or less than this time Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition TIME The SEARch TRANsition TIME query returns the current transition time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEA...

Page 976: ...0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial A429 M ODE condition see page 978 SEARch SERial A429 M ODE see page 978 condition LABel LBITs PERRor WERRor GERRor WGERrors ALLerrors SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern DATA string see page 979 SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern DATA see page 979 string nn n where n 0 1 length depends on FORMat SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern SDI string see page 980 SEARch SERial A429 P...

Page 977: ... A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial A429 LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected search mode Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 LABel The SEARch SERial A429 LABel query returns the current label value in decimal format Return Format value NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introducti...

Page 978: ... a parity error WERRor finds an intra word coding error GERRor finds an inter word gap error WGERrors finds either a Word or Gap Error ALLerrors finds any of the above errors Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 MODE The SEARch SERial A429 MODE query returns the current ARINC 429 search mode condition Return Format condition NL condition LAB LBIT PERR WERR GERR WGER ALL Errors 241 Hardware missing on p...

Page 979: ...attern searched for in each ARINC 429 word Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 SEARch SERial A429 MODE on page 978 SEARch S...

Page 980: ...SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SDI is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SDI field Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SDI The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SDI query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SDI pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also ...

Page 981: ...SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SSM is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SSM field Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SSM The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SSM query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SSM pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1309 See Also ...

Page 982: ... TTern DATA LENGth length see page 986 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA LENGth see page 986 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID string see page 987 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID see page 987 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID MODE value see page 988 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID MODE see page 988 value STANdard EXTended S...

Page 983: ... 987 Condition Front panel name Description IDEither Frame ID Finds remote or data frames matching the specified ID IDData Data Frame ID Finds data frames matching the specified ID DATA Data Frame ID and Data Finds data frames matching the specified ID and data IDRemote Remote Frame ID Finds remote frames with the specified ID ERRor Error Frame Finds CAN active error frames ACKerror Acknowledge Er...

Page 984: ...42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 28 SEARch Commands RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic MESSage on page 989 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic SIGNal on page 990 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic VALue on page 991 ...

Page 985: ...ifies the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data The length of the data value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands startin...

Page 986: ...mand specifies the length of the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current data length setting Return Format length NL length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Comman...

Page 987: ...ies the ID value when searching for a CAN event The value can be a standard ID or an extended ID depending on the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE command s setting Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID query returns the current ID value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting...

Page 988: ...ommand specifies whether a standard ID value or an extended ID value is used when searching for a CAN event The ID value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE query returns the current setting Return Format value NL value STAN EXT See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARc...

Page 989: ... the message to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic MESSage The SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic MESSage query returns the specified message Return Format name NL name quotes ASCII string See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SEARch SERial CAN MODE on page 983 ...

Page 990: ...ifies the signal to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic SIGNal The SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic SIGNal query returns the specified signal Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SEARch SERial CAN MODE on page 983 SEARch SER...

Page 991: ... recalled into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic VALue The SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic VALue query returns the specified signal value Return Format data NL data value in NR3 format See Also RECall DBC STARt on page 696 SEARch SERial CAN MODE on page 983 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic MESSage on page 989 SEARch SERial CAN SYMBolic S...

Page 992: ...ata2 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess value see page 995 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess see page 995 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA value see page 996 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA see page 996 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA2 value see page 997 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA2 see page 997 value i...

Page 993: ...ue READ is also accepted for READ7 WRITe7 searches for 7 bit address frames containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data The value WRITe is also accepted for WRITe7 R7Data2 searches for 7 bit address frames containing Start Address7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 W7Data2 searches for 7 bit address frames containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 When searching for events containing addresses address...

Page 994: ...rogrammer s Guide 28 SEARch Commands See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess on page 995 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA on page 996 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 on page 997 SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier on page 998 ...

Page 995: ...g string 0xnn n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess command specifies address values when searching for IIC events To set don t care values use the integer 1 Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess query returns the current address value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARc...

Page 996: ... for IIC events To set don t care values use the integer 1 When searching for IIC EEPROM data read events you specify the data value qualifier using the SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier command Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on pa...

Page 997: ...ERial IIC PATTern DATA2 command specifies the second data value when searching for IIC events with two data values To set don t care values use the integer 1 Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 query returns the current second data value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch SERial I...

Page 998: ... The SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier used when searching for IIC EEPROM data read events Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier The SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier query returns the current data value qualifier setting Return Format value NL value EQU NOT LESS GRE See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch SERial IIC MODE on page 993 SEARch...

Page 999: ...DATA see page 1002 When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t DECimal string n where n 32 bit integer in unsigned decimal returns if data has any don t cares When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t HEX string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA LENGth length see page 1003 SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA LENGth see page 1003 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SEARch SERial LIN...

Page 1000: ...mal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal The SEARch SERial LIN ID command specifies the frame ID value when searching for LIN events Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN ID The SEARch SERial LIN ID query returns the current frame ID setting Return Format value NL value 7 bit integer in decimal See Also Chapter 28 SEARch C...

Page 1001: ...lues are specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Frames signals and signal values are specified using the SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic FRAMe SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic SIGNal and SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic VALue commands LIN symbolic data files are loaded recalled using the RECall LDF STARt command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN MODE The SEARch SERial LIN MODE query returns the cu...

Page 1002: ...Rch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat command To set don t care values with the DATA command the FORMat must be HEX The length of the data value entered is specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat ...

Page 1003: ...ern DATA LENGth command specifies the the length of the data value when searching for LIN events The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current data value length setting Return Format length NL length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format See Also Chapter...

Page 1004: ...base HEX DECimal The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat command specifies the number base used with the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat query returns the current number base setting Return Format base NL base HEX DEC See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA on page...

Page 1005: ...the message to search for when LIN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN serial search mode is set to FRAMe or FSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic FRAMe The SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic FRAMe query returns the specified message Return Format name NL name quotes ASCII string See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SEARch SERial LIN MODE on page 1001 SEARch...

Page 1006: ...ifies the signal to search for when LIN symbolic data has been loaded recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN serial search mode is set to FSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic SIGNal The SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic SIGNal query returns the specified signal Return Format name NL name quoted ASCII string See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SEARch SERial LIN MODE on page 1001 SEARch SE...

Page 1007: ... recalled into the oscilloscope and the LIN serial search mode is set to FSIGnal Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic VALue The SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic VALue query returns the specified signal value Return Format data NL data value in NR3 format See Also RECall LDF STARt on page 698 SEARch SERial LIN MODE on page 1001 SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic FRAMe on page 1005 SEARch SERial LIN SYMBolic S...

Page 1008: ...9 SEARch SERial M1553 MODE see page 1009 value DSTArt CSTArt RTA RTA11 PERRor SERRor MERRor SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA string see page 1010 SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA see page 1010 string nn n where n 0 1 SEARch SERial M1553 RTA value see page 1011 SEARch SERial M1553 RTA see page 1011 value 5 bit integer in decimal hexadecimal binary or string from 0 31 hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F...

Page 1009: ...tatus word RTA11 searches for the Remote Terminal Address RTA and the additional 11 bits of a Command Status word PERRor searches for odd parity errors for the data in the word SERRor searches for invalid Sync pulses MERRor searches for Manchester encoding errors In the RTA or RTA11 modes the Remote Terminal Address is specified using the SEARch SERial M1553 RTA command In the RTA11 mode the addit...

Page 1010: ...SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA command specifies the additional 11 bits when searching for the MIL STD 1553 Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits Query Syntax SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA query returns the current value setting for the additional 11 bits Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEA...

Page 1011: ...ecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial M1553 RTA command specifies the Remote Terminal Address RTA value when searching for MIL STD 1553 events Query Syntax SEARch SERial M1553 RTA The SEARch SERial M1553 RTA query returns the current Remote Terminal Address value setting Return Format value NL value 5 bit integer in decimal fro...

Page 1012: ...3 SEARch SERial SENT F AST DATA see page 1013 string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial SENT M ODE mode see page 1014 SEARch SERial SENT M ODE see page 1014 mode FCData SCMid SCData CRCerror PPERror SEARch SERial SENT S LOW DATA data see page 1015 SEARch SERial SENT S LOW DATA see page 1015 data from 1 don t care to 65535 in NR1 format SEARch SERial SENT S LOW ID id see page 1016 SEARch SERial SE...

Page 1013: ...Rial SENT FAST DATA command specifies the status and data nibbles that will be searched for when the FCData search mode is chosen Query Syntax SEARch SERial SENT FAST DATA The SEARch SERial SENT FAST DATA query returns the fast channel data search value setting Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial SENT MODE on page 1014 SEARch SERial SENT SLOW DATA on page 10...

Page 1014: ...inds Slow Channel Message IDs that match the value entered using additional softkeys SCData finds Slow Channel Message IDs and Data that match the values entered using additional softkeys CRCerror finds any CRC error Fast or Slow PPERror finds where a nibble is either too wide or too narrow for example data nibble 12 11 5 or 27 27 5 ticks wide Sync S C data or checksum pulse periods are checked Qu...

Page 1015: ...EARch SERial SENT SLOW DATA command specifies the data to search for in the Slow Channel Message ID and Data search mode Query Syntax SEARch SERial SENT SLOW DATA The SEARch SERial SENT SLOW DATA query returns the slow channel data search value setting Return Format data NL data from 1 don t care to 65535 in NR1 format See Also SEARch SERial SENT FAST DATA on page 1013 SEARch SERial SENT MODE on p...

Page 1016: ... ID to search for in the Slow Channel Message ID and Slow Channel Message ID Data trigger modes The ID can be from 1 don t care to 255 depending on the message length Query Syntax SEARch SERial SENT SLOW ID The SEARch SERial SENT SLOW ID query returns the slow channel ID search value setting Return Format id NL id from 1 don t care to 255 in NR1 format See Also SEARch SERial SENT FAST DATA on page...

Page 1017: ...from 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary quoted_string any of the 128 valid 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations SEARch SERial UART M ODE value see page 1019 SEARch SERial UART M ODE see page 1019 value RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX TDATa TD1 TD0 TDX PARityerror AERRor SEARch SERia...

Page 1018: ... any of the 128 valid 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations The SEARch SERial UART DATA command specifies a data value when searching for UART RS232 events The data value qualifier is specified using the SEARch SERial UART QUALifier command Query Syntax SEARch SERial UART DATA The SEARch SERial UART DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format value NL value 8 bit int...

Page 1019: ...t bit is a don t care X TDATa searches for a transmit data value when data words are from 5 to 8 bits long TD1 searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is 1 TD0 searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is 0 TDX searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is a...

Page 1020: ...OTequal GREaterthan LESSthan The SEARch SERial UART QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier when searching for UART RS232 events Query Syntax SEARch SERial UART QUALifier The SEARch SERial UART QUALifier query returns the current data value qualifier setting Return Format value NL value EQU NOT GRE LESS See Also Chapter 28 SEARch Commands starting on page 945 SEARch SERial UART DATA o...

Page 1021: ... string see page 1026 n a string up to 75 characters as a quoted ASCII string n a SYSTem ERRor see page 1027 error an integer error code error string quoted ASCII string See Error Messages see page 1307 SYSTem GUI SHOW 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1028 SYSTem GUI SHOW see page 1028 setting 0 1 SYSTem LOCK value see page 1029 SYSTem LOCK see page 1029 value 1 ON 0 OFF SYSTem PERSona MANu facturer manufactur...

Page 1022: ...d SYSTem RLOGger DESTi nation dest see page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DESTi nation see page 1039 dest FILE SCReen BOTH SYSTem RLOGger DISPl ay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger DISPl ay see page 1040 setting 0 1 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe file_name see page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe see page 1041 file_name quoted ASCII string SYSTem RLOGger STATe 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1042 SYSTem RLOGger STATe see page 10...

Page 1023: ... enable writing messages to the display setting and reading both the time and the date querying for errors and saving and recalling setups n a SYSTem TIME see page 1047 time hours minutes seconds in NR1 format SYSTem TOUCh 1 ON 0 OFF see page 1048 SYSTem TOUCh see page 1048 1 0 Table 127 SYSTem Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 1024: ... Guide 29 SYSTem Commands SYSTem DATE see page 1368 Query Syntax SYSTem DATE The SYSTem DATE query returns the date Return Format year month day NL year 4 digit year in NR1 format month 1 12 day 1 31 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 SYSTem TIME on page 1047 ...

Page 1025: ...s for oscilloscope upgrades or other licensed features The exact format of returned string are product specific This example returns the model number serial number and host ID in a comma separated format X12345A US12345678 G1EFDNLPAF2YPLRN Portable programs should not attempt to parse the contents of the returned string Use the IDN query instead to get the model number and or serial number in a de...

Page 1026: ...string up to 75 characters The SYSTem DSP command writes the quoted string excluding quotation marks to a text box on screen Use SYSTem DSP to remotely remove the message from the display Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string Press any menu key to manually remove the message from the display See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 ...

Page 1027: ... the oscilloscope s front panel additional debug information can be included in the returned error string If the error is detected by the SCPI command parser such as a header error or other syntax error the extra debug information is generated and included But if the error is detected by the oscilloscope system such as when an out of range value is sent then no extra debug information is included ...

Page 1028: ...e Soft Front Panel SFP user interface This remote command performs the same operation as the Show Front Panel and Hide Front Panel buttons in the Keysight M924x InfiniiVision SFP Launcher application on the PXIe chassis controller PC Query Syntax SYSTem GUI SHOW The SYSTem GUI SHOW query returns whether the SFP is shown or hidden Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also Introduction to SYSTem...

Page 1029: ...m LOCK on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The SYSTem LOCK command disables the front panel LOCK ON is the equivalent of sending a local lockout message over the programming interface Query Syntax SYSTem LOCK The SYSTem LOCK query returns the lock status of the front panel Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 ...

Page 1030: ...identification string returned by the IDN query The default manufacturer string is KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES If your remote programs depend on a legacy manufacturer string for example you could use this command to set the manufacturer string to AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES Query Syntax SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer The SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer query returns the currently set manufacturer string Return Format...

Page 1031: ...MANufacturer DEFault see page 1368 Command Syntax SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer DEFault The SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer DEFault command sets the manufacturer string to KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES See Also IDN Identification Number on page 190 SYSTem PERSona MANufacturer on page 1030 Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 ...

Page 1032: ...llows measurements and math functions to be performed on a longer precision analysis record see WAVeform POINts MODE on page 1182 The length of the precision analysis record is specified by the SYSTem PRECision LENGth command The precision analysis setting is OFF after a RST command Precision analysis is not available when Realtime sampling mode is off Averaging acquisition modes is selected XY or...

Page 1033: ...ength of the precision analysis record when precision measurements and math functions mode is enabled You can specify between 100k and 1M points Query Syntax SYSTem PRECision LENGth The SYSTem PRECision LENGth query returns the current precision analysis record length setting Return Format length NL length between 100k and 1M points in NR1 format See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 10...

Page 1034: ...ase Default Setup on the front panel When you perform a default setup some user settings like preferences remain unchanged To reset all user settings to their factory defaults use the RST command Reset conditions are Acquire Menu Mode Normal Averaging Off Averages 8 Analog Channel Menu Channel 1 On Channel 2 Off Volts division 5 00 V Offset 0 00 Coupling DC Probe attenuation 10 1 Vernier Off Inver...

Page 1035: ...ning Time Base Menu Main time division 100 us Main time base delay 0 00 s Delay time division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0 00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0 0 V Slope Positive HF Reject and noise reject Off Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10 1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm cannot be changed...

Page 1036: ...1036 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 29 SYSTem Commands See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 183 RST Reset on page 196 ...

Page 1037: ...log channels Query Syntax SYSTem PROTection LOCK The SYSTem PROTection LOCK query returns the analog channel protection lock status Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 NOTE Be careful when turning ON the SYSTem PROTection LOCK because there is no visual indication of this setting in the front panel user interface other than a disabled 50 Ω chann...

Page 1038: ...ON file_name quoted ASCII string write_mode CREate APPend The SYSTem RLOGger command enables or disables remote command logging optionally specifying the log file name and write mode See Also SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger STATe on page 1042 SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent on page 1043 SYSTem RLOGger WMODe on ...

Page 1039: ...torage device logged to the screen or both Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger DESTination The SYSTem RLOGger DESTination query returns the remote command logging destination Return Format dest NL dest FILE SCR BOTH See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger STATe on page 1042 SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent on page 1043 SYSTem RLOG...

Page 1040: ...ogged remote commands and their return values if applicable Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay The SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay query returns whether the screen display for remote command logging is enabled or disabled Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger STATe on page 1042 SYST...

Page 1041: ...mand log file name Because log files are ASCII text files the txt extension is automatically added to the name specified Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe The SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe query returns the remote command log file name Return Format file_name NL See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger STATe on page 1042...

Page 1042: ...ommand enables or disables remote command logging Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger STATe The SYSTem RLOGger STATe query returns the remote command logging state Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent on page 1043 SYSTem RLOGger WMODe...

Page 1043: ...n display background for remote command logging is transparent or solid Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent The SYSTem RLOGger TRANsparent query returns the setting for transparent screen display background Return Format setting NL setting 0 See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem ...

Page 1044: ... command specifies the remote command logging write mode Query Syntax SYSTem RLOGger WMODe The SYSTem RLOGger WMODe query returns the remote command logging write mode Return Format write_mode NL write_mode CRE APP See Also SYSTem RLOGger on page 1038 SYSTem RLOGger DESTination on page 1039 SYSTem RLOGger DISPlay on page 1040 SYSTem RLOGger FNAMe on page 1041 SYSTem RLOGger STATe on page 1042 SYST...

Page 1045: ...EEE 488 2 format See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 LRN Learn Device Setup on page 191 Example Code SAVE_SYSTEM_SETUP The SYSTEM SETUP query returns a program message that contains the current state of the instrument Its format is a definite length binary block for example 800075595 setup string NL where the setup string is 75595 bytes in length myScope WriteString SYSTEM SETUP ...

Page 1046: ...Programmer s Guide 29 SYSTem Commands Write setup string back to oscilloscope using SYSTEM SETUP command myScope WriteIEEEBlock SYSTEM SETUP varSetupString CheckForInstrumentErrors See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 ...

Page 1047: ...PI Programmer s Guide 1047 SYSTem TIME see page 1368 Query Syntax SYSTem TIME time The SYSTem TIME query returns the current system time Return Format time NL time hours minutes seconds in NR1 format See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 SYSTem DATE on page 1024 ...

Page 1048: ...TOUCh see page 1368 Command Syntax SYSTem TOUCh on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The SYSTem TOUCh command disables or enables the touchscreen Query Syntax SYSTem TOUCh The SYSTem TOUCh query returns the touchscreen s on off status Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 1023 ...

Page 1049: ...ANGe see page 1053 range_value time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format TIMebase REFClock 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1054 TIMebase REFClock see page 1054 0 1 TIMebase REFerence LEFT CENTer RIGHt CUSTom see page 1055 TIMebase REFerence see page 1055 return_value LEFT CENTer RIGHt CUSTom TIMebase REFerence L OCation loc see page 1056 TIMebase REFerence L OCation see page 1056 loc 0 0 to 1 0 in NR3 format T...

Page 1050: ...up Use TIMebase to query setup information for the TIMebase subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the TIMebase query In this case the query was issued following a RST command TIM MODE MAIN REF CENT MAIN RANG 1 00E 03 POS 0 0E 00 TIMebase WINDow RANG e range_value see page 1060 TIMebase WINDow RANG e see page 1060 range value range value in seconds in NR3 format for the zo...

Page 1051: ...e REFerence commands are not available No measurements are available in this mode ROLL In the ROLL mode data moves continuously across the display from left to right The oscilloscope runs continuously and is untriggered The TIMebase REFerence selection changes to RIGHt Query Syntax TIMebase MODE The TIMebase MODE query returns the current time base mode Return Format value NL value MAIN WIND XY RO...

Page 1052: ...or center and is set with the TIMebase REFerence command The maximum position value depends on the time division settings Query Syntax TIMebase POSition The TIMebase POSition query returns the current time from the trigger to the display reference in seconds Return Format pos NL pos time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands o...

Page 1053: ...ase RANGe The TIMebase RANGe query returns the current full scale range value for the main window Return Format range_value NL range_value time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 1050 TIMebase MODE on page 1051 TIMebase SCALe on page 1057 TIMebase WINDow RANGe on page 1060 Example Code TIME_RANGE Sets the full scale horizontal time in seconds The...

Page 1054: ...internal 10 MHz reference clock when synchronizing multiple instruments see ACQuire RSIGnal on page 258 The TIMebase REFClock ON command enables the REF I O MMCX and sets the reference signal mode to IN The TIMebase REFClock OFF command disables the REF I O MMCX the same as setting the reference signal mode to OFF Query Syntax TIMebase REFClock The TIMebase REFClock query returns the current state...

Page 1055: ...place the time reference location at a percent of the graticule width where 0 0 is the left edge and 1 0 is the right edge The time reference is the point on the display where the trigger point is referenced Query Syntax TIMebase REFerence The TIMebase REFerence query returns the current display reference for the main window Return Format reference NL reference LEFT CENT RIGH CUST See Also Introdu...

Page 1056: ...TIMebase REFerence is set to CUSTom the TIMebase REFerence LOCation command lets you place the time reference location at a percent of the graticule width where 0 0 is the left edge and 1 0 is the right edge Query Syntax TIMebase REFerence LOCation The TIMebase REFerence LOCation query returns the time base reference custom location setting Return Format loc NL loc 0 0 to 1 0 in NR3 format See Als...

Page 1057: ...ommand sets the horizontal scale or units per division for the main window Query Syntax TIMebase SCALe The TIMebase SCALe query returns the current horizontal scale setting in seconds per division for the main window Return Format scale_value NL scale_value time div in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 1050 TIMebase RANGe on page 1053 TIMebase WINDow SCALe on...

Page 1058: ...ernier value 1 ON 0 OFF The TIMebase VERNier command specifies whether the time base control s vernier fine horizontal adjustment setting is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax TIMebase VERNier The TIMebase VERNier query returns the current state of the time base control s vernier setting Return Format vernier value NL vernier value 0 1 See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 1050 ...

Page 1059: ...ep range and the main sweep horizontal position determine the range for this command The value for this command must keep the zoomed view window within the main sweep range Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow POSition The TIMebase WINDow POSition query returns the current horizontal window position setting in the zoomed view Return Format value NL value position value in seconds See Also Introduction to ...

Page 1060: ...oomed delayed window The range is 10 times the current zoomed view window seconds per division setting The main sweep range determines the range for this command The maximum value is one half of the TIMebase RANGe value Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow RANGe The TIMebase WINDow RANGe query returns the current window timebase range setting Return Format value NL value range value in seconds See Also In...

Page 1061: ...le seconds division The main sweep scale determines the range for this command The maximum value is one half of the TIMebase SCALe value Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow SCALe The TIMebase WINDow SCALe query returns the current zoomed window scale setting Return Format scale_value NL scale_value current seconds per division for the zoomed window See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 1050 ...

Page 1062: ...1062 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 30 TIMebase Commands ...

Page 1063: ...Commands on page 1145 TRIGger TV Commands on page 1150 TRIGger ZONE Commands on page 1160 Introduction to TRIGger Commands The commands in the TRIGger subsystem define the conditions for an internal trigger Many of these commands are valid in multiple trigger modes The default trigger mode is EDGE The trigger subsystem controls the trigger sweep mode and the trigger specification The trigger sweep...

Page 1064: ...on by looking for a specified pattern This pattern is a logical AND combination of the channels You can also trigger on a specified time duration of a pattern TV triggering is used to capture the complicated waveforms of television equipment The trigger circuitry detects the vertical and horizontal interval of the waveform and produces triggers based on the TV trigger settings you selected TV trig...

Page 1065: ...mum min_holdoff see page 1071 TRIGger HOLDoff MINi mum see page 1071 min_holdoff minimum holdoff time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger HOLDoff RAND om 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1072 TRIGger HOLDoff RAND om see page 1072 setting 0 1 TRIGger LEVel ASETup see page 1073 n a n a TRIGger LEVel HIGH level source see page 1074 TRIGger LEVel HIGH source see page 1074 level 75 x full scale voltage from center scr...

Page 1066: ... s Guide 31 TRIGger Commands TRIGger NREJect 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1077 TRIGger NREJect see page 1077 0 1 TRIGger SWEep sweep see page 1078 TRIGger SWEep see page 1078 sweep AUTO NORMal Table 129 General TRIGger Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 1067: ...ide 1067 TRIGger FORCe see page 1368 Command Syntax TRIGger FORCe The TRIGger FORCe command causes an acquisition to be captured even though the trigger condition has not been met This command is equivalent to the front panel Force Trigger key See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 ...

Page 1068: ...igh frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger waveform Use this filter to remove high frequency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations from the trigger path Query Syntax TRIGger HFReject The TRIGger HFReject query returns the current high frequency reject filter mode Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also In...

Page 1069: ... valuable when a waveform crosses the trigger level multiple times during one period of the waveform Without holdoff the oscilloscope could trigger on each of the crossings producing a confusing waveform With holdoff set correctly the oscilloscope always triggers on the same crossing The correct holdoff setting is typically slightly less than one period Query Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff The TRIGger HOL...

Page 1070: ... time in seconds in NR3 format When the random trigger holdoff mode is enabled see TRIGger HOLDoff RANDom the TRIGger HOLDoff MAXimum command specifies the maximum trigger holdoff time Query Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff MAXimum The TRIGger HOLDoff MAXimum query returns the maximum random trigger holdoff time setting Return Format max_holdoff NL See Also TRIGger HOLDoff MINimum on page 1071 TRIGger HOLDo...

Page 1071: ... time in seconds in NR3 format When the random trigger holdoff mode is enabled see TRIGger HOLDoff RANDom the TRIGger HOLDoff MINimum command specifies the minimum trigger holdoff time Query Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff MINimum The TRIGger HOLDoff MINimum query returns the minimum random trigger holdoff time setting Return Format min_holdoff NL See Also TRIGger HOLDoff MAXimum on page 1070 TRIGger HOLDo...

Page 1072: ...ndom trigger holdoff mode ensures that the oscilloscope re arms after each acquisition in a manner that minimizes or eliminates the likelihood of triggering at the beginning of a DDR burst Randomizing the holdoff time increases the likelihood that the oscilloscope will trigger on different data phases of a multi phase 8 data transfer burst This mode mixes up the traffic pattern the oscilloscope tr...

Page 1073: ...el ASETup The TRIGger LEVel ASETup command automatically sets the trigger levels of all displayed analog channels to their waveforms 50 values If AC coupling is used the trigger levels are set to 0 V When High and Low dual trigger levels are used as with Rise Fall Time and Runt triggers for example this command has no effect See Also TRIGger EDGE LEVel on page 1093 ...

Page 1074: ...er LEVel HIGH command sets the high trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise fall time transition triggers Query Syntax TRIGger LEVel HIGH source The TRIGger LEVel HIGH query returns the high trigger voltage level for the specified source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIG...

Page 1075: ...Gger LEVel LOW command sets the low trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise fall time transition triggers Query Syntax TRIGger LEVel LOW source The TRIGger LEVel LOW query returns the low trigger voltage level for the specified source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger...

Page 1076: ...nt trigger mode If the TIMebase MODE is ROLL or XY the query returns NONE If the PXIe oscilloscope module is set up as a slave module in PXI triggering see TRIGger PXI MODE the query returns PXIS Return Format mode NL mode EDGE GLIT PATT TV DEL EBUR OR RUNT SHOL TRAN SBUS 1 2 NFC PXIS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger SWEep on page 1078 TIMebase MODE on page 1051 Examp...

Page 1077: ...the noise reject filter off and on When the noise reject filter is on the trigger circuitry is less sensitive to noise but may require a greater amplitude waveform to trigger the oscilloscope This command is not valid in TV trigger mode Query Syntax TRIGger NREJect The TRIGger NREJect query returns the current noise reject filter mode Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to TRIGg...

Page 1078: ...al is present but the oscilloscope is not triggered the unsynchronized signal is displayed instead of a baseline When NORMal sweep mode is selected and no trigger is present the instrument does not sweep and the data acquired on the previous trigger remains on the screen Query Syntax TRIGger SWEep The TRIGger SWEep query returns the current trigger sweep mode Return Format sweep NL sweep current t...

Page 1079: ...ee page 1080 TRIGger DELay ARM SL OPe see page 1080 slope NEGative POSitive TRIGger DELay ARM SO URce source see page 1081 TRIGger DELay ARM SO URce see page 1081 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME time_value see page 1082 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME see page 1082 time_value time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger DELay TRIGge r COUNt count see page 1083 TR...

Page 1080: ...e TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe command specifies rising POSitive or falling NEGative for the arming edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe The TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe query returns the current arming edge slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce on page 1081 TRIGger DELay TDELay TI...

Page 1081: ... in NR1 format The TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce command selects the input used for the arming edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce The TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce query returns the current arming edge source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe on page 1080 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME on page...

Page 1082: ...ommand sets the delay time between the arming edge and the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger The time is in seconds and must be from 4 ns to 10 s Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME The TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME query returns current delay time setting Return Format time value NL time_value time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DEL...

Page 1083: ...r DELay TRIGger COUNt command sets the Nth edge of the trigger source to trigger on Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt The TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt query returns the current Nth trigger edge setting Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe on page 1084 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce on page 1085 TRI...

Page 1084: ...OPe command specifies rising POSitive or falling NEGative for the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe The TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe query returns the current trigger edge slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce on page 1085 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME on pa...

Page 1085: ...r DELay TRIGger SOURce command selects the input used for the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce The TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce query returns the current trigger edge source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe on page 1084 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME on page 1082 T...

Page 1086: ...er level Table 131 TRIGger EBURst Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger EBURst COUNt count see page 1087 TRIGger EBURst COUNt see page 1087 count integer in NR1 format TRIGger EBURst IDLE time_value see page 1088 TRIGger EBURst IDLE see page 1088 time_value time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger EBURst SLOPe slope see page 1089 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe see page 1089 slope NEG...

Page 1087: ...sets the Nth edge at burst counter resource The edge counter is used in the trigger stage to determine which edge in a burst will generate a trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst COUNt The TRIGger EBURst COUNt query returns the current Nth edge of burst edge counter setting Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe ...

Page 1088: ... command sets the Nth edge in a burst idle resource in seconds from 10 ns to 10 s The timer is used to set the minimum time before the next burst Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst IDLE The TRIGger EBURst IDLE query returns current Nth edge in a burst idle setting Return Format time value NL time_value time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger EBURst SLO...

Page 1089: ...Gger EBURst SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge POSitive or falling edge NEGative of the Nth edge in a burst will generate a trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst SLOPe The TRIGger EBURst SLOPe query returns the current Nth edge in a burst slope Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger EBURst IDLE on page 1088 TRIGger EBURst COUN...

Page 1090: ...o analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger EBURst SOURce command selects the input that produces the Nth edge burst trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst SOURce The TRIGger EBURst SOURce query returns the current Nth edge burst trigger source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on pa...

Page 1091: ...rs level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers level external range setting in NR3 format source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger EDGE REJec t OFF LFReject HFReject see page 1094 TRIGger EDGE REJec t see page 1094 OFF LFReject HFReject TRIGger EDGE SLOPe polarity see page 1095 TRIGger EDGE SLOPe see page 1095 polarity POSitive...

Page 1092: ...c offset voltage from the trigger waveform Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your waveform has a large dc offset LFReject coupling places a 50 KHz high pass filter in the trigger path DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE COUPling The TRIGger EDGE COUPling query returns the current coupling selection Return Format coupling NL coupling ...

Page 1093: ...Nnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger EDGE LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active trigger source Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE LEVel source The TRIGger EDGE LEVel query returns the trigger level of the current trigger source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger EDGE SOURce on page 1096 EXTernal RANGe on pa...

Page 1094: ...requency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations from the trigger path The low frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz high pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to remove any unwanted low frequency components from a trigger waveform such as power line frequencies that can interfere with proper triggering Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE REJect The TRIGger EDGE REJect query returns the current ...

Page 1095: ...d use TRIGger TV POLarity to set the polarity in TV trigger mode Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE SLOPe The TRIGger EDGE SLOPe query returns the current trigger slope Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS EITH ALT See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger TV POLarity on page 1153 Example Code TRIGGER_EDGE_SLOPE Sets the slope of the edge for the trigger Set t...

Page 1096: ...is not available when the DC NOISe or CARDiac waveforms are selected WMOD when waveform generator FSK or FM modulation is used triggers at the 50 level of the rising edge of the modulating signal Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE SOURce The TRIGger EDGE SOURce query returns the current source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL source CHAN n EXT WGEN WGEN1 WMOD NONE See ...

Page 1097: ... page 1100 For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers level external range setting in NR3 format source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger GLITch POLar ity polarity see page 1101 TRIGger GLITch POLar ity see page 1101 polarity POSitive NEGative TRIGger GLITch QUALi fier qualifier see page 1102 TRIGger GLIT...

Page 1098: ...er GLITch GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch GREaterthan The TRIGger GLITch GREaterthan query returns the minimum pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format greater_than_time NL greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 ...

Page 1099: ... TRIGger GLITch LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch LESSthan The TRIGger GLITch LESSthan query returns the pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time NL less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger GLITch SO...

Page 1100: ...xternal triggers source CHANnel n EXTernal n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger GLITch LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch LEVel The TRIGger GLITch LEVel query returns the trigger level of the current pulse width trigger mode If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format level NL See Also Introductio...

Page 1101: ...polarity POSitive NEGative The TRIGger GLITch POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch POLarity The TRIGger GLITch POLarity query returns the glitch pulse width trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger GLITch SOURce on page 1104 ...

Page 1102: ... operation of the glitch pulse width trigger The oscilloscope can trigger on a pulse width that is greater than a time value less than a time value or within a range of time values Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch QUALifier The TRIGger GLITch QUALifier query returns the glitch pulse width qualifier Return Format operator NL operator GRE LESS RANG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 T...

Page 1103: ...Tch RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch RANGe The TRIGger GLITch RANGe query returns the pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time greater_than_time...

Page 1104: ...channel that produces the pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch SOURce The TRIGger GLITch SOURce query returns the current pulse width source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger GLITch LEVel on page 1100 TRIGger GLITch POLarity on page 1101 TRIGger GLITch QUALifier ...

Page 1105: ...C RPOLarit y 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1108 TRIGger NFC RPOLarit y see page 1108 0 1 TRIGger NFC SOURce source see page 1109 TRIGger NFC SOURce see page 1109 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger NFC STANdard standard see page 1110 TRIGger NFC STANdard see page 1110 standard A A106 B B106 F212 F424 TRIGger NFC TEVent trigger_event see page 1111 TRIGger NFC TEVent see page 1111 tr...

Page 1106: ...ected the arm event is NONE Query Syntax TRIGger NFC AEVent The TRIGger NFC AEVent query returns the specified arm event Return Format arm_event NL arm_event NONE ASR AALL AEIT BSR BALL BEIT FSR See Also TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page 1109 TRIGger NFC STANdard on page 1110 TRIGger NFC TEVent on page 1111 TRIGger NFC TIMeout on page 111...

Page 1107: ...tween the arm and the trigger when the ATRigger Arm Trigger trigger event is selected Return Format time NL time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page 1109 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC STANdard on page 1110 TRIGger NFC TEVent on page 1111 TRIGger NFC TIMeout on page 1113 TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle on page 1114 TRIGger NFC TIMeou...

Page 1108: ... When OFF the oscilloscope will trigger on signals with obverse polarity Query Syntax TRIGger NFC RPOLarity The TRIGger NFC RPOLarity query returns the reverse polarity setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page 1109 TRIGger NFC STANdard on page 1110 TRIGger NFC TEVent on page 1111 TRIGger NFC TIM...

Page 1109: ... source for the NFC trigger You can choose an analog input channel Query Syntax TRIGger NFC SOURce The TRIGger NFC SOURce query returns the input waveform source setting Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC STANdard on page 1110 TRIGger NFC TEVent on page 1111 TRIGger NFC TIMeou...

Page 1110: ... or B106 NFC A standard 106 kbits s F212 NFC F standard 212 kbits s F424 NFC F standard 424 kbits s Query Syntax TRIGger NFC STANdard The TRIGger NFC STANdard query returns the signaling technology setting Return Format standard NL standard A A106 B B106 F212 F424 See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page ...

Page 1111: ...trigger_event NL trigger_event ATR ASR AALL AEIT ASDD BSR BALL BEIT BATT FSR FAR FPR Signaling Technology Trigger Event Description NFC A ATRigger The arm event is specified by TRIGger NFC AEVent and the trigger event is SDD_REQ ASReq SENS_REQ AALLreq ALL_REQ AEITher Either the SENS_REQ or ALL_REQ events will cause a trigger ASDDreq SDD_REQ NFC B ATRigger The arm event is specified by TRIGger NFC ...

Page 1112: ...r Commands See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page 1109 TRIGger NFC STANdard on page 1110 TRIGger NFC TIMeout on page 1113 TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle on page 1114 TRIGger NFC TIMeout TIME on page 1115 ...

Page 1113: ...cope triggers when the timeout period expires A return value of 1 says the desired trigger event did not occur within the specified time after the arm event A return value of 0 says the desired trigger event occurred before the timeout Return Format timeout_occurred NL 0 1 See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce...

Page 1114: ... if the second event does not occur within the timeout period the oscilloscope triggers when the timeout period expires Query Syntax TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle The TRIGger NFC TIMeout ENABle query returns the timeout period enable setting Return Format setting NL 1 See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page...

Page 1115: ...event does not occur within the timeout period the oscilloscope triggers when the timeout period expires Query Syntax TRIGger NFC TIMeout TIME The TRIGger NFC TIMeout TIME query returns the specified timeout period Return Format time NL time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger NFC AEVent on page 1106 TRIGger NFC ATTime on page 1107 TRIGger NFC RPOLarity on page 1108 TRIGger NFC SOURce on page 1...

Page 1116: ...mands Table 135 TRIGger OR Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger OR string see page 1117 TRIGger OR see page 1117 string nn n where n R F E X R rising edge F falling edge E either edge X don t care Each character in the string is for an analog channel as shown on the soft front panel display ...

Page 1117: ...ommand specifies the edges to include in the OR ed edge trigger In the string parameter each bit corresponds to a channel as described in the following table Query Syntax TRIGger OR The TRIGger OR query returns the current OR ed edge trigger string Return Format string NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 Oscilloscope Models Value and Mask Bit Assignm...

Page 1118: ... HEX TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan greater_than_time s uffix see page 1122 TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan see page 1122 greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern LESS than less_than_time suff ix see page 1123 TRIGger PATTern LESS than see page 1123 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern QUAL ifier qualif...

Page 1119: ...t is ASCii the string looks just like the string you see on the oscilloscope s front panel made up of 0 1 X don t care R rising edge and F falling edge characters When the format is HEX the string begins with 0x and contains hex digit characters or X don t care for all four bits in the nibble With the hex format string you can use the edge_source and edge parameters to specify an edge on one of th...

Page 1120: ... TRIGger Commands The TRIGger PATTern query returns the pattern string edge source and edge Return Format string edge_source edge NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 1121 TRIGger PATTern QUALifier on page 1124 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 ...

Page 1121: ...ii HEX The TRIGger PATTern FORMat command sets the entry and query number base used by the TRIGger PATTern command The default base is ASCii Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern FORMat The TRIGger PATTern FORMat query returns the currently set number base for pattern trigger patterns Return Format base NL base ASC HEX See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger PATTern on page 1119 ...

Page 1122: ...rthan command sets the minimum duration for the defined pattern when TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to GREaterthan The command also sets the timeout value when the TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to TIMeout Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern GREaterthan The TRIGger PATTern GREaterthan query returns the minimum duration time for the defined pattern Return Format greater_than_time NL See Also Introduct...

Page 1123: ...ormat suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger PATTern LESSthan command sets the maximum duration for the defined pattern when TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to LESSthan Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern LESSthan The TRIGger PATTern LESSthan query returns the duration time for the defined pattern Return Format less_than_time NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger PATTern on page 11...

Page 1124: ...within a range of values OUTRange when the pattern is present for a time outside of range of values Pattern durations are evaluated using a timer The timer starts on the last edge that makes the pattern logical AND true Except when the TIMeout qualifier is selected the trigger occurs on the first edge that makes the pattern false provided the time qualifier criteria has been met Set the GREatertha...

Page 1125: ...command sets the duration for the defined pattern when the TRIGger PATTern QUALifier command is set to INRange or OUTRange You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern RANGe The TRIGger PATTern RANGe query returns the duration time for the defined pattern Return Format less_tha...

Page 1126: ...the master can wait until each slave is ready before triggering The remaining PXI_TRIG lines can be used for the arm lines from the slave modules With arming control there can be up to seven slave modules With software arming in remote programs there can be more than eight modules in a multiple module system Table 137 TRIGger PXI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger PXI...

Page 1127: ...MHz reference ACQuire RSIGnal PXIE After trigger and arm lines are properly configured calibration factors are created the master slot is identified in all slaves and the PXIe 100 MHz reference signal is selected you are ready to use the multiple oscilloscope system Follow this sequence to keep acquisitions correlated 1 When running stop acquisitions on the master first 2 Configure the trigger on ...

Page 1128: ... for its arm signal The master module will wait until all slave modules are armed before triggering If the modules are in different chassis trigger bus segments which are isolated by default you must use the chassis Soft Front Panel SFP application to connect the selected PXI_TRIG lines between trigger bus segments Query Syntax TRIGger PXI MALine n ENABle The TRIGger PXI MALine n ENABle query retu...

Page 1129: ...modules send an armed signal on their selected arm like and are triggered by the selected PXIe trigger line It is important to identify the master slot number on each slave TRIGger PXI MSLot so that the proper set of calibration factors can be used when aligning waveforms Calibration factors are created and saved using the KtScopeCal exe application on the chassis controller Among all the oscillos...

Page 1130: ...er slot number on each slave so that the proper set of calibration factors can be used when aligning waveforms Calibration factors are created and saved using the KtScopeCal exe application on the chassis controller Query Syntax TRIGger PXI MSLot The TRIGger PXI MSLot query returns the master slot number setting Return Format slot_number NL slot_number 2 to chassis slots in NR1 format See Also TRI...

Page 1131: ...TRIG line for its arm signal If the modules are in different chassis trigger bus segments which are isolated by default you must use the chassis Soft Front Panel SFP application to connect the selected PXI_TRIG line between trigger bus segments Query Syntax TRIGger PXI SALine The TRIGger PXI SALine query returns the specified chassis line used for this slave module s armed signal Return Format arm...

Page 1132: ...e uses the trigger systems in all modules where the trigger output from the master module is fed to the trigger input of the slave modules When you turn ON sync mode you must use the KtScopeCal exe application on the chassis controller to align the reference clock signals and perform sync mode trigger delay calibration Refer to the Startup Guide s chapter on Coordinating Multiple PXIe Oscilloscope...

Page 1133: ...ules must use the same trigger line If the modules are in different chassis trigger bus segments which are isolated by default you must use the chassis Soft Front Panel SFP application to connect the selected PXI_TRIG line between trigger bus segments Query Syntax TRIGger PXI TLINe The TRIGger PXI TLINe query returns the specified trigger line Return Format trigger_line NL trigger_line PTR n See A...

Page 1134: ...Gger RUNT POLarit y see page 1135 polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer TRIGger RUNT QUALifi er qualifier see page 1136 TRIGger RUNT QUALifi er see page 1136 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan NONE TRIGger RUNT SOURce source see page 1137 TRIGger RUNT SOURce see page 1137 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger RUNT TIME time suffix see page 1138 TRIGger RUNT TIME see page 1138 time ...

Page 1135: ...e polarity for the runt trigger POSitive positive runt pulses NEGative negative runt pulses EITHer either positive or negative runt pulses Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT POLarity The TRIGger RUNT POLarity query returns the runt trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG EITH See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 1074...

Page 1136: ...g runt pulse widths GREaterthan triggers on runt pulses whose width is greater than the TRIGger RUNT TIME LESSthan triggers on runt pulses whose width is less than the TRIGger RUNT TIME NONE triggers on runt pulses of any width Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT QUALifier The TRIGger RUNT QUALifier query returns the runt trigger qualifier setting Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS NONE See Also ...

Page 1137: ...e source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger RUNT SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT SOURce The TRIGger RUNT SOURce query returns the current runt trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger RUNT POLarity on page 1135 ...

Page 1138: ...triggering on runt pulses whose width is greater than or less than a certain value see TRIGger RUNT QUALifier the TRIGger RUNT TIME command specifies the time used with the qualifier Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT TIME The TRIGger RUNT TIME query returns the current runt pulse qualifier time setting Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands...

Page 1139: ...ge 1141 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk see page 1141 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA source see page 1142 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA see page 1142 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger SHOLd TIME H OLD time suffix see page 1143 TRIGger SHOLd TIME H OLD see page 1143 time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIG...

Page 1140: ...r SHOLd SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge or the falling edge of the clock signal is used Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe The TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe query returns the current rising or falling edge setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk on page 1141 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DAT...

Page 1141: ...nel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk command selects the input channel probing the clock signal Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk query returns the currently set clock signal source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe on pa...

Page 1142: ...Nnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA command selects the input channel probing the data signal Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA query returns the currently set data signal source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe on page 1...

Page 1143: ...d TIME HOLD time suffix time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD command sets the hold time Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD The TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD query returns the currently specified hold time Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 ...

Page 1144: ...IME SETup time suffix time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup command sets the setup time Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup The TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup query returns the currently specified setup time Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 ...

Page 1145: ...UALifier qualifier see page 1146 TRIGger TRANsition Q UALifier see page 1146 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan TRIGger TRANsition S LOPe slope see page 1147 TRIGger TRANsition S LOPe see page 1147 slope NEGative POSitive TRIGger TRANsition S OURce source see page 1148 TRIGger TRANsition S OURce see page 1148 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger TRANsition T IME time suffix se...

Page 1146: ...d specifies whether you are looking for rise fall times greater than or less than a certain time value The time value is set using the TRIGger TRANsition TIME command Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier The TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier query returns the current rise fall time trigger qualifier setting Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on ...

Page 1147: ...Gative POSitive The TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe command specifies a POSitive rising edge or a NEGative falling edge Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe The TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe query returns the current rise fall time trigger slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger TRANsition SOURce on page 1148 ...

Page 1148: ...el n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger TRANsition SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition SOURce The TRIGger TRANsition SOURce query returns the current transition trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe on page...

Page 1149: ... command sets the time value for rise fall time triggers You also use the TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier command to specify whether you are triggering on times greater than or less than this time value Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition TIME The TRIGger TRANsition TIME query returns the current rise fall time trigger time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Int...

Page 1150: ...154 TRIGger TV SOURce see page 1154 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger TV STANdard standard see page 1155 TRIGger TV STANdard see page 1155 standard NTSC PAL PALM SECam standard GENeric P480L60HZ P480 P720L60HZ P720 P1080L24HZ P1080 P1080L25HZ P1080L50HZ P1080L60HZ I1080L50HZ I1080 I1080L60HZ with extended video triggering license TRIGger TV UDTV ENUM ber count see page ...

Page 1151: ...t TV trigger line number setting Return Format line_number NL line_number integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1155 TRIGger TV MODE on page 1152 Table 142 TV Trigger Line Number Limits TV Standard Mode LINE LFIeld1 LFIeld2 LALTernate VERTical NTSC 1 to 263 1 to 262 1 to 262 PAL 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 PAL M 1 to 263 264 to 52...

Page 1152: ... parameter is not available when TRIGger TV STANdard is GENeric Old forms for mode are accepted Query Syntax TRIGger TV MODE The TRIGger TV MODE query returns the TV trigger mode Return Format value NL value FIE1 FIE2 AFI ALIN LINE LFI1 LFI2 LALT See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1155 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 mode Old Forms Accepted FIEld1 F1 FIEld...

Page 1153: ...V POLarity polarity polarity POSitive NEGative The TRIGger TV POLarity command sets the polarity for the TV trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TV POLarity The TRIGger TV POLarity query returns the TV trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger TV SOURce on page 1154 ...

Page 1154: ...to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger TV SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TV SOURce The TRIGger TV SOURce query returns the current TV trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 TRIGger TV POLarity on page 1153 Example Code Example Code on page 1096 ...

Page 1155: ... TV STANdard command selects the video standard NTSC PAL PAL M SECAM With an extended Video triggering license the oscilloscope additionally supports these standards Generic GENeric mode is non interlaced EDTV 480p 60 HDTV 720p 60 HDTV 1080p 24 HDTV 1080p 25 HDTV 1080i 50 HDTV 1080i 60 Query Syntax TRIGger TV STANdard The TRIGger TV STANdard query returns the current TV trigger standard setting Re...

Page 1156: ...ormat The TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber command specifies the Generic video trigger s Nth edge to trigger on after synchronizing with the vertical sync Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber The TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber query returns the edge count setting Return Format count NL count edge number in NR1 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1155 TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan on page 1159 TRIGger TV UDTV HSY...

Page 1157: ...lines and not double count during equalization Additionally the Field Holdoff can be adjusted so that the oscilloscope triggers once per frame Similarly for progressive video with a tri level sync enabling the HSYNc control and setting the HTIMe adjustment to the sync time of the probed video signal allows the ENUMber function to count only lines and not double count during vertical sync Query Syn...

Page 1158: ...he Generic video trigger s horizontal sync control is enabled the TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe command sets the minimum time the horizontal sync pulse must be present to be considered valid Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe The TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe query returns the horizontal sync time setting Return Format time NL time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1155 TRIGger TV UDTV HS...

Page 1159: ...nd specifies the greater than the sync pulse width time in the Generic video trigger This setting allows oscilloscope synchronization to the vertical sync Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan The TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan query returns the greater than the sync pulse width time setting Return Format min_time NL min_time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1155 TRIGger TV UDTV EN...

Page 1160: ... see page 1162 0 1 TRIGger ZONE n MODE mode see page 1163 TRIGger ZONE n MODE see page 1163 mode INTersect NOTintersect n 1 2 in NR1 format TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement width height x_center y_center see page 1164 TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement see page 1164 width width of zone in seconds height height of zone in volts x_center center of zone in seconds y_center center of zone in volts n 1 2 in NR1 format...

Page 1161: ...E SOURce source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger ZONE SOURce command sets the analog source channel shared by all zones Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE SOURce The TRIGger ZONE SOURce query returns the analog source channel specified for zone qualified triggers Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also TRIGger ZONE STATe on page 1162 ...

Page 1162: ...ONE n STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone 1 On and Zone 2 On softkeys At least one zone s state must be on for the Zone Trigger feature TRIGger ZONE STATe to be on When the states of both individual zones are turned off Zone Trigger is automatically turned off In this case when Zone Trigger is turned back on Zone 1 is forced to on Otherwise if at least one zone was on when Zone Trigger was turne...

Page 1163: ...R1 format The TRIGger ZONE n MODE command sets the zone qualifying condition for Zone 1 or Zone 2 as either Must Intersect or Must Not Intersect Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE n MODE The TRIGger ZONE n MODE query returns the zone qualifying condition for Zone 1 or Zone 2 Return Format mode NL mode INT NOT See Also TRIGger ZONE n STATe on page 1166 TRIGger ZONE n PLACement on page 1164 TRIGger ZONE n VA...

Page 1164: ...mat The TRIGger ZONE n PLACement command sets the size and location of Zone 1 or Zone 2 No error is returned if the zone is placed off screen or if the zones overlap such that Zone 2 becomes invalid The TRIGger ZONE n VALidity query is used to retrieve this information Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE n PLACement The TRIGger ZONE n PLACement query returns the size and location of Zone 1 or Zone 2 Return ...

Page 1165: ...posing qualifying conditions modes Zone 1 can never be invalid OSCReen off screen is returned when the associated zone is off screen and thus not being used to qualify the trigger A zone is valid when it is neither invalid nor off screen The validity of a zone is not affected by the zone s state For example a zone can be valid and off You cannot directly set the validity of a zone Return Format va...

Page 1166: ...al states Note that TRIGger ZONE STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone key on the front panel and TRIGger ZONE n STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone 1 On and Zone 2 On softkeys At least one zone s state must be on for the Zone Trigger feature TRIGger ZONE STATe to be on When the states of both individual zones are turned off Zone Trigger is automatically turned off In this case when Zone Trigger...

Page 1167: ...orm BYTeorder see page 1175 value LSBFirst MSBFirst n a WAVeform COUNt see page 1176 count an integer from 1 to 65536 in NR1 format n a WAVeform DATA see page 1177 binary block length bytes binary data For example to transmit 1000 bytes of data the syntax would be 800001000 1000 bytes of data NL 8 is the number of digits that follow 00001000 is the number of bytes to be transmitted 1000 bytes of d...

Page 1168: ... format NR1 type NR1 points NR1 count NR1 xincrement NR3 xorigin NR3 xreference NR1 yincrement NR3 yorigin NR3 yreference NR1 format an integer in NR1 format 0 for BYTE format 1 for WORD format 2 for ASCii format type an integer in NR1 format 0 for NORMal type 1 for PEAK detect type 3 for AVERage type 4 for HRESolution type count Average count or 1 if PEAK detect type or NORMal an integer in NR1 f...

Page 1169: ...95 subsource SUB0 RX MOSI SUB1 TX MISO n a WAVeform TYPE see page 1196 return_mode NORM PEAK AVER HRES WAVeform UNSigned 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1197 WAVeform UNSigned see page 1197 0 1 WAVeform VIEW view see page 1198 WAVeform VIEW see page 1198 view MAIN ALL n a WAVeform XINCrement see page 1199 return_value x increment in the current preamble in NR3 format n a WAVeform XORigin see page 1200 return_...

Page 1170: ...uisition Types There are four types of waveform acquisitions that can be selected for analog channels with the ACQuire TYPE command see page 266 NORMal AVERage PEAK and HRESolution When the data is acquired using the DIGitize command see page 217 or RUN command see page 239 the data is placed in the channel buffer of the specified source Once you have acquired data with the DIGitize command the in...

Page 1171: ...each time bucket This data is transmitted over the programming interface in a linear fashion starting with time bucket 0 and going through time bucket n 1 where n is the number returned by the WAVeform POINts query see page 1180 Only the magnitude values of each data point are transmitted The first voltage value corresponds to the first time bucket on the left side of the screen and the last value...

Page 1172: ...tion smoothing mode is used to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster than needed to fill memory for the displayed time range Data Conversion Word or byte data sent from the oscilloscope must be scaled for useful interpretation The values used to interpret the data are the X and Y references X and Y origins and X and Y increments These values are read from the wavef...

Page 1173: ...ent to convert the binary data Values are transferred as ASCii digits in floating point format separated by commas In ASCii format holes are represented by the value 9 9e 37 The setting of WAVeform BYTeorder see page 1175 and WAVeform UNSigned see page 1197 have no effect when the format is ASCii Data Format for Transfer WORD format WORD format see WAVeform FORMat on page 1179 provides 16 bit acce...

Page 1174: ...data because in ASCii format as many as 13 bytes per point are transferred in BYTE format one byte per point is transferred and in WORD format two bytes per point are transferred The WAVeform BYTeorder command see page 1175 has no effect when the data format is BYTE Reporting the Setup The following is a sample response from the WAVeform query In this case the query was issued following a RST comm...

Page 1175: ...first LSBFirst sets the least significant byte to be transmitted first This command affects the transmitting sequence only when WAVeform FORMat WORD is selected The default setting is MSBFirst Query Syntax WAVeform BYTeorder The WAVeform BYTeorder query returns the current output sequence Return Format value NL value LSBF MSBF See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform DATA o...

Page 1176: ... the count used to acquire the current waveform This may differ from current values if the unit has been stopped and its configuration modified For all acquisition types except average this value is 1 Return Format count_argument NL count_argument an integer from 1 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 ACQuire COUNt on page 252 ACQuire TYPE on page 266 ...

Page 1177: ...d for ASCII transfers Use telnet port 5025 instead 0x01 or 0x0001 Clipped low These are locations where the waveform is clipped at the bottom of the oscilloscope display 0xFF or 0xFFFF Clipped high These are locations where the waveform is clipped at the top of the oscilloscope display Return Format binary block data NL See Also For a more detailed description of the data returned for different ac...

Page 1178: ...Long varQueryResult myScope ReadIEEEBlock BinaryType_UI1 Unsigned integer bytes For lngI 0 To UBound varQueryResult _ Step UBound varQueryResult 20 20 points If intBytesPerData 2 Then lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 256 _ varQueryResult lngI 1 16 bit value Else lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 8 bit value End If strOutput strOutput Data point _ CStr lngI intBytesPerData _ FormatNumber lngDataValu...

Page 1179: ... text WORD formatted data transfers 16 bit data as two bytes The WAVeform BYTeorder command can be used to specify whether the upper or lower byte is transmitted first The default no command sent is that the upper byte transmitted first BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8 bit bytes When the WAVeform SOURce is the serial decode bus SBUS1 or SBUS2 ASCii is the only waveform format allowed Query ...

Page 1180: ...waveform points mode See the WAVeform POINts MODE command see page 1182 for more information Only data visible on the display will be returned When the WAVeform SOURce is the serial decode bus SBUS1 or SBUS2 this command is ignored and all available serial decode bus data is returned Query Syntax WAVeform POINts The WAVeform POINts query returns the number of waveform points to be transferred when...

Page 1181: ... 1191 WAVeform VIEW on page 1198 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform POINts MODE on page 1182 Example Code WAVE_POINTS Specifies the number of points to be transferred using the WAVEFORM DATA query myScope WriteString WAVEFORM POINTS 1000 See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 NOTE If a full screen of data is not displayed the number of points re...

Page 1182: ...be retrieved when SYSTem PRECision is ON from analog sources If the points_mode is NORMal and SYSTem PRECision is OFF the measurement record is retrieved If the points_mode is NORMal and SYSTem PRECision is ON the precision analysis record is retrieved If the points_mode is RAW the raw acquisition record is used Under some conditions this data record is unavailable If the points_mode is MAXimum wh...

Page 1183: ...y Syntax WAVeform POINts MODE The WAVeform POINts MODE query returns the current points mode Setting the points mode will affect what data is transferred See the discussion above Return Format points_mode NL points_mode NORMal MAXimum RAW See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform DATA on page 1177 ACQuire POINts ANALog on page 256 WAVeform VIEW on page 1198 WAVeform PREamble...

Page 1184: ...t NR3 xreference 32 bit NR1 yincrement 32 bit floating point NR3 yorigin 32 bit floating point NR3 yreference 32 bit NR1 format 0 for BYTE format 1 for WORD format 4 for ASCii format an integer in NR1 format format set by WAVeform FORMat type 3 for HRESolution type 2 for AVERage type 0 for NORMal type 1 for PEAK detect type an integer in NR1 format type set by ACQuire TYPE count Average count or 1...

Page 1185: ...TS int32 number of data points transferred COUNT int32 1 and is always 1 XINCREMENT float64 time difference between data points XORIGIN float64 always the first data point in memory XREFERENCE int32 specifies the data point associated with x origin YINCREMENT float32 voltage diff between data points YORIGIN float32 value is the voltage at center screen YREFERENCE int32 specifies the data point whe...

Page 1186: ...copes SCPI Programmer s Guide 32 WAVeform Commands dblXOrigin Preamble 5 lngXReference Preamble 6 sngYIncrement Preamble 7 sngYOrigin Preamble 8 lngYReference Preamble 9 See complete example programs at Chapter 40 Programming Examples starting on page 1377 ...

Page 1187: ...parately The performance improvement comes primarily when raw acquisition record data is being retrieved WAVeform POINts MODE RAW instead of the measurement record data WAVeform POINts MODE NORMal One corner case where you may want to retreive the measurement record data is when the acquired data for a segment is less than the screen resolution and the measurement record is interpolated Most often...

Page 1188: ...nt queries until the full segmented acquisition is complete The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the ACQuire MODE command The number of segments to acquire is set using the ACQuire SEGMented COUNt command and data is acquired using the DIGitize SINGle or RUN commands Return Format count an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format count set by ACQuire SEGMented COUNt See Also ACQuire M...

Page 1189: ...WAVeform SEGMented TTAG The WAVeform SEGMented TTAG query returns the time tag of the currently selected segmented memory index The index is selected using the ACQuire SEGMented INDex command Return Format time_tag in NR3 format See Also ACQuire SEGMented INDex on page 261 Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 Example Code Example Code on page 261 ...

Page 1190: ...ch segment the value returned by the WAVeform XORigin query is returned TTAG The time tag for each segment the value returned by the WAVeform SEGMented TTAG query will be returned ABSXorigin The sum of the values of the RELXorigin and TTAG types is returned for each segment This command is useful when getting the waveform data for all segments at once see WAVeform SEGMented ALL Return Format retur...

Page 1191: ...ons When the WAVeform SOURce is the serial decode bus SBUS1 or SBUS2 ASCii is the only waveform format allowed and the WAVeform DATA query returns a string with timestamps and associated bus decode information Query Syntax WAVeform SOURce The WAVeform SOURce query returns the currently selected source for the WAVeform commands Return Format source NL source CHAN n FUNC m WMEM r SBUS 1 2 n 1 to ana...

Page 1192: ...EFORM FORMAT WORD lngVSteps 65536 intBytesPerData 2 Data in range 0 to 255 myScope WriteString WAVEFORM FORMAT BYTE lngVSteps 256 intBytesPerData 1 GET_PREAMBLE The preamble block contains all of the current WAVEFORM settings It is returned in the form preamble_block NL where preamble_block is FORMAT int16 0 BYTE 1 WORD 4 ASCII TYPE int16 0 NORMAL 1 PEAK DETECT 2 AVERAGE POINTS int32 number of dat...

Page 1193: ...utput Y increment _ FormatNumber sngYIncrement 1000 mV vbCrLf strOutput strOutput Y origin _ FormatNumber sngYOrigin V vbCrLf strOutput strOutput Y reference _ CStr lngYReference vbCrLf strOutput strOutput Volts Div _ FormatNumber lngVSteps sngYIncrement 8 _ V vbCrLf strOutput strOutput Offset _ FormatNumber lngVSteps 2 lngYReference _ sngYIncrement sngYOrigin V vbCrLf strOutput strOutput Sec Div ...

Page 1194: ...or lngI 0 To UBound varQueryResult _ Step UBound varQueryResult 20 20 points If intBytesPerData 2 Then lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 256 _ varQueryResult lngI 1 16 bit value Else lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 8 bit value End If strOutput strOutput Data point _ CStr lngI intBytesPerData _ FormatNumber lngDataValue lngYReference _ sngYIncrement sngYOrigin V _ FormatNumber lngI intBytesPerData ...

Page 1195: ...s RX data RX is an alias for SUB0 When using SPI serial decode this option lets you get MISO data MISO is an alias for SUB1 The default SUB0 specifies MOSI data MOSI is an alias for SUB0 When using SENT serial decode this option lets you get SLOW data SLOW is an alias for SUB1 The default SUB0 specifies FAST data FAST is an alias for SUB0 If the WAVeform SOURce is not SBUS or the SBUS n MODE is no...

Page 1196: ...on mode associated with the currently selected waveform The acquisition mode is set by the ACQuire TYPE command Return Format mode NL mode NORM PEAK AVER HRES See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 ACQuire TYPE on page 266 WAVeform DATA on page 1177 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform SOURce on page 1191 NOTE If the WAVeform SOURce is POD1 POD2 or SBUS1 SBUS2 the type is alway...

Page 1197: ...es are sent as unsigned or signed integers This command can be used to match the instrument s internal data type to the data type used by the programming language This command has no effect if the data format is ASCii If WAVeform SOURce is set to POD1 POD2 BUS1 or BUS2 WAVeform UNSigned must be set to ON Query Syntax WAVeform UNSigned The WAVeform UNSigned query returns the status of unsigned mode...

Page 1198: ...isplay area ALL Available only when Digitizer mode is on see ACQuire DIGitizer this view specifies all the captured data which may extend beyound the edges of the oscilloscope s main waveform display area depending on the settings for sample rate memory depth and horizontal time div Query Syntax WAVeform VIEW The WAVeform VIEW query returns the view setting associated with the currently selected w...

Page 1199: ... XINCrement query returns the x increment value for the currently specified source This value is the time difference between consecutive data points in seconds Return Format value NL value x increment in the current preamble in 64 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 Example Code Example Code on page 1185 ...

Page 1200: ...ed source XORigin is the X axis value of the data point specified by the WAVeform XREFerence value In this product that is always the X axis value of the first data point XREFerence 0 Return Format value NL value x origin value in the current preamble in 64 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform XREFerence on pa...

Page 1201: ...the currently specified source This value specifies the index of the data point associated with the x origin data value In this product the x reference point is the first point displayed and XREFerence is always 0 Return Format value NL value x reference value 0 in 32 bit NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform XORigin on page 1200...

Page 1202: ...Crement query returns the y increment value in volts for the currently specified source This value is the voltage difference between consecutive data values Return Format value NL value y increment value in the current preamble in 32 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 Example Code Example Code on page 1185 ...

Page 1203: ...ly specified source This value is the Y axis value of the data value specified by the WAVeform YREFerence value For this product this is the Y axis value of the center of the screen Return Format value NL value y origin in the current preamble in 32 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform YREFerence on page 1204 ...

Page 1204: ...tly specified source This value specifies the data point value where the y origin occurs In this product this is the data point value of the center of the screen It is undefined if the format is ASCii Return Format value NL value y reference value in the current preamble in 32 bit NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1170 WAVeform PREamble on page 1184 WAVeform YORigin on ...

Page 1205: ...mmary Command Query Options and Query Returns WGEN w ARBitrary BY Teorder order see page 1210 WGEN w ARBitrary BY Teorder see page 1210 order MSBFirst LSBFirst w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA binary value value see page 1211 n a binary floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in IEEE 488 2 binary block format value floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in comma separ...

Page 1206: ...n WMEMory r FUNCtion m FFT MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w FREQuency frequency see page 1219 WGEN w FREQuency see page 1219 frequency frequency in Hz in NR3 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion signal see page 1220 WGEN w FUNCtion see page 1223 signa...

Page 1207: ...iation frequency see page 1229 WGEN w MODulation F M DEViation see page 1229 frequency frequency deviation in Hz in NR3 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F M FREQuency frequency see page 1230 WGEN w MODulation F M FREQuency see page 1230 frequency modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F SKey FREQuency percent see page 1231 WGEN w MODulation ...

Page 1208: ...R1 format WGEN w OUTPut MODE mode see page 1241 WGEN w OUTPut MODE see page 1241 mode NORMal SINGle WGEN w OUTPut POLar ity polarity see page 1242 WGEN w OUTPut POLar ity see page 1242 polarity NORMal INVerted w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w OUTPut SINGl e see page 1243 n a n a WGEN w PERiod period see page 1244 WGEN w PERiod see page 1244 period period in seconds in NR3 format w 1 to ...

Page 1209: ...mat The following is a sample response from the WGEN query In this case the query was issued following the RST command WGEN1 FUNC SIN OUTP 0 FREQ 1 0000E 03 VOLT 500 0E 03 VOLT OFFS 0 0E 00 WGEN1 OUTP LOAD ONEM WGEN w VOLTage LOW low see page 1248 WGEN w VOLTage LOW see page 1248 low low level voltage in volts in NR3 format w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format WGEN w VOLTage OFFS et offset see pag...

Page 1210: ... w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format order MSBFirst LSBFirst The WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder command selects the byte order for binary transfers Query Syntax WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder The WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder query returns the current byte order selection Return Format order NL order MSBFirst LSBFirst See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1211 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1216 ...

Page 1211: ...e Option Explicit Public myMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Private Declare Sub CopyMemory Lib kernel32 Alias RtlMoveMemory _ dest As Any _ source As Any _ ByVal bytes As Long Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the...

Page 1212: ... BYTeorder strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print WaveGen1 byte order for binary data strQueryResult DefaultArbitraryWaveform Download binary floating point values Dim mySingleArray 8 As Single mySingleArray 0 0 mySingleArray 1 0 5 mySingleArray 2 1 mySingleArray 3 0 5 mySingleArray 4 0 mySingleArray 5 0 5 mySingleArray 6 1 mySingleArray 7 0 5 Dim myByteArray 32 As Byte CopyMemory myByteArr...

Page 1213: ...1 binary 16 bit integer DAC values downloaded Sleep 5000 Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End Sub Initialize WaveGen1 to a known state Private Sub DefaultArbitraryWaveform On Error GoTo VisaComError Load default arbitrary waveform myScope WriteString WGEN1 ARBitrary DATA CLEar Debug Print WaveGen1 default arbitrary waveform loaded Sleep 5000 Exit Sub VisaComError ...

Page 1214: ...rary DATA ATTRibute POINts w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA ATTRibute POINts query returns the number of points used by the current arbitrary waveform Return Format points number of points in NR1 format See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1211 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1216 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 707 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 695 ...

Page 1215: ... w ARBitrary DATA CLEar w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA CLEar command clears the arbitrary waveform memory and loads it with the default waveform See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1211 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1216 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 707 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 695 Example Code Example Code on page 1211 ...

Page 1216: ...NR1 format binary decimal 16 bit integer values between 512 to 511 in IEEE 488 2 binary block format value decimal integer values between 512 to 511 in comma separated NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC command downloads an arbitrary waveform using 16 bit integer DAC values See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1211 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 707 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 695 Example...

Page 1217: ...een arbitrary waveform points When ON lines are drawn between points in the arbitrary waveform Voltage levels change linearly between one point and the next When OFF all line segments in the arbitrary waveform are horizontal The voltage level of one point remains until the next point Query Syntax WGEN w ARBitrary INTerpolate The WGEN w ARBitrary INTerpolate query returns the current interpolation ...

Page 1218: ...NR1 format source CHANnel n WMEMory r FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary STORe command stores the source s waveform into the arbitrary waveform memory See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1211 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1216 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 707 RECall ARBitrary STAR...

Page 1219: ...aveforms except Noise and DC the WGEN w FREQuency command specifies the frequency of the waveform You can also specify the frequency indirectly using the WGEN w PERiod command Query Syntax WGEN w FREQuency The WGEN w FREQuency query returns the currently set waveform generator frequency Return Format frequency NL frequency frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on p...

Page 1220: ...hese commands to set the sine signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 WGEN w PERiod on page 1244 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1249 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1248 100 mHz to 20 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 4 00 V SQUare Use these commands to set the square wave signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 WGEN w PERiod on page 1244 ...

Page 1221: ...ands to set the pulse signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 WGEN w PERiod on page 1244 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1249 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1248 WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh on page 1224 The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns 100 mHz to 10 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 5 00 V DC Use this command to...

Page 1222: ...49 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1248 100 mHz to 5 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 5 00 V EXPFall Use these commands to set the exponential fall signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 WGEN w PERiod on page 1244 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1249 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1248 100 mHz to 5 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 V...

Page 1223: ...OLTage on page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1249 100 mHz to 5 MHz 20 mVpp to 7 5 Vpp 2 50 V ARBitrary Use these commands to set the arbitrary signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 WGEN w PERiod on page 1244 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1246 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1249 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1247 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1248 100 mHz to 12 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 5 00 V 1 When...

Page 1224: ...n seconds in NR3 format For Pulse waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh command specifies the width of the pulse The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh The WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh query returns the currently set pulse width Return Format width NL width pulse width in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w...

Page 1225: ...in NR1 format For Ramp waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry command specifies the symmetry of the waveform Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry The WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry query returns the currently set ramp symmetry Return Format percent NL percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format ...

Page 1226: ... in NR1 format For Square waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle command specifies the square wave duty cycle Duty cycle is the percentage of the period that the waveform is high Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle The WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle query returns the currently set square wave duty cycle Return Format percent NL percent duty cycle percentage from 20 to 80 in NR1 format S...

Page 1227: ...y from 10 to 90 90 10 80 of the original amplitude as the modulating signal goes from its minimum to maximum amplitude Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh The WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh query returns the AM depth percentage setting Return Format percent NL percent AM depth percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation...

Page 1228: ...w MODulation AM FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency query returns the frequency of the modulating signal Return Format frequency NL frequency modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1229 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1230 WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1231 WGEN w MODulati...

Page 1229: ...e frequency deviation cannot be greater than the original carrier signal frequency Also the sum of the original carrier signal frequency and the frequency deviation must be less than or equal to the maximum frequency for the selected waveform generator function plus 100 kHz Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation The WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation query returns the frequency deviation setting ...

Page 1230: ...w MODulation FM FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency query returns the frequency of the modulating signal Return Format frequency NL frequency modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1229 WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1231 WGEN w MODulati...

Page 1231: ...ncy and this hop frequency Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency query returns the hop frequency setting Return Format frequency NL frequency hop frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1229 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1...

Page 1232: ... wave modulating signal Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE The WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE query returns the FSK rate setting Return Format rate NL rate FSK modulation rate in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1229 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1230 WGEN w MODulation ...

Page 1233: ... SYMMetry command This command applies to AM and FM modulation The FSK modulation signal is a square wave shape Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion The WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion query returns the specified modulating signal shape Return Format shape NL shape SIN SQU RAMP See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation...

Page 1234: ...pecified with the WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion command Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry The WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry query returns ramp symmetry percentage setting Return Format percent NL percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViat...

Page 1235: ...ed noise is limited to the regular amplitude limit for example 5 Vpp in 1 MOhm so the range for percent varies according to current amplitude Note that adding noise affects edge triggering on the waveform generator source as well as the waveform generator sync pulse output signal which can be sent to TRIG OUT This is because the trigger comparator is located after the noise source Query Syntax WGE...

Page 1236: ...DC and noise Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation STATe The WGEN w MODulation STATe query returns whether the modulated waveform generator output is enabled of disabled Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1227 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1228 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1229 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1230 WGEN w MODulation F...

Page 1237: ... the WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency command to set the modulating signal frequency Use the WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation command to specify the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal frequency FSK frequency shift keying modulation the output frequency shifts between the original carrier frequency and a hop frequency at the specified FSK rate The FSK rate specifies a digital square w...

Page 1238: ...SCPI Programmer s Guide 33 WGEN w Commands WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1231 WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE on page 1232 WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion on page 1233 WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry on page 1234 WGEN w MODulation STATe on page 1236 ...

Page 1239: ..._off w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The WGEN w OUTPut command specifies whether the waveform generator signal output is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut The WGEN w OUTPut query returns the current state of the waveform generator output setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1209 ...

Page 1240: ...impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms However the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut LOAD The WGEN w OUTPut LOAD query returns the current expec...

Page 1241: ...e defined waveform is output continuously or as a single cycle single shot NORMal the defined waveform is output continuously SINGle one cycle of the defined waveform is output when you send the WGEN w OUTPut SINGle command Not all waveform types allow single shot output Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut MODE The WGEN w OUTPut MODE query returns the output mode setting Return Format mode NL mode NORMal S...

Page 1242: ...rity polarity w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format polarity NORMal INVerted The WGEN w OUTPut POLarity command specifies whether the waveform generator output is inverted Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut POLarity The WGEN w OUTPut POLarity query returns the specified output polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity NORM INV See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1209 ...

Page 1243: ...and Syntax WGEN w OUTPut SINGle When the single shot output mode is selected by the WGEN w OUTPut MODE command the WGEN w OUTPut SINGle command causes a single cycle of the defined waveform to be output Sending this command multiple times will interrupt a slow signal output before the cycle is completed See Also WGEN w OUTPut MODE on page 1241 ...

Page 1244: ...l waveforms except Noise and DC the WGEN w PERiod command specifies the period of the waveform You can also specify the period indirectly using the WGEN w FREQuency command Query Syntax WGEN w PERiod The WGEN w PERiod query returns the currently set waveform generator period Return Format period NL period period in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1209 WGEN w ...

Page 1245: ...w RST see page 1368 Command Syntax WGEN w RST w 1 to WaveGen outputs in NR1 format The WGEN w RST command restores the waveform generator factory default settings 1 kHz sine wave 500 mVpp 0 V offset See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1209 WGEN w FUNCtion on page 1220 WGEN w FREQuency on page 1219 ...

Page 1246: ...amplitude and offset indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage HIGH and WGEN w VOLTage LOW commands For example an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage The WGEN w VOLTage query returns the currently specified waveform amplitude Return Format amplitude NL amplitude amplitude in volts in NR3 format See A...

Page 1247: ...evel and low level voltages indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage and WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet commands For example a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V is the same as an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage HIGH The WGEN w VOLTage HIGH query returns the currently specified waveform high level voltage Return Format high NL high high level voltage in vo...

Page 1248: ...evel and low level voltages indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage and WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet commands For example a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V is the same as an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage LOW The WGEN w VOLTage LOW query returns the currently specified waveform low level voltage Return Format low NL low low level voltage in volts in...

Page 1249: ...and offset indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage HIGH and WGEN w VOLTage LOW commands For example an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet The WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet query returns the currently specified waveform offset voltage Return Format offset NL offset offset in volts in NR3 format See A...

Page 1250: ...1250 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 33 WGEN w Commands ...

Page 1251: ...mat 0 1 WMEMory r LABel string see page 1255 WMEMory r LABel see page 1255 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format string any series of 10 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks WMEMory r SAVE source see page 1256 n a r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 to math functions in NR1 format NOTE Math functions whose x ax...

Page 1252: ... format suffix V mV WMEMory r YRANge range suffix see page 1259 WMEMory r YRANge see page 1259 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V mV WMEMory r YSCale scale suffix see page 1260 WMEMory r YSCale see page 1260 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format scale vertical units per division value in NR3 format suffix V mV Table 146 WMEMory r Commands S...

Page 1253: ...de 1253 WMEMory r CLEar see page 1368 Command Syntax WMEMory r CLEar r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The WMEMory r CLEar command clears the specified reference waveform location See Also Chapter 34 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1251 WMEMory r SAVE on page 1256 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 ...

Page 1254: ...orm on or off There are two reference waveform locations but only one reference waveform can be displayed at a time That means if WMEMory1 DISPlay is ON sending the WMEMory2 DISPlay ON command will automatically set WMEMory1 DISPlay OFF Query Syntax WMEMory r DISPlay The WMEMory r DISPlay query returns the current display setting for the reference waveform Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Al...

Page 1255: ...o adds the name to the label list in non volatile memory replacing the oldest label in the list Query Syntax WMEMory r LABel The WMEMory r LABel query returns the label associated with a particular reference waveform Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string See Also Chapter 34 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1251 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or ...

Page 1256: ... SAVE command copies the analog channel or math function waveform to the specified reference waveform location Reference waveforms are limited to 64K points If necessary decimation of the source waveform will occur during the save See Also Chapter 34 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1251 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 NOTE Math functions whose x axis is not frequency can be saved as reference w...

Page 1257: ...e WMEMory r SKEW command sets the skew factor for the specified reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r SKEW The WMEMory r SKEW query returns the current skew setting for the selected reference waveform Return Format skew NL skew time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Chapter 34 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1251 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1254 WMEMory r YOFFset on page 1258 WMEMory r YRANg...

Page 1258: ...ith the value set by the WMEMory r YRANge or WMEMory r YSCale commands If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Legal values are affected by the probe attenuation setting Query Syntax WMEMory r YOFFset The WMEMory r YOFFset query returns the current offset value for the selected reference waveform Return Format off...

Page 1259: ...aveform Legal values for the range are copied from the original source waveform that is the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r YRANge The WMEMory r YRANge query returns the current full scale range setting for the specified reference waveform Return Format range NL range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format See...

Page 1260: ...ference waveform Legal values for the scale are copied from the original source waveform that is the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r YSCale The WMEMory r YSCale query returns the current scale setting for the specified reference waveform Return Format scale NL scale vertical units per division in NR3 format See Also ...

Page 1261: ...n BWLimit see page 285 ANALog n COUPling CHANnel n COUPling see page 286 ANALog n INVert CHANnel n INVert see page 289 ANALog n LABel CHANnel n LABel see page 290 ANALog n OFFSet CHANnel n OFFSet see page 291 ANALog n PROBe CHANnel n PROBe see page 292 ANALog n PMODe none ANALog n RANGe CHANnel n RANGe see page 301 CHANnel LABel see page 1267 CHANnel n LABel see page 290 use CHANnel n LABel for an...

Page 1262: ...e page 1276 FUNCtion1 SOURce2 see page 410 GOFT maps to FUNCtion1 FUNCtion SOURce see page 1277 FUNCtion SOURce1 see page 408 Obsolete command has ADD SUBTract and MULTiply parameters current command has GOFT parameter FUNCtion VIEW see page 1278 FUNCtion DISPlay see page 379 MEASure LOWer see page 1279 MEASure DEFine THResholds see page 467 MEASure DEFine THResholds can define absolute values or ...

Page 1263: ...ee page 530 With MEASure YATX there is a command for installing the measurement on the oscilloscope s display MEASure VTIMe had no command only a query MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe see page 1293 SAVE MASK STARt see page 715 MTESt AVERage see page 1294 ACQuire TYPE AVERage see page 266 MTESt AVERage COUNt see page 1295 ACQuire COUNt see page 252 MTESt LOAD see page 1296 RECall MASK STARt see page 699 MTE...

Page 1264: ...w SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinitio n see page 1302 none SYSTem MENU see page 1303 DISPlay MENU see page 338 No change in behavior TRIGger TV TVMode see page 1305 TRIGger TV MODE see page 1152 Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments ASTore DISPlay PERSistence INFinite see page 340 CHANnel MATH FUNCtion OPERation see page 4...

Page 1265: ...ion ON OFf ON see page 666 POWer SIGNals DURation RIP Ple see page 667 POWer SIGNals DURation TRA Nsient see page 668 This command was separated into several other commands for specific types of power analysis POWer SIGNals VMAXimum POWer SIGNals VMAXimum IN Rush see page 671 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum O NOFf OFF see page 672 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum O NOFf ON see page 673 This command was separated int...

Page 1266: ...er EVENt none The Power Event Event Register does not exist in the M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes SYSTem KEY none TEST ALL TST Self Test see page 205 TRACE subsystem none All commands discontinued feature not available TRIGger ADVanced subsystem Use new GLITch PATTern or TV trigger modes TRIGger TV FIELd TRIGger TV MODE see page 1152 TRIGger TV TVHFrej TRIGger TV VIR none TRIGger USB SOURce DMINu...

Page 1267: ...HANnel LABel command sets the source text to the string that follows Setting a channel will also result in the name being added to the label list Query Syntax CHANnel LABel The CHANnel LABel query returns the label associated with a particular analog channel Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string NOTE The CHANnel LABel command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previo...

Page 1268: ...loscope s analog probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channel 1 and channel 2 Query Syntax CHANnel2 SKEW The CHANnel2 SKEW query returns the current probe skew setting for the selected channel Return Format skew value NL skew value skew value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 283 NOTE The CHANnel2 SKEW command is an obsolete command provided for c...

Page 1269: ...and selects the input impedance setting for the specified channel The legal values for this command are ONEMeg 1 MΩ and FIFTy 50Ω Query Syntax CHANnel n INPut The CHANnel n INPut query returns the current input impedance setting for the specified channel Return Format impedance value NL impedance value ONEM FIFT NOTE The CHANnel n INPut command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to ...

Page 1270: ... If a probe with sense is connected to the specified channel auto sensing is enabled otherwise the mode is manual If the PMODe sent matches the oscilloscope s setting the command will be accepted Otherwise a setting conflict error is generated Query Syntax CHANnel n PMODe The CHANnel n PMODe query returns AUT if an autosense probe is attached and MAN otherwise Return Format pmode value NL pmode va...

Page 1271: ...re turned on the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points When vectors are turned off only the sampled data is displayed Query Syntax DISPlay CONNect The DISPlay CONNect query returns the current state of the vectors setting Return Format connect NL connect 1 0 See Also DISPlay VECTors on page 342 NOTE The DISPlay CONNect command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility ...

Page 1272: ...er s Guide 35 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands ERASe see page 1368 Command Syntax ERASe The ERASe command erases the screen NOTE The ERASe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the DISplay CLEar command see page 330 instead ...

Page 1273: ...ense is connected to the specified channel auto sensing is enabled otherwise the mode is manual If the pmode sent matches the oscilloscope s setting the command will be accepted Otherwise a setting conflict error is generated Query Syntax EXTernal PMODe The EXTernal PMODe query returns AUT if an autosense probe is attached and MAN otherwise Return Format pmode value NL pmode value AUT MAN NOTE The...

Page 1274: ...n GOFT OPERation operation operation ADD SUBTract MULTiply The FUNCtion GOFT OPERation command sets the math operation for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available ADD Source1 source2 SUBTract Source1 source2 MULTiply Source1 source2 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 and FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 commands are used to select source1 and source2 ...

Page 1275: ...mand selects the first input channel for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available Query Syntax FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 query returns the current selection for the first input channel for the g t source Return Format value NL value CHAN n n 1 2 3 4 for the 4ch models n 1 2 for the 2ch models See Also Introduction to FUNCtion ...

Page 1276: ...command selects the second input channel for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available Query Syntax FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 query returns the current selection for the second input channel for the g t source Return Format value NL value CHAN n n 1 2 3 4 for 4ch models n 1 2 for 2ch models See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m C...

Page 1277: ...OURce command selects the source for function operations Choose CHANnel n or ADD SUBT or MULT to specify the desired source for function DIFF differentiate INTegrate and FFT operations specified by the FUNCtion OPERation command Query Syntax FUNCtion SOURce The FUNCtion SOURce query returns the current source for function operations Return Format value NL value CHAN n ADD SUBT MULT n 1 to analog c...

Page 1278: ...ion on or off When ON is selected the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands When OFF is selected function is neither calculated nor displayed Query Syntax FUNCtion VIEW The FUNCtion VIEW query returns the current state of the selected function Return Format view NL view 1 0 NOTE The FUNCtion VIEW command is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Us...

Page 1279: ...tage when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Query Syntax MEASure LOWer The MEASure LOWer query returns the current lower threshold level Return Format voltage NL voltage the user defined lower threshold in volts in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure THResholds on page 1282 MEASure UPPer on page 1288 NOTE The MEASure...

Page 1280: ...ands MEASure SCRatch see page 1368 Command Syntax MEASure SCRatch The MEASure SCRatch command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen NOTE The MEASure SCRatch command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the MEASure CLEar command see page 465 instead ...

Page 1281: ...ure TDELta query is received by the oscilloscope The delta time value that is output is the current value This is the same value as the front panel cursors delta X value Return Format value NL value time difference between start and stop markers in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Pos...

Page 1282: ... selected when making time measurements Return Format T1090 T2080 VOLTage NL T1090 uses the 10 and 90 levels of the selected waveform T2080 uses the 20 and 80 levels of the selected waveform VOLTage uses the upper and lower voltage thresholds set by the UPPer and LOWer commands on the selected waveform See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure LOWer on page 1279 MEASure UPPer o...

Page 1283: ...d the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure TMAX source The MEASure TMAX query returns the horizontal axis value at which the maximum vertical value occurs on the current source If the optional source is specified the current source is modified Return Format value NL value time at maximum in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure TMIN on page 1284 MEASur...

Page 1284: ...d the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure TMIN source The MEASure TMIN query returns the horizontal axis value at which the minimum vertical value occurs on the current source If the optional source is specified the current source is modified Return Format value NL value time at minimum in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure TMAX on page 1283 MEASur...

Page 1285: ...value time at the start marker in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Position on page 430 MARKer XDELta on page 432 MEASure TDELta on page 1281 MEASure TSTOp on page 1286 NOTE The short form of this command TSTA does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules see pa...

Page 1286: ...ue time at the stop marker in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer X1Position on page 427 MARKer X2Position on page 430 MARKer XDELta on page 432 MEASure TDELta on page 1281 MEASure TSTArt on page 1285 NOTE The short form of this command TSTO does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules see page ...

Page 1287: ...a negative voltage use a minus sign The sign of the slope selects a rising or falling edge If no sign is specified for the slope it is assumed to be the rising edge The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported For example 3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses the specified voltage level in the positive direction Once this voltage crossing is found the ...

Page 1288: ...ercentage when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Query Syntax MEASure UPPer The MEASure UPPer query returns the current upper threshold level Return Format value NL value the user defined upper threshold in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MEASure LOWer on page 1279 MEASure THResholds on page 1282 NOTE The MEASure UPPer c...

Page 1289: ...ue that is returned is the current value This is the same value as the front panel cursors delta Y value VDELta value at marker 2 value at marker 1 Return Format value NL value delta V value in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer Y1Position on page 436 MARKer Y2Position on page 438 MARKer YDELta on page 439 MEASure TDE...

Page 1290: ...voltage at voltage marker 1 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer Y1Position on page 436 MARKer Y2Position on page 438 MARKer YDELta on page 439 MARKer X1Y1source on page 428 MEASure SOURce on page 505 MEASure TDELta on page 1281 MEASure TSTArt on page 1285 NOTE The short form of this command VSTA does not follow the ...

Page 1291: ...ue of the Y2 cursor in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 423 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 459 MARKer Y1Position on page 436 MARKer Y2Position on page 438 MARKer YDELta on page 439 MARKer X2Y2source on page 431 MEASure SOURce on page 505 MEASure TDELta on page 1281 MEASure TSTArt on page 1285 NOTE The short form of this command VSTO does not follow the defined ...

Page 1292: ...tical value at a specified horizontal value on the source specified see also MEASure SOURce The specified horizontal value must be on the screen when it is a time value it is referenced to the trigger event If the optional source parameter is specified the measurement source is modified Return Format value NL value vertical value at the specified horizontal location in NR3 format See Also Introduc...

Page 1293: ...mask has not been generated an error occurs The filename parameter is an MS DOS compatible name of the file a maximum of 254 characters long including the path name if used The filename assumes the present working directory if a path does not precede the file name See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 NOTE The MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe command is obsolete and is provided for backward co...

Page 1294: ... time bucket and averages them When OFF averaging is disabled To set the number of averages use the MTESt AVERage COUNt command described next Query Syntax MTESt AVERage The MTESt AVERage query returns the current setting for averaging Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AVERage COUNt on page 1295 NOTE The MTESt AVERage command is obsolete a...

Page 1295: ...COUNt command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket Query Syntax MTESt AVERage COUNt The MTESt AVERage COUNt query returns the currently selected count value Return Format count NL count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AVERage on pa...

Page 1296: ...ads the specified mask file The filename parameter is an MS DOS compatible name of the file a maximum of 254 characters long including the path name if used See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe on page 1293 NOTE The MTESt LOAD command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the RECall MASK STARt command see page 699...

Page 1297: ...e seconds parameter is a real number from 1 to 86400 seconds WAVeforms sets the maximum number of waveforms that are required before the mask test terminates The wfm_count parameter indicates the number of waveforms that are to be acquired it is an integer from 1 to 1 000 000 000 Query Syntax MTESt RUMode The MTESt RUMode query returns the currently selected termination condition and value Return ...

Page 1298: ...test is run and a mask violation is detected the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped Query Syntax MTESt RUMode SOFailure The MTESt RUMode SOFailure query returns the current state of the Stop on Failure control Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 MTESt RUMode on page 1297 NOTE The MTESt RUMode SOFailure command is obsolete a...

Page 1299: ...8 Command Syntax MTESt STARt STOP The MTESt STARt STOP command starts or stops the acquisition system See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 NOTE The MTESt STARt and MTESt STOP commands are obsolete and are provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the RUN command see page 239 and STOP command see page 243 instead ...

Page 1300: ...t TRIGger SOURce command sets the channel to use as the trigger Query Syntax MTESt TRIGger SOURce The MTESt TRIGger SOURce query returns the currently selected trigger source Return Format source CHAN n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 557 NOTE The MTESt TRIGger SOURce command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous osc...

Page 1301: ...selected image area When saving images this query returns SCR screen When saving setups or waveform data this query returns GRAT graticule even though graticule images are not saved Return Format area NL area GRAT SCR See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 706 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 709 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 710 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 711 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 712 SAVE IMAG...

Page 1302: ...minant low signals LIN the actual LIN single end bus signal line RX the Receive signal from the LIN bus transceiver TX the Transmit signal to the LIN bus transceiver Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition The SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition query returns the current LIN signal type Return Format value NL value LIN See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 1063 TRIGger MODE on page 1076 SBU...

Page 1303: ...ysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 1303 SYSTem MENU see page 1368 Command Syntax SYSTem MENU menu menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POWer The SYSTem MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu ...

Page 1304: ...reference point is set with the TIMebase REFerence command see page 1055 Query Syntax TIMebase DELay The TIMebase DELay query returns the current delay value Return Format delay_value NL delay_value time from trigger to display reference in seconds in NR3 format Example Code TIMEBASE_DELAY Sets the time base delay This delay is the internal time between the trigger event and the onscreen delay ref...

Page 1305: ... LALTernate parameter is not available when TRIGger TV STANdard is GENeric see page 1155 Old forms for mode are accepted Query Syntax TRIGger TV TVMode The TRIGger TV TVMode query returns the TV trigger mode Return Format value NL value FIE1 FIE2 AFI ALIN LINE VERT LFI1 LFI2 LALT LVER mode Old Forms Accepted FIEld1 F1 FIEld2 F2 AFIeld ALLFields ALLFLDS ALINes ALLLines LFIeld1 LINEF1 LINEFIELD1 LFI...

Page 1306: ...1306 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 35 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands ...

Page 1307: ...opes SCPI Programmer s Guide 36 Error Messages 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response 430 Query DEADLOCKED 420 Query UNTERMINATED 410 Query INTERRUPTED 400 Query error 340 Calibration failed 330 Self test failed 321 Out of memory 320 Storage fault ...

Page 1308: ...uration memory lost 314 Save recall memory lost 313 Calibration memory lost 311 Memory error 310 System error 300 Device specific error 278 Macro header not found 277 Macro redefinition not allowed 276 Macro recursion error 273 Illegal macro label 272 Macro execution error 258 Media protected 257 File name error ...

Page 1309: ...ound 255 Directory full 254 Media full 253 Corrupt media 252 Missing media 251 Missing mass storage 250 Mass storage error 241 Hardware missing This message can occur when a feature is unavailable or unlicensed 240 Hardware error 231 Data questionable 230 Data corrupt or stale 224 Illegal parameter value 223 Too much data ...

Page 1310: ... range 221 Settings conflict 220 Parameter error 200 Execution error 183 Invalid inside macro definition 181 Invalid outside macro definition 178 Expression data not allowed 171 Invalid expression 170 Expression error 168 Block data not allowed 161 Invalid block data 158 String data not allowed 151 Invalid string data ...

Page 1311: ... data error 148 Character data not allowed 138 Suffix not allowed 134 Suffix too long 131 Invalid suffix 128 Numeric data not allowed 124 Too many digits 123 Exponent too large 121 Invalid character in number 120 Numeric data error 114 Header suffix out of range 113 Undefined header 112 Program mnemonic too long ...

Page 1312: ...de 36 Error Messages 109 Missing parameter 108 Parameter not allowed 105 GET not allowed 104 Data type error 103 Invalid separator 102 Syntax error 101 Invalid character 100 Command error 10 Software Fault Occurred 100 File Exists 101 End Of File Found 102 Read Error 103 Write Error ...

Page 1313: ... 106 Print Initialization Failed 107 Invalid Trace File 108 Compression Error 109 No Data For Operation A remote operation wants some information but there is no information available For example you may request a stored TIFF image using the DISPlay DATA query but there may be no image stored 112 Unknown File Type 113 Directory Not Supported ...

Page 1314: ...1314 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 36 Error Messages ...

Page 1315: ...er HWERegister CONDition 1335 Mask Test Event Event Register MTERegister EVENt 1336 Clearing Registers and Queues 1337 Status Reporting Decision Chart 1338 Example Checking for Armed Status 1339 IEEE 488 2 defines data structures commands and common bit definitions for status reporting for example the Status Byte Register and the Standard Event Status Register There are also instrument defined str...

Page 1316: ...et if any enabled bit in the event register is set The events are enabled with the corresponding event enable register Events captured by an event register remain set until the register is read or cleared Registers are read with their associated commands The CLS command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue If you send CLS immediately after a program message terminator ...

Page 1317: ...Event Condition Register HWEenable HWEenable Hardware Event Enable MASK Register HWERegister EVENt Hardware Event Event Register MTEenable MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable MASK Register MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 OR 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 Chan2 OVL Chan1 OVL Chan3 OVL Chan4 OVL Ext Trig OVL Chan2 Fault Chan1 Fault Chan3 Fault Chan4 Fault Ext Trig Fault 1 0 2 3 ...

Page 1318: ...4 5 6 7 OPER TRG MAV ESB RQS MSS TRG Reg TER Trigger Event Register SRE SRE Service Request Enable Mask Register STB Status Byte Register Outp ut Queue SRQ ESR Standard Event Status Register ESE ESE Standard Event Status Enable Mask Register PON URQ EXE DDE QYE RQL OPC CME OVLR USR MSG OR 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 OR 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 Se rvice Requ est OR Wait Trig Run OPERegister EVENt ...

Page 1319: ...summary bit the bits must be enabled These bits are enabled by using the ESE common command to set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register To generate a service request SRQ interrupt to an external controller at least one bit in the Status Byte Register must be enabled These bits are enabled by using the SRE common command to set the corresponding bit in the Service Requ...

Page 1320: ...on the SRQ interrupt The value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are set at the present time The use of bit 6 can be confusing This bit was defined to cover all possible computer interfaces including a computer that could not do a serial poll The important point to remember is that if you are using an SRQ interrupt to an external computer the serial poll command clears bit ...

Page 1321: ...scilloscope s Status Byte Register varQueryResult myScope IO ReadSTB MsgBox Status Byte Register Serial Poll 0x Hex varQueryResult See Also STB Read Status Byte on page 202 NOTE Use Serial Polling to Read Status Byte Register Serial polling is the preferred method to read the contents of the Status Byte Register because it resets bit 6 and allows the next enabled event that occurs to generate a ne...

Page 1322: ...RE command and the bits that are set are read with the SRE query Example The following example sets bit 4 MAV and bit 5 ESB in the Service Request Enable Register myScope WriteString SRE CStr CInt H30 This example uses the decimal parameter value of 48 the string returned by CStr CInt H30 to enable the oscilloscope to generate an SRQ interrupt under the following conditions When one or more bytes ...

Page 1323: ... The TER event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register or using the CLS command If your application needs to detect multiple triggers the TER event register must be cleared after each one If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller operation you must clear the event register each time the trigger bit is set See Also TER Trigger Event Register on...

Page 1324: ...e generated by certain instrument commands and queries The output queue generates the Message Available summary bit when the output queue contains one or more bytes This summary bit sets the MAV bit bit 4 in the Status Byte Register When using the Keysight VISA COM library the output queue may be read with the FormattedIO488 object s ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock methods ...

Page 1325: ... 1325 Message Queue The message queue contains the text of the last message written to the advisory line on the screen of the oscilloscope The length of the oscilloscope s message queue is 1 Note that messages sent with the SYSTem DSP command do not set the MSG status bit in the Status Byte Register ...

Page 1326: ...vent Status Enable Register the bits set in this register generate a summary bit to set bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register You can read the contents of the Standard Event Status Register and clear the register by sending the ESR query The value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are set at the present time Example The following example uses the ESR query to read the conte...

Page 1327: ... can enable any of these bits to generate the summary bit by sending myScope WriteString ESE CStr CInt H3C Whenever an error occurs it sets one of these bits in the Standard Event Status Register Because all the error related bits are enabled a summary bit is generated to set bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register If bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register is enabled via the SRE command an SRQ servic...

Page 1328: ... error is discarded The length of the oscilloscope s error queue is 30 29 positions for the error messages and 1 position for the Queue overflow message The error queue is read with the SYSTem ERRor query Executing this query reads and removes the oldest error from the head of the queue which opens a position at the tail of the queue for a new error When all the errors have been read from the queu...

Page 1329: ...rs are returned The status model is the only part of the remote user interface that is enabled To determine when the remote interface is re enabled you can read this bit or wait for the event that gets generated when its status goes from disabled to enabled WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed MTE bit bit 9 Comes from the Mask Test ...

Page 1330: ...bits are set the OPER bit bit 7 of the Status Byte Register is set The Operation Status Event Register is read and cleared with the OPERegister EVENt query The register output is enabled or disabled using the mask value supplied with the OPEE command See Also OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 232 ...

Page 1331: ...d commands or queries are accepted but settings conflict errors are returned The status model is the only part of the remote user interface that is enabled To determine when the remote interface is re enabled you can read this bit or wait for the event that gets generated when its status goes from disabled to enabled WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that...

Page 1332: ... becomes armed The ARM event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the AER query or using the CLS command If your application needs to detect multiple triggers the ARM event register must be cleared after each one If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller operation when the trigger bit is set then you must clear the event register after...

Page 1333: ...t 1 Overload has occurred on Channel 2 input Channel 3 OVL bit 2 Overload has occurred on Channel 3 input Channel 4 OVL bit 3 Overload has occurred on Channel 4 input External Trigger OVL bit 4 Overload has occurred on External Trigger input Channel 1 Fault bit 6 Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input Channel 2 Fault bit 7 Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input Channel 3 Fault bit 8 Fault has occurr...

Page 1334: ...er s Guide 37 Status Reporting Hardware Event Event Register HWERegister EVENt This register hosts the PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 The PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 is for internal use and is not intended for general use See Also HWERegister EVENt Hardware Event Event Register on page 222 ...

Page 1335: ...n Register HWERegister CONDition This register hosts the PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 The HWERegister CONDition query returns the value of the Hardware Event Condition Register The PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 is for internal use and is not intended for general use See Also HWERegister CONDition Hardware Event Condition Register on page 221 ...

Page 1336: ...VENt query returns the value of and clears the Mask Test Event Event Register See Also MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register on page 225 Name Location Description Complete bit 0 Is set when the mask test is complete Fail bit 1 Is set when there is a mask test failure Started bit 8 Is set when mask testing is started Pass bit 9 Is set when the mask test passes Auto Mask bit 10 Is set whe...

Page 1337: ...PI Programmer s Guide 1337 Clearing Registers and Queues The CLS common command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue If CLS is sent immediately after a program message terminator the output queue is also cleared See Also CLS Clear Status on page 185 ...

Page 1338: ...te Register and send an SRQ to the computer If events are monitored by the Standard Event Status Register also enable ESB with the SRE command Activate the instrument function that you want to monitor When an interrupt occurs interrupt handler should serial poll STB with varR myScope IO ReadSTB END To read the Status Byte Register use the following myScope WriteString STB varR myScope ReadNumber M...

Page 1339: ...0 INSTR GLOBAL_TOUT 20000 IO timeout in milliseconds Method 1 Query the Armed Event Register with AER This method reads the 1 bit Armed Event Register using the AER query The Armed Event Register bit goes low 0 when it is read using AER or when a CLS command is issued def method_1 Stop the oscilloscope KsInfiniiVisionX query STOP OPC Method 1 Initiate capture using SINGle print Acquiring signal Me...

Page 1340: ... the Status Byte bits CAUTION The oscilloscope s status registers are not updated until the DIGitize completes So while the ARM may go true midway through the DIGitize it does not get reported to the status model until the DIGitize completes and therefore the STB does not reflect it as true until the DIGitize completes def method_2 Stop the oscilloscope KsInfiniiVisionX query STOP OPC Method 2 Ini...

Page 1341: ...s Event Register with OPER This method reads the Operation Status Event Register s Wait Trig bit bit 5 using the OPER query The Operation Status Event Register bits are cleared 0 when the register is read Also the Wait Trig bit does NOT go low 0 when the oscilloscope becomes unarmed by starting or stopping another acquisition before the first one finishes or by changing the time scale The Wait Tri...

Page 1342: ...ER ARMED_STATUS STATUS_REGISTER ARM_MASK print Oscilloscope is armed method 3 using OPER query print It took str time clock now seconds to arm n Main Connect and initialize oscilloscope Define VISA Resource Manager Install directory rm visa ResourceManager C Windows System32 agvisa32 dll Define and open the oscilloscope using the VISA address KsInfiniiVisionX rm open_resource VISA_ADDRESS Set the ...

Page 1343: ...e middle 5s to arm KsInfiniiVisionX write TIMebase RANGe 10 Prevent Auto trigger KsInfiniiVisionX write TRIGger SWEep NORMal Use the three methods to check whether the oscilloscope is armed method_1 method_2 method_3 End of Script KsInfiniiVisionX clear Clear communications interface KsInfiniiVisionX close Close communications interface print All done ...

Page 1344: ...eration Complete using OPER query This method reads the Operation Status Register s IOC bit bit 13 using the OPER query The Operation Status Event Register bits are cleared 0 when the register is read All status bits are cleared by a CLS command def wait_io_operation now time clock Define bit masks for the Operation Status Event Register IOC_BIT 13 1 leftshift 13 8192 bit 13 in the Operation Statu...

Page 1345: ...Resource Manager Install directory rm visa ResourceManager C Windows System32 agvisa32 dll Define and open the oscilloscope using the VISA address KsInfiniiVisionX rm open_resource VISA_ADDRESS Set the Global Timeout KsInfiniiVisionX timeout GLOBAL_TOUT Clear the instrument bus KsInfiniiVisionX clear Reset the oscilloscope KsInfiniiVisionX write RST Or comment out to use the current oscilloscope s...

Page 1346: ...iiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 37 Status Reporting End of Script KsInfiniiVisionX clear Clear communications interface KsInfiniiVisionX close Close communications interface print All done ...

Page 1347: ...ly controlling an oscilloscope with programming commands it is often necessary to know when the oscilloscope has finished the previous operation and is ready for the next command The most common example is when an acquisition is started using the DIGitize RUN or SINGle commands Before a measurement result can be queried the acquisition must complete Too often fixed delays are used to accomplish th...

Page 1348: ...y Retrieve Results Once the acquisition is complete it is safe to retrieve measurements and statistics NOTE It is not necessary to use OPC hard coded waits or status checking when setting up the oscilloscope After the oscilloscope is configured it is ready for an acquisition Blocking Wait Polling Wait Use When You know the oscilloscope will trigger based on the oscilloscope setup and device under ...

Page 1349: ...ng Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface Set up myScope WriteString TRIGger MODE EDGE myScope WriteString TRIGger EDGE LEVel 2 myScope WriteString TIMebase SCALe 5e 8 Acquire myScope WriteStr...

Page 1350: ...VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface Set up Set up the trigger and horizontal scale myScope WriteString TRIGger MODE EDGE myScope WriteString TRIGger EDGE LEVel 2 myScope WriteString TIMebase SCALe 5e 8 Stop acquisitions and wait for the operation to complete myScope Write...

Page 1351: ... Sleep 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get results If lngElapsed lngTimeout Then myScope WriteString MEASure RISetime myScope WriteString MEASure RISetime varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read risetime Debug Print Risetime _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 1000000000 1 ns Else Debug Print Timeout waiting for single shot trigger End If Exit Sub VisaCom...

Page 1352: ...yMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130...

Page 1353: ...illisecs to wait for single shot Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout 10000 10 seconds lngElapsed 0 Do While lngElapsed lngTimeout myScope WriteString OPERegister CONDition varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Mask RUN bit bit 3 H8 If varQueryResult And H8 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get results If lngElapsed lngTimeout Then...

Page 1354: ...sult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface myScope IO Timeout 5000 Set up Set up...

Page 1355: ... register STB from Standard Event Status register ESR is set STB can be read during DIGitize without generating a timeout Do Sleep 4000 Poll more often than the timeout setting varQueryResult myScope IO ReadSTB Loop While varQueryResult And H20 0 Clear ESR and restore previously saved ESE mask myScope WriteString ESR Clear ESR by reading it varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber myScope WriteString ESE...

Page 1356: ...or the given setup it cannot know when a trigger event will occur Thus you must still set this value This time is in addition to the calculated minimum timeout so if an oscilloscope might take say 1 us to arm and acquire data the signal might take 100 seconds before it occurs this accounts for that The SCOPE_ACQUISITION_TIME_OUT calculation pads this by 1 1 TIME_BETWEEN_TRIGGERS 0 025 Time in seco...

Page 1357: ...rate acquisition times than with a polling method Works best for segmented memory if any post processing is done on the oscilloscope for example measurements lister math as this does not come back until the processing is all done In this scenario DIGitize does not reduce the sample rate or memory depth Drawbacks of this method Usually does not fill acquisition memory to the maximum available usual...

Page 1358: ...IGitize OPC print Signal acquired n The Signal acquired message will be written after the acquisition and processing is complete The OPC query is appended to DIGitize with a semi colon which essentially ties it to the same thread in the parser It is immediately dealt with once DIGitize finishes and gives a 1 back to the program whether the program uses it or not allowing the program to move on Oth...

Page 1359: ...ack with a one print Signal acquired Reset timeout back to what it was GLOBAL_TOUT KsInfiniiVisionX timeout GLOBAL_TOUT Catch a possible timeout and exit except Exception print The acquisition timed out most likely due to no trigger or improper setup causing no trigger Properly closing the oscilloscope connection and exiting script n KsInfiniiVisionX clear Clear communications interface A device c...

Page 1360: ...uisition is done At least 200 ms is suggested more may be required However as long as the timeout is not excessively short the math happens fast enough that once OPERegister CONDition comes back as done that one can just wait for it when it is time to pull the math waveform The exception would be for eye or jitter mode on a 6000 X Series oscilloscope where the processing time can be long Still nee...

Page 1361: ... register The Condition register reflects the CURRENT state while the EVENT register reflects the first event that occurred since it was cleared or read as in has it EVER happened thus the CONDITION register is used Note that with this method using SINGle for InfiniiVision X Series oscilloscopes only SINGle itself forces the trigger sweep mode into NORMal This does not happen with the blocking met...

Page 1362: ...isionX write CLS SINGle Initialize the loop entry condition assume Acq is not done Acq_State ACQ_NOT_DONE Poll the oscilloscope until Acq_State is a one This is NOT a Serial Poll while Acq_State ACQ_NOT_DONE and time clock StartTime MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT Ask oscilloscope if it is done with the acquisition via the Operation Status Condition not Event Register The Condition register reflects the CURRENT ...

Page 1363: ...q_State ACQ_DONE Acquisition fully completed print Signal acquired else Acquisition failed for some reason print Max wait time exceeded print This happens if there was no trigger event print Adjust settings accordingly n print Properly closing oscilloscope connection and exiting script n KsInfiniiVisionX clear Clear communications interface KsInfiniiVisionX query STOP OPC Stop the oscilloscope KsI...

Page 1364: ...X query STOP OPC For this example the oscilloscope will be forced to trigger on the AC input power LINE voltage so something happens Always use normal trigger sweep never auto KsInfiniiVisionX write TRIGger SWEep NORMal This line simply gives the oscilloscope something to trigger on KsInfiniiVisionX query TRIGger EDGE SOURce LINE OPC Clear the display so you can see the waveform being acquired oth...

Page 1365: ...QUISITION_TIME_OUT 10000 0 What about Equivalent Time Mode and other odd modes such as Jitter or Eye the last two only being found on the 6000 X Series and math functions In most cases the padding and 10 second minimum timeout will take care of this Equivalent Time Mode has effects only at the fastest time scales so it really doesn t make a difference as long as a trigger signal is present If trig...

Page 1366: ...rupt KsInfiniiVisionX clear KsInfiniiVisionX query STOP OPC KsInfiniiVisionX write SYSTem LOCK OFF KsInfiniiVisionX clear KsInfiniiVisionX close sys exit User Interupt Properly closing oscilloscope and aborting script except Exception KsInfiniiVisionX clear KsInfiniiVisionX query STOP OPC KsInfiniiVisionX write SYSTem LOCK OFF KsInfiniiVisionX clear KsInfiniiVisionX close sys exit Something went w...

Page 1367: ...67 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 39 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications 1368 Valid Command Query Strings 1369 Query Return Values 1375 ...

Page 1368: ...mming methods are employed Non Core Commands Non core commands are commands that provide specific features but are not universal across all Keysight InfiniiVision oscilloscope models Non core commands may be modified or deleted in the future With a command structure as complex as the one for your oscilloscope some evolution over time is inevitable Keysight s intent is to continue to expand command...

Page 1369: ...ly time a parameter is not meant to be expressed as a string is when the instruction s syntax definition specifies block data such as learn string There are only a few instructions that use block data Program messages can have long or short form commands and data in some cases see Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules on page 1370 and upper and or lower case ASCII characters may be used Query r...

Page 1370: ...pt Program Data Syntax Rules on page 1372 describes all of the general rules about acceptable values When there is more than one data parameter they are separated by commas Spaces can be added around the commas to improve readability Program Message Terminator The program instructions within a data message are executed after the program message terminator is received The terminator may be either a...

Page 1371: ... data must be included with the simple command header for example DIGitize CHANnel1 white space is added to separate the data from the header The syntax is program mnemonic separator program data terminator Compound Command Headers Compound command headers are a combination of two or more program mnemonics The first mnemonic selects the subsystem and the second mnemonic selects the function within...

Page 1372: ...s for character program data are always included with the command s syntax definition When sending commands you may either the long form or short form if one exists Uppercase and lowercase letters may be mixed freely When receiving query responses uppercase letters are used exclusively Numeric Program Data Some command headers require program data to be expressed numerically For example TIMebase R...

Page 1373: ...traversing the tree A leading colon NL or EOI true on the last byte places the parser at the root of the command tree A leading colon is a colon that is the first character of a program header Executing a subsystem command lets you access that subsystem until a leading colon or a program message terminator NL or EOI true is found In the command tree use the last mnemonic in the compound header as ...

Page 1374: ... myScope WriteString TIMebase REFerence CENTer DISPlay VECTors ON Multiple commands may be any combination of compound and simple commands NOTE The colon between TIMebase and RANGe is necessary because TIMebase RANGe is a compound command The semicolon between the RANGe command and the POSition command is the required program message unit separator The POSition command does not need TIMebase prece...

Page 1375: ...the bus to the designated listener typically a controller For example the query TIMebase RANGe places the current time base setting in the output queue When using the Keysight VISA COM library in Visual Basic the controller statements Dim strQueryResult As String myScope WriteString TIMebase RANGe strQueryResult myScope ReadString pass the value across the bus to the controller and place it in the...

Page 1376: ...1376 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 39 More About Oscilloscope Commands ...

Page 1377: ... Examples 1464 SCPI NET Examples 1484 The example programs in this manual are ASCII text files that can be cut from the help file and pasted into your favorite text editor See Also You can find additional programming examples for the InfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe oscilloscopes on the Keysight Technologies website at www keysight com find M924x examples ...

Page 1378: ... the Keysight VISA COM library a Choose Tools References from the main menu b In the References dialog check the VISA COM 5 5 Type Library c Click OK 4 Choose Insert Module 5 Cut and paste the code that follows into the editor 6 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope and save the changes 7 Run the program Keysight VISA COM Example in Visual Basic This program illustrates a f...

Page 1379: ...on timeout Initialize start from a known state Initialize Capture data Capture Analyze the captured waveform Analyze Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Sub Initialize On Error GoTo VisaComError Get and display the device s IDN string strQueryResult DoQueryString IDN Debug Print Identification string st...

Page 1380: ...oQueryString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration varQueryResult DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1 SYSTem SETup Output setup string to a file Dim strPath As String strPath c scope config setup dat Dim hFile As Long hFile FreeFile Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As hFile Put hFile varQueryResult Write data Close hFile Close file Debug Print Setup bytes saved CStr LenB varQueryResul...

Page 1381: ... SETup command DoCommandIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup varSetupString Debug Print Setup bytes restored CStr LenB varSetupString Capture an acquisition using DIGitize DoCommand DIGitize CHANnel1 Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Analyze the captured waveform Private Sub Analyze On Error GoTo VisaComError Make a couple of measurements DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHA...

Page 1382: ...rm data Set the waveform points mode DoCommand WAVeform POINts MODE RAW Debug Print Waveform points mode _ DoQueryString WAVeform POINts MODE Get the number of waveform points available Debug Print Waveform points available _ DoQueryString WAVeform POINts Set the waveform source DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Debug Print Waveform source _ DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of the ...

Page 1383: ...t Acquisition type NORMal ElseIf intType 1 Then Debug Print Acquisition type PEAK ElseIf intType 2 Then Debug Print Acquisition type AVERage ElseIf intType 3 Then Debug Print Acquisition type HRESolution End If Debug Print Waveform points _ FormatNumber lngPoints 0 Debug Print Waveform average count _ FormatNumber lngCount 0 Debug Print Waveform X increment _ Format dblXIncrement Scientific Debug ...

Page 1384: ... voltage value Print hFile _ FormatNumber dblXOrigin lngI dblXIncrement 9 _ _ FormatNumber lngDataValue lngYReference _ sngYIncrement sngYOrigin Next lngI Close output file Close hFile Close file MsgBox Waveform format BYTE data written to _ c scope data waveform_data csv Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Private Sub DoCommand command As String On Error...

Page 1385: ...Error myScope WriteString query DoQueryString myScope ReadString CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf CStr Err Number _ Err Source _ Err Description vbExclamation VISA COM Error End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber query As String As Variant On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope WriteString query DoQueryNumber myScope ReadNumber CheckInstrumentError...

Page 1386: ...lock BinaryType_UI1 CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf CStr Err Number _ Err Source _ Err Description vbExclamation VISA COM Error End End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors On Error GoTo VisaComError Dim strErrVal As String Dim strOut As String myScope WriteString SYSTem ERRor Query any errors data strErrVal myScope ReadString Read Errnum Error S...

Page 1387: ... project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment b Choose Add Reference c In the Add Reference dialog select the COM tab d Select VISA COM 5 5 Type Library then click OK 6 Build and run the program For more information see the VISA COM Help that comes with Keysight IO Libraries Suite 16 Keysight VISA COM Example in C This progr...

Page 1388: ...ole WriteLine System Error Message err Message catch System Exception err System Diagnostics Debug Fail Unexpected Error Console WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message finally myScope Close Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state private static void Initialize string strResults Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strRe...

Page 1389: ...m instrument string strPath Query and read setup string ResultsArray myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup nLength ResultsArray Length Write setup string to file strPath c scope config setup stp FileStream fStream File Open strPath FileMode Create fStream Write ResultsArray 0 nLength fStream Close Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical s...

Page 1390: ...nalyze the captured waveform private static void Analyze byte ResultsArray Results array int nLength Number of bytes returned from instrument string strPath Make a couple of measurements myScope DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce double fResult myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure FREQuency ...

Page 1391: ...m POINts Set the waveform source myScope DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Waveform source 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII myScope DoCommand WAVeform FORMat BYTE Console WriteLine Waveform format 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform FORMat Display the waveform settings double fResultsArray fResultsArray myScope DoQueryNu...

Page 1392: ... fYincrement fResultsArray 7 Console WriteLine Waveform Y increment 0 e fYincrement double fYorigin fResultsArray 8 Console WriteLine Waveform Y origin 0 e fYorigin double fYreference fResultsArray 9 Console WriteLine Waveform Y reference 0 e fYreference Read waveform data ResultsArray myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock WAVeform DATA nLength ResultsArray Length Console WriteLine Number of data values 0 nLen...

Page 1393: ...c void DoCommand string strCommand Send the command m_IoObject WriteString strCommand true Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public void DoCommandIEEEBlock string strCommand byte DataArray Send the command to the device m_IoObject WriteIEEEBlock strCommand DataArray true Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public string DoQueryString string strQuery Send the...

Page 1394: ...esultsArray double m_IoObject ReadList IEEEASCIIType ASCIIType_R8 Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return result numbers return fResultsArray public byte DoQueryIEEEBlock string strQuery Send the query m_IoObject WriteString strQuery true Get the results array System Threading Thread Sleep 2000 Delay before reading byte ResultsArray ResultsArray byte m_IoObject ReadIEEEBlock IE...

Page 1395: ...hile strInstrumentError ToString StartsWith 0 private void OpenIo m_ResourceManager new ResourceManagerClass m_IoObject new FormattedIO488Class Open the default VISA COM IO object try m_IoObject IO IMessage m_ResourceManager Open m_strVisaAddress AccessMode NO_LOCK 0 catch Exception e Console WriteLine An error occurred 0 e Message public void SetTimeoutSeconds int nSeconds m_IoObject IO Timeout n...

Page 1396: ...e COM tab d Select VISA COM 5 5 Type Library then click OK e Right click the project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment and choose Properties then select InfiniiVision VisaComInstrumentApp as the Startup object 6 Build and run the program For more information see the VISA COM Help that comes with Keysight IO Libraries Suit...

Page 1397: ... End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Shared Sub Initialize Dim strResults As String Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope DoCommand CLS myScope DoCommand RST End Sub Capture the waveform Private Shared Sub Capture Use auto scale to automatical...

Page 1398: ...ength fStream Close Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 SCALe myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical offset 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 OFFSet Set horizontal sc...

Page 1399: ...mand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 _ myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure FREQuency Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 myScope DoCommand MEASure VAMPlitude fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude Console WriteLine Vertical amplitude 0 F2 V fResult Download the screen image...

Page 1400: ...e DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble Dim fFormat As Double fResultsArray 0 If fFormat 0 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE ElseIf fFormat 1 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format WORD ElseIf fFormat 2 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format ASCii End If Dim fType As Double fResultsArray 1 If fType 0 Then Console WriteLine Acquire type NORMal ElseIf fType 1 Then Console WriteLine Acquire type...

Page 1401: ...le Exists strPath Then File Delete strPath End If Open file for output Dim writer As StreamWriter File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format For index As Integer 0 To nLength 1 Write time value voltage value writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 _ fXorigin CSng index fXincrement _ CSng ResultsArray index fYreference _ fYincrement fYorigin Next Close output file writer Close Console WriteLine ...

Page 1402: ...strCommand End Sub Public Function DoQueryString ByVal strQuery As String As String Send the query m_IoObject WriteString strQuery True Get the result string Dim strResults As String strResults m_IoObject ReadString Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return results string Return strResults End Function Public Function DoQueryNumber ByVal strQuery As String As Double Send the quer...

Page 1403: ... As Byte ResultsArray _ m_IoObject ReadIEEEBlock IEEEBinaryType BinaryType_UI1 _ False True Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return results array Return ResultsArray End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors ByVal strCommand As String Check for instrument errors Dim strInstrumentError As String Dim bFirstError As Boolean True Do While not 0 No error m_IoObject WriteString ...

Page 1404: ...ject m_ResourceManager Catch End Try End Sub End Class End Namespace VISA COM Example in Python You can use the Python programming language with the comtypes package to control Keysight oscilloscopes The Python language and comtypes package can be downloaded from the web at http www python org and http starship python net crew theller comtypes respectively To run this example with Python and comty...

Page 1405: ... IVI Foundation VISA VisaCom GlobMgr dll import comtypes gen VisaComLib as VisaComLib Global variables booleans 0 False 1 True Initialize def initialize Get and display the device s IDN string idn_string do_query_string IDN print Identification string s idn_string Clear status and load the default setup do_command CLS do_command RST Capture def capture Use auto scale to automatically set up oscill...

Page 1406: ...and CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 qresult do_query_number CHANnel1 SCALe print Channel 1 vertical scale f qresult do_command CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 qresult do_query_number CHANnel1 OFFSet print Channel 1 offset f qresult Set horizontal scale and offset do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 qresult do_query_string TIMebase SCALe print Timebase scale s qresult do_command TIMebase POSition 0 0 qresult do_query_string ...

Page 1407: ...e_bytes f open c scope data screen png wb f write bytearray image_bytes f close print Screen image written to c scope data screen png Download waveform data Set the waveform points mode do_command WAVeform POINts MODE RAW qresult do_query_string WAVeform POINts MODE print Waveform points mode s qresult Get the number of waveform points available do_command WAVeform POINts 10240 qresult do_query_st...

Page 1408: ...int Waveform Y origin f y_origin print Waveform Y reference d y_reference Always 125 Get numeric values for later calculations x_increment do_query_number WAVeform XINCrement x_origin do_query_number WAVeform XORigin y_increment do_query_number WAVeform YINCrement y_origin do_query_number WAVeform YORigin y_reference do_query_number WAVeform YREFerence Get the waveform data data_bytes do_query_iee...

Page 1409: ... result myScope ReadString check_instrument_errors query return result Send a query check for errors return string def do_query_ieee_block query myScope WriteString s query True result myScope ReadIEEEBlock VisaComLib BinaryType_UI1 False True check_instrument_errors query return result Send a query check for errors return values def do_query_number query myScope WriteString s query True result my...

Page 1410: ...ror break else SYSTem ERRor should always return string print ERROR SYSTem ERRor returned nothing command s command print Exited because of error sys exit 1 Main program rm CreateObject VISA GlobalRM interface VisaComLib IResourceManager myScope CreateObject VISA BasicFormattedIO interface VisaComLib IFormattedIO488 myScope IO rm Open TCPIP0 10 112 94 136 hislip9 0 0 INSTR Clear the interface mySc...

Page 1411: ...ce Files folder choose Add Add Existing Item select the example c file and click Add 6 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope 7 Choose Project Properties In the Property Pages dialog update these project settings a Under Configuration Properties Linker Input add visa32 lib to the Additional Dependencies field b Under Configuration Properties C C Code Generation select Multi ...

Page 1412: ...r query Query for number void do_query_numbers char query Query for numbers int do_query_ieeeblock char query Query for IEEE block void check_instrument_errors Check for inst errors void error_handler VISA error handler Global variables ViSession defaultRM vi Device session ID ViStatus err VISA function return value char str_result 256 0 Result from do_query_string double num_result Result from do...

Page 1413: ...setup do_command CLS do_command RST Capture the waveform void capture void int num_bytes FILE fp Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope do_command AUToscale Set trigger mode EDGE PULSe PATTern etc and input source do_command TRIGger MODE EDGE do_query_string TRIGger MODE printf Trigger mode s n str_result Set EDGE trigger parameters do_command TRIGger EDGE SOURce CHANnel1 do_query_...

Page 1414: ...nel 1 offset s n str_result Set horizontal scale and offset do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 do_query_string TIMebase SCALe printf Timebase scale s n str_result do_command TIMebase POSition 0 0 do_query_string TIMebase POSition printf Timebase position s n str_result Set the acquisition type NORMal PEAK AVERage or HRESolution do_command ACQuire TYPE NORMal do_query_string ACQuire TYPE printf Acqui...

Page 1415: ...FREQuency do_query_number MEASure FREQuency printf Frequency 4f kHz n num_result 1000 do_command MEASure VAMPlitude do_query_number MEASure VAMPlitude printf Vertical amplitude 2f V n num_result Download the screen image do_command HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Read screen image num_bytes do_query_ieeeblock DISPlay DATA PNG COLor printf Screen image bytes d n num_bytes Write screen image bytes to file fp ...

Page 1416: ...form format s n str_result Display the waveform settings do_query_numbers WAVeform PREamble wav_format dbl_results 0 if wav_format 0 0 printf Waveform format BYTE n else if wav_format 1 0 printf Waveform format WORD n else if wav_format 2 0 printf Waveform format ASCii n acq_type dbl_results 1 if acq_type 0 0 printf Acquire type NORMal n else if acq_type 1 0 printf Acquire type PEAK n else if acq_...

Page 1417: ... printf Number of data values d n num_bytes Open file for output fp fopen c scope data waveform_data csv wb Output waveform data in CSV format for i 0 i num_bytes 1 i Write time value voltage value fprintf fp 9f 6f n x_origin float i x_increment float ieeeblock_data i y_reference y_increment y_origin Close output file fclose fp printf Waveform format BYTE data written to printf c scope data wavefo...

Page 1418: ...er check_instrument_errors return data_length Query for a string result void do_query_string query char query char message 80 strcpy message query strcat message n err viPrintf vi message if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler err viScanf vi t str_result if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler check_instrument_errors Query for a number result void do_query_number query char query char message 80 strcpy message q...

Page 1419: ...o_query_ieeeblock query char query char message 80 int data_length strcpy message query strcat message n err viPrintf vi message if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE err viScanf vi b n data_length ieeeblock_data if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler if data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE printf IEEE block buffer full printf May not have received all data n check_instrument_errors return d...

Page 1420: ...Error s n err_msg if err VI_SUCCESS exit 1 VISA Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications for example Microsoft Excel 2 Press ALT F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor 3 Add the visa32 bas file to your project a Choose File Import File b Navigate to the header file visa32 bas installed with Keysi...

Page 1421: ...msArray 2 As Long Public Const DblArraySize 20 Public dblArray DblArraySize As Double Declare fixed length string variable to hold string value returned by viVScanf viVQueryf Public strQueryResult As String 200 For Sleep subroutine Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Main Program Sub Main Open the default resource manager session err viOpenDefaultRM drm If err VI_SU...

Page 1422: ...s and load the default setup DoCommand CLS DoCommand RST End Sub Capture the waveform Private Sub Capture Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope DoCommand AUToscale Set trigger mode EDGE PULSe PATTern etc and input source DoCommand TRIGger MODE EDGE Debug Print Trigger mode _ DoQueryString TRIGger MODE Set EDGE trigger parameters DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SOURce CHANnel1 Debug Print T...

Page 1423: ...set DoCommand CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 Debug Print Channel 1 vertical scale _ DoQueryString CHANnel1 SCALe DoCommand CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 Debug Print Channel 1 vertical offset _ DoQueryString CHANnel1 OFFSet Set horizontal scale and position DoCommand TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 Debug Print Timebase scale _ DoQueryString TIMebase SCALe DoCommand TIMebase POSition 0 0 Debug Print Timebase position _ DoQueryStr...

Page 1424: ... _ FormatNumber dblQueryResult 1000 4 kHz DoCommand MEASure VAMPlitude dblQueryResult DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude MsgBox Vertical amplitude vbCrLf _ FormatNumber dblQueryResult 4 V Download the screen image DoCommand HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Get screen image Dim lngBlockSize As Long lngBlockSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes DISPlay DATA PNG COLor Debug Print Screen image bytes CStr lngBlockSize Save s...

Page 1425: ... format _ DoQueryString WAVeform FORMat Display the waveform settings Dim intFormat As Integer Dim intType As Integer Dim lngPoints As Long Dim lngCount As Long Dim dblXIncrement As Double Dim dblXOrigin As Double Dim lngXReference As Long Dim sngYIncrement As Single Dim lngYOrigin As Long Dim lngYReference As Long Dim strOutput As String Dim lngNumNumbers As Long lngNumNumbers DoQueryNumbers WAVe...

Page 1426: ...at dblXOrigin Scientific Debug Print Waveform X reference _ FormatNumber lngXReference 0 Debug Print Waveform Y increment _ Format sngYIncrement Scientific Debug Print Waveform Y origin _ FormatNumber lngYOrigin 0 Debug Print Waveform Y reference _ FormatNumber lngYReference 0 Get the waveform data Dim lngNumBytes As Long lngNumBytes DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes WAVeform DATA Debug Print Number of data ...

Page 1427: ... DoCommandIEEEBlock command As String _ lngBlockSize As Long retCount lngBlockSize Dim strCommandAndLength As String strCommandAndLength command _ Format lngBlockSize b err viVPrintf vi strCommandAndLength vbLf paramsArray 1 If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi DoCommandIEEEBlock retCount CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryString query As String As String Dim strResult...

Page 1428: ...arPtr retCount paramsArray 1 VarPtr dblArray 0 Set retCount to max number of elements array can hold retCount DblArraySize Read numbers err viVScanf vi lf vbLf paramsArray 0 If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi retCount is now actual number of values returned by query DoQueryNumbers retCount CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes query As String As Long Sen...

Page 1429: ...or vbLf 0 Query any errors If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi err viVScanf vi t strErrVal Read Errnum Error String If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi While Val strErrVal 0 End if find 0 No Error strOut strOut INST Error strErrVal err viVPrintf vi SYSTem ERRor vbLf 0 Request error If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi err viVScanf vi t strErrVal Read error message If err VI_SUCCES...

Page 1430: ...k the project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment b Click Add and then click Add Existing Item c Navigate to the header file visa32 cs installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite and found in the Program Files x86 IVI Foundation VISA WinNT Include directory select it but do not click the Open button d Click the down arrow to...

Page 1431: ...the captured waveform Analyze catch System ApplicationException err Console WriteLine VISA Error Message err Message catch System SystemException err Console WriteLine System Error Message err Message catch System Exception err System Diagnostics Debug Fail Unexpected Error Console WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message finally myScope Close Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state private sta...

Page 1432: ...yString TRIGger EDGE LEVel myScope DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive Console WriteLine Trigger edge slope 0 myScope DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration byte ResultsArray Results array int nLength Number of bytes returned from instrument string strPath Query and read setup string nLength myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup out ResultsArray Write setup string to fi...

Page 1433: ...cope config setup stp DataArray File ReadAllBytes strPath Restore setup string nBytesWritten myScope DoCommandIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup DataArray Console WriteLine Setup bytes restored 0 nBytesWritten Capture an acquisition using DIGitize myScope DoCommand DIGitize CHANnel1 Analyze the captured waveform private static void Analyze byte ResultsArray Results array int nLength Number of bytes returned f...

Page 1434: ...ode 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform POINts MODE Get the number of waveform points available myScope DoCommand WAVeform POINts 10240 Console WriteLine Waveform points available 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform POINts Set the waveform source myScope DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Waveform source 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of the data returned WOR...

Page 1435: ...increment double fXorigin fResultsArray 5 Console WriteLine Waveform X origin 0 e fXorigin double fXreference fResultsArray 6 Console WriteLine Waveform X reference 0 e fXreference double fYincrement fResultsArray 7 Console WriteLine Waveform Y increment 0 e fYincrement double fYorigin fResultsArray 8 Console WriteLine Waveform Y origin 0 e fYorigin double fYreference fResultsArray 9 Console Write...

Page 1436: ...variable m_strVisaAddress strVisaAddress Open the default VISA resource manager OpenResourceManager Open a VISA resource session OpenSession Clear the interface int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viClear m_nSession public void DoCommand string strCommand Send the command VisaSendCommandOrQuery strCommand Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public int DoCommandIEEEBlock string strCom...

Page 1437: ... Get the result string StringBuilder strResults new StringBuilder 1000 strResults VisaGetResultString Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return string results return strResults public double DoQueryNumber string strQuery Send the query VisaSendCommandOrQuery strQuery Get the result string double fResults fResults VisaGetResultNumber Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors str...

Page 1438: ...ry string strCommandOrQuery Send command or query to the device string strWithNewline strWithNewline String Format 0 n strCommandOrQuery int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viPrintf m_nSession strWithNewline CheckVisaStatus nViStatus private StringBuilder VisaGetResultString StringBuilder strResults new StringBuilder 1000 Read return value string from the device int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viScanf m...

Page 1439: ...0kB length 300000 Read return value string from the device int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viScanf m_nSession b ref length ResultsArray CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Write and read buffers need to be flushed after IEEE block nViStatus visa32 viFlush m_nSession visa32 VI_WRITE_BUF CheckVisaStatus nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viFlush m_nSession visa32 VI_READ_BUF CheckVisaStatus nViStatus return length pri...

Page 1440: ...rceManager this m_strVisaAddress visa32 VI_NO_LOCK visa32 VI_TMO_IMMEDIATE out this m_nSession CheckVisaStatus nViStatus public void SetTimeoutSeconds int nSeconds int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viSetAttribute this m_nSession visa32 VI_ATTR_TMO_VALUE nSeconds 1000 CheckVisaStatus nViStatus public void CheckVisaStatus int nViStatus If VISA error throw exception if nViStatus visa32 VI_SUCCESS String...

Page 1441: ... Include directory select it but do not click the Open button d Click the down arrow to the right of the Add button and choose Add as Link You should now see the file underneath your project in the Solution Explorer It will have a little arrow icon in its lower left corner indicating that it is a link e Right click the project again and choose Properties then select InfiniiVision VisaInstrumentApp...

Page 1442: ...ize Dim strResults As StringBuilder Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope DoCommand CLS myScope DoCommand RST End Sub Capture the waveform Private Shared Sub Capture Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope myScope DoCommand AUToscale Set trigger mode ED...

Page 1443: ...nge settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 SCALe myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical offset 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 OFFSet Set horizontal scale and position myScope DoCommand TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 Console Writ...

Page 1444: ...re source 0 _ myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure FREQuency Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 myScope DoCommand MEASure VAMPlitude fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude Console WriteLine Vertical amplitude 0 F2 V fResult Download the screen image myScope DoCommand HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Get the scr...

Page 1445: ... WAVeform PREamble Dim fFormat As Double fResultsArray 0 If fFormat 0 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE ElseIf fFormat 1 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format WORD ElseIf fFormat 2 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format ASCii End If Dim fType As Double fResultsArray 1 If fType 0 Then Console WriteLine Acquire type NORMal ElseIf fType 1 Then Console WriteLine Acquire type PEAK ElseIf fTy...

Page 1446: ...ath Then File Delete strPath End If Open file for output Dim writer As StreamWriter File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format For index As Integer 0 To nLength 1 Write time value voltage value writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 _ fXorigin CSng index fXincrement _ CSng ResultsArray index fYreference _ fYincrement fYorigin Next Close output file writer Close Console WriteLine Waveform forma...

Page 1447: ...nteger nLength DataArray Length strCommandAndLength String Format 0 8 1 D8 _ strCommand nLength Write first part of command to formatted I O write buffer nViStatus visa32 viPrintf m_nSession strCommandAndLength CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Write the data to the formatted I O write buffer nViStatus visa32 viBufWrite m_nSession DataArray nLength _ nBytesWritten CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Check for inst ...

Page 1448: ...s Check for instrument errors another command and result CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return string results Return fResultsArray End Function Public Function DoQueryIEEEBlock ByVal strQuery As String _ ByRef ResultsArray As Byte As Integer Send the query VisaSendCommandOrQuery strQuery Get the result string System Threading Thread Sleep 2000 Delay before reading data Dim length As Integer Number...

Page 1449: ...ts End Function Private Function VisaGetResultNumbers As Double Dim fResultsArray As Double fResultsArray New Double 9 Read return value string from the device Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viScanf m_nSession _ 10lf Chr 10 fResultsArray CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Return fResultsArray End Function Private Function VisaGetResultIEEEBlock ByRef ResultsArray _ As Byte As Integer Results arr...

Page 1450: ... ToString StartsWith 0 End Sub Private Sub OpenResourceManager Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viOpenDefaultRM Me m_nResourceManager If nViStatus visa32 VI_SUCCESS Then Throw New _ ApplicationException Failed to open Resource Manager End If End Sub Private Sub OpenSession Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viOpen Me m_nResourceManager _ Me m_strVisaAddress visa32 VI_NO_LOCK _ visa...

Page 1451: ...ed from the web at http www python org and http pyvisa sourceforge net respectively To run this example with Python and PyVISA 1 Cut and paste the code that follows into a file named example py 2 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope 3 If python exe can be found via your PATH environment variable open a Command Prompt window then change to the folder that contains the examp...

Page 1452: ...ge source s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE LEVel print Trigger edge level s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE SLOPe print Trigger edge slope s qresult Save oscilloscope setup sSetup do_query_string SYSTem SETup sSetup get_definite_length_block_data sSetup f open setup stp wb f write sSetup f close pri...

Page 1453: ...print Setup bytes restored d len sSetup Capture an acquisition using DIGitize do_command DIGitize CHANnel1 Analyze def analyze Make measurements do_command MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 qresult do_query_string MEASure SOURce print Measure source s qresult do_command MEASure FREQuency qresult do_query_string MEASure FREQuency print Measured frequency on channel 1 s qresult do_command MEASure VAMPlitude q...

Page 1454: ...rom preamble wav_form_dict 0 BYTE 1 WORD 4 ASCii acq_type_dict 0 NORMal 1 PEAK 2 AVERage 3 HRESolution preamble_string do_query_string WAVeform PREamble wav_form acq_type wfmpts avgcnt x_increment x_origin x_reference y_increment y_origin y_reference string split preamble_string print Waveform format s wav_form_dict int wav_form print Acquire type s acq_type_dict int acq_type print Waveform points...

Page 1455: ...increment voltage values i y_reference y_increment y_origin f write E f n time_val voltage f close print Waveform format BYTE data written to waveform_data csv Send a command and check for errors def do_command command hide_params False if hide_params header data string split command 1 if debug print nCmd s header else if debug print nCmd s command InfiniiVision write s n command if hide_params ch...

Page 1456: ...nt ERROR s command s error_string command print Exited because of error sys exit 1 else No error break else SYSTem ERRor should always return string print ERROR SYSTem ERRor returned nothing command s comma nd print Exited because of error sys exit 1 Returns data from definite length block def get_definite_length_block_data sBlock First character should be pound sBlock 0 1 if pound print PROBLEM I...

Page 1457: ...on language and PyVISA package can be downloaded from the web at http www python org and http pyvisa readthedocs org respectively To run this example with Python and PyVISA 1 Cut and paste the code that follows into a file named example py 2 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope 3 If python exe can be found via your PATH environment variable open a Command Prompt window the...

Page 1458: ...tring TRIGger EDGE SOURce print Trigger edge source s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE LEVel print Trigger edge level s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE SLOPe print Trigger edge slope s qresult Save oscilloscope setup sSetup do_query_ieee_block SYSTem SETup f open setup stp wb f write sSetup f close pr...

Page 1459: ...int Setup bytes restored d len sSetup Capture an acquisition using DIGitize do_command DIGitize CHANnel1 Analyze def analyze Make measurements do_command MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 qresult do_query_string MEASure SOURce print Measure source s qresult do_command MEASure FREQuency qresult do_query_string MEASure FREQuency print Measured frequency on channel 1 s qresult do_command MEASure VAMPlitude qre...

Page 1460: ...TE 1 WORD 4 ASCii acq_type_dict 0 NORMal 1 PEAK 2 AVERage 3 HRESolution preamble_string do_query_string WAVeform PREamble wav_form acq_type wfmpts avgcnt x_increment x_origin x_reference y_increment y_origin y_reference string split preamble_string print Waveform format s wav_form_dict int wav_form print Acquire type s acq_type_dict int acq_type print Waveform points desired s wfmpts print Wavefor...

Page 1461: ...f close print Waveform format BYTE data written to waveform_data csv Send a command and check for errors def do_command command hide_params False if hide_params header data string split command 1 if debug print nCmd s header else if debug print nCmd s command InfiniiVision write s command if hide_params check_instrument_errors header else check_instrument_errors command Send a command and binary v...

Page 1462: ...if debug print Qys s query result InfiniiVision query_binary_values s query datatype s check_instrument_errors query return result 0 Check for instrument errors def check_instrument_errors command while True error_string InfiniiVision query SYSTem ERRor if error_string If there is an error string value if error_string find 0 0 3 1 Not No error print ERROR s command s error_string command print Exi...

Page 1463: ...e Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 1463 InfiniiVision rm open_resource TCPIP0 10 112 94 136 hislip9 0 0 INS TR InfiniiVision timeout 15000 InfiniiVision clear Initialize the oscilloscope capture data and analyze initialize capture analyze print End of program ...

Page 1464: ... Properties In the Property Pages dialog update these project settings a Under Configuration Properties Linker Input add sicl32 lib to the Additional Dependencies field b Under Configuration Properties C C Code Generation select Multi threaded DLL for the Runtime Library field c Click OK to close the Property Pages dialog 8 Add the include files and library files search paths a Choose Tools Option...

Page 1465: ...y_numbers char query Query for numbers int do_query_ieeeblock char query Query for IEEE block void check_instrument_errors Check for inst errors Global variables INST id Device session ID char str_result 256 0 Result from do_query_string double num_result Result from do_query_number unsigned char ieeeblock_data IEEEBLOCK_SPACE Result from do_query_ieeeblock double dbl_results 10 Result from do_que...

Page 1466: ...itimeout id TIMEOUT Clear the interface iclear id Get and display the device s IDN string do_query_string IDN printf Oscilloscope IDN string s n str_result Clear status and load the default setup do_command CLS do_command RST Capture the waveform void capture void int num_bytes FILE fp Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope do_command AUToscale Set trigger mode EDGE PULSe PATTern e...

Page 1467: ...tical scale and offset do_command CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 do_query_string CHANnel1 SCALe printf Channel 1 vertical scale s n str_result do_command CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 do_query_string CHANnel1 OFFSet printf Channel 1 offset s n str_result Set horizontal scale and position do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 do_query_string TIMebase SCALe printf Timebase scale s n str_result do_command TIMebase POSition 0 ...

Page 1468: ...le y_reference FILE fp int num_bytes Number of bytes returned from instrument int i Make a couple of measurements do_command MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 do_query_string MEASure SOURce printf Measure source s n str_result do_command MEASure FREQuency do_query_number MEASure FREQuency printf Frequency 4f kHz n num_result 1000 do_command MEASure VAMPlitude do_query_number MEASure VAMPlitude printf Vertic...

Page 1469: ...t the waveform source do_command WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 do_query_string WAVeform SOURce printf Waveform source s n str_result Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII do_command WAVeform FORMat BYTE do_query_string WAVeform FORMat printf Waveform format s n str_result Display the waveform settings do_query_numbers WAVeform PREamble wav_format dbl_results 0 if wav_format 0 0 printf ...

Page 1470: ... increment e n y_increment y_origin dbl_results 8 printf Waveform Y origin e n y_origin y_reference dbl_results 9 printf Waveform Y reference e n y_reference Read waveform data num_bytes do_query_ieeeblock WAVeform DATA printf Number of data values d n num_bytes Open file for output fp fopen c scope data waveform_data csv wb Output waveform data in CSV format for i 0 i num_bytes 1 i Write time val...

Page 1471: ...trcpy message command strcat message 8 08d iprintf id message num_bytes ifwrite id ieeeblock_data num_bytes 1 data_length check_instrument_errors return data_length Query for a string result void do_query_string query char query char message 80 strcpy message query strcat message n iprintf id message iscanf id t n str_result check_instrument_errors Query for a number result void do_query_number qu...

Page 1472: ...y char query char message 80 int data_length strcpy message query strcat message n iprintf id message data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE iscanf id b data_length ieeeblock_data if data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE printf IEEE block buffer full printf May not have received all data n check_instrument_errors return data_length Check for instrument errors void check_instrument_errors char str_err_val 256 0 char st...

Page 1473: ...Program Files Agilent IO Libraries Suite include directory select it and click Open 4 Choose Insert Module 5 Cut and paste the code that follows into the editor 6 Edit the program to use the SICL address of your oscilloscope and save the changes 7 Run the program Keysight SICL Example in Visual Basic This program illustrates a few commonly used programming features of your Keysight oscilloscope Op...

Page 1474: ...tate Initialize Capture data Capture Analyze the captured waveform Analyze Close the vi session and the resource manager session Call iclose id Exit Sub ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Sub Initialize On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Clear the interface Call iclear id Get and display the device s IDN string strQueryResult DoQu...

Page 1475: ...Gger EDGE SOURce DoCommand TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 Debug Print Trigger edge level _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE LEVel DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive Debug Print Trigger edge slope _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration Dim lngSetupStringSize As Long lngSetupStringSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes SYSTem SETup Debug Print Setup bytes saved CStr lngSetupStringSize Output s...

Page 1476: ...ng TIMebase POSition Set the acquisition type NORMal PEAK AVERage or HRESolution DoCommand ACQuire TYPE NORMal Debug Print Acquire type _ DoQueryString ACQuire TYPE Or configure by loading a previously saved setup strPath c scope config setup dat Open strPath For Binary Access Read As hFile Open file for input Dim lngSetupFileSize As Long lngSetupFileSize LOF hFile Length of file Get hFile byteArr...

Page 1477: ...Dcopy INKSaver OFF Get screen image Dim lngBlockSize As Long lngBlockSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes DISPlay DATA PNG COLor Debug Print Screen image bytes CStr lngBlockSize Save screen image to a file Dim strPath As String strPath c scope data screen png If Len Dir strPath Then Kill strPath Remove file if it exists End If Dim hFile As Long hFile FreeFile Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write...

Page 1478: ...ncrement As Double Dim dblXOrigin As Double Dim lngXReference As Long Dim sngYIncrement As Single Dim sngYOrigin As Single Dim lngYReference As Long Preamble DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble intFormat Preamble 0 intType Preamble 1 lngPoints Preamble 2 lngCount Preamble 3 dblXIncrement Preamble 4 dblXOrigin Preamble 5 lngXReference Preamble 6 sngYIncrement Preamble 7 sngYOrigin Preamble 8 lngYRefer...

Page 1479: ...matNumber lngYReference 0 Get the waveform data Dim lngNumBytes As Long lngNumBytes DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes WAVeform DATA Debug Print Number of data values _ CStr lngNumBytes CInt Chr byteArray 1 2 Set up output file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv Open file for output Open strPath For Output Access Write Lock Write As hFile Output waveform data in CSV format Dim lngDataValue As Long Skip pa...

Page 1480: ...bExclamation End End Sub Private Function DoCommandIEEEBlock command As String _ lngBlockSize As Long On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Send command part Call ivprintf id command Write definite length block bytes Call ifwrite id byteArray lngBlockSize vbNull retCount retCount is now actual number of bytes written DoCommandIEEEBlock retCount CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Er...

Page 1481: ...query As String As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim dblResult As Double Call ivprintf id query vbLf Call ivscanf id lf vbLf dblResult DoQueryNumber dblResult CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumbers query As String As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim dblResults 10 As Double Call ivprintf id query vb...

Page 1482: ...BlockLength Dim i As Integer For i 2 To intLengthDigits 1 strBlockLength strBlockLength Chr byteArray i Next Return number of bytes in block plus header DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes CLng strBlockLength intLengthDigits 2 CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim strErrVal As String 20...

Page 1483: ...nfiniiVision M9241 42 43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer s Guide 1483 MsgBox strOut vbExclamation INST Error Messages Call iflush id I_BUF_READ Or I_BUF_WRITE End If Exit Sub ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Sub ...

Page 1484: ...I LabVIEW Microsoft Excel Keysight VEE and Keysight SystemVue For more information on Keysight Command Expert and to download the software see http www keysight com find commandexpert SCPI NET Example in C on page 1484 SCPI NET Example in Visual Basic NET on page 1490 SCPI NET Example in IronPython on page 1496 SCPI NET Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 1...

Page 1485: ... commonly used programming features of your Keysight oscilloscope using System using System IO using System Text using Keysight CommandExpert ScpiNet AgInfiniiVision3000X_02_00 namespace InfiniiVision class ScpiNetInstrumentApp private static AgInfiniiVision3000X myScope static void Main string args try string strScopeAddress strScopeAddress TCPIP0 10 112 94 136 hislip9 0 0 INSTR Console WriteLine...

Page 1486: ...IDN string myScope SCPI IDN Query out strResults Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope SCPI CLS Command myScope SCPI RST Command Capture the waveform private static void Capture string strResults double fResult Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope myScope SCPI AUToscale Command null null null null null Set trigger mode myScop...

Page 1487: ...nge settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Command 1 0 05 myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Query 1 out fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 F4 fResult myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Command 1 1 5 myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Query 1 out fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical offset 0 F4 fResult Set horizontal scale and offset myScope ...

Page 1488: ...WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 Use direct command query when commands not in command set myScope Transport Command Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 myScope Transport Query Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 out strResults Console WriteLine Vertical amplitude 0 V strResults Download the screen image myScope SCPI HARDcopy INKSaver Command false Get the screen data byte byteResultsArray ...

Page 1489: ...s Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII myScope SCPI WAVeform FORMat Command BYTE myScope SCPI WAVeform FORMat Query out strResults Console WriteLine Waveform format 0 strResults Display the waveform settings int nFormat nType nPoints nCount nXreference nYreference double dblXincrement dblXorigin dblYincrement dblYorigin myScope SCPI WAVeform PREamble Query out nFormat out nType o...

Page 1490: ...ltsArray Length Console WriteLine Number of data values 0 nLength Set up output file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv if File Exists strPath File Delete strPath Open file for output StreamWriter writer File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format for int i 0 i nLength 1 i writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 dblXorigin float i dblXincrement float byteResultsArray i nYreference dblYincrem...

Page 1491: ...he Microsoft Visual Studio environment and choose Properties then select InfiniiVision ScpiNetInstrumentApp as the Startup object 7 Build and run the program For more information see the SCPI NET driver help that comes with Keysight Command Expert Keysight SCPI NET Example in Visual Basic NET This program illustrates a few commonly used programming features of your Keysight oscilloscope Imports Sy...

Page 1492: ...esults As String Get and display the device s IDN string myScope SCPI IDN Query strResults Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope SCPI CLS Command myScope SCPI RST Command End Sub Capture the waveform Private Shared Sub Capture Dim strResults As String Dim fResult As Double Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope myScope SCPI AUT...

Page 1493: ...h individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Command 1 0 05 myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Query 1 fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 F4 fResult myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Command 1 1 5 myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Query 1 fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical offset 0 F4 fResult Set horizontal scale and offset myScope SCPI TIMebase SCALe Comm...

Page 1494: ... Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 Use direct command query when commands not in command set myScope Transport Command Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 myScope Transport Query Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 _ strResults Console WriteLine Vertical amplitude 0 V strResults Download the screen image myScope SCPI HARDcopy INKSaver Command False Get the screen data Dim byteResults...

Page 1495: ...Yreference As Integer Dim dblXincrement As Double dblXorigin As Double _ dblYincrement As Double dblYorigin As Double myScope SCPI WAVeform PREamble Query nFormat nType nPoints _ nCount dblXincrement dblXorigin nXreference _ dblYincrement dblYorigin nYreference If nFormat 0 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE ElseIf nFormat 1 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format WORD ElseIf nFormat 2 The...

Page 1496: ...tten to 0 _ strPath End Sub End Class End Namespace SCPI NET Example in IronPython You can also control Keysight oscilloscopes using the SCPI NET library and Python programming language on the NET platform using IronPython http ironpython codeplex com which is an implementation of the Python programming language running under NET To run this example with IronPython 1 Install the Keysight Command E...

Page 1497: ... Get and display the device s IDN string idn_string scope SCPI IDN Query print Identification string s idn_string Clear status and load the default setup scope SCPI CLS Command scope SCPI RST Command Capture def capture Use auto scale to automatically set up oscilloscope print Autoscale scope SCPI AUToscale Command None None None None None Set trigger mode scope SCPI TRIGger MODE Command EDGE qres...

Page 1498: ...zontal scale and offset scope SCPI TIMebase SCALe Command 0 0002 qresult scope SCPI TIMebase SCALe Query print Timebase scale f qresult scope SCPI TIMebase POSition Command 0 0 qresult scope SCPI TIMebase POSition Query print Timebase position f qresult Set the acquisition type scope SCPI ACQuire TYPE Command NORMal qresult scope SCPI ACQuire TYPE Query print Acquire type s qresult Or set up oscil...

Page 1499: ...e png Download waveform data Set the waveform points mode scope SCPI WAVeform POINts MODE Command RAW qresult scope SCPI WAVeform POINts MODE Query print Waveform points mode s qresult Get the number of waveform points available scope SCPI WAVeform POINts CommandPoints 10240 qresult scope SCPI WAVeform POINts Query1 print Waveform points available s qresult Set the waveform source scope SCPI WAVef...

Page 1500: ...SCPI WAVeform YINCrement Query y_origin scope SCPI WAVeform YORigin Query y_reference scope SCPI WAVeform YREFerence Query Get the waveform data data_bytes scope SCPI WAVeform DATA QueryBYTE nLength len data_bytes print Number of data values d nLength Open file for output strPath waveform_data csv writer File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format for i in xrange 0 nLength 1 time_va...

Page 1501: ...tion lock 1037 analog channel range 301 analog channel sample rate automatic 265 analog channel scale 302 analog channel source for glitch 1104 analog channel units 303 analog probe attenuation 292 analog probe head type 293 analog probe sensing 1270 analog probe skew 297 1268 analysis results save 719 analyzing captured data 55 angle brackets 176 annotate channels 290 annotation background displa...

Page 1502: ...277 calibrate switch 275 calibrate temperature 278 calibrate time 279 CAN acknowledge 769 CAN baud rate 770 CAN FD baud rate 772 CAN FD data triggers starting byte position 781 CAN frame counters reset 762 CAN SEARch commands 982 CAN serial bus commands 757 CAN serial search data 985 CAN serial search data length 986 CAN serial search ID 987 CAN serial search ID mode 988 CAN serial search mode 983...

Page 1503: ... power analysis sweep start frequency 606 control loop response power analysis sweep stop frequency 607 controller initialization 54 conversion type of power supply 634 copyright 2 core commands 1368 count 1176 count totalize gating enable disable 313 count values 252 count averaged value math function 377 count Edge Then Edge trigger 1083 count Nth edge of burst 1087 counter 306 466 counter comma...

Page 1504: ...erence 1052 display reference waveforms 1254 display reset conditions 197 1035 display serial number 240 display vectors 342 display lister 419 display measurement statistics on off 508 display oscilloscope 340 379 1026 display serial decode bus 736 displaying a baseline 1078 displaying unsynchronized signal 1078 divide math function 400 DLC data length code CXPI triggering on 802 DLC value in CAN...

Page 1505: ...92 first point displayed 1201 FLATtop window for amplitude measurements 393 FM burst demo signal 318 FM modulation type waveform generator 1237 force trigger 1067 format 1179 1184 format word ARINC 429 746 format for block data 191 format for generic video 1151 1155 format for image 711 format for waveform data 727 FormattedIO488 object 57 formulas for data conversion 1172 frame counters CAN error...

Page 1506: ...ommands 992 IIC serial decode address field size 805 IIC serial search address 995 IIC serial search data 996 IIC serial search data2 997 IIC serial search mode 993 IIC serial search qualifier 998 IIC trigger commands 804 IIC trigger qualifier 811 IIC trigger type 812 IIC triggering 734 image format 711 image invert graticule colors 712 image memory 242 image palette 713 image save 709 image save ...

Page 1507: ...ion 401 Logarithmic units for FFT Magnitude 392 long form 1370 low frequency sine with glitch demo signal 318 low pass filter math function 401 low trigger level 1075 lower threshold 493 lower threshold voltage for measurement 1279 lowercase characters in commands 1369 low frequency reject filter 1094 low level voltage waveform generator 1248 low pass filter cutoff frequency 395 low pass filter us...

Page 1508: ...g edge count 492 measurements rising pulse count 495 measurements show 503 measurements slew rate 504 measurements snapshot all 461 measurements source channel 505 measurements standard deviation 502 measurements start marker time 1285 measurements stop marker time 1286 measurements thresholds 1282 measurements time between start and stop markers 1281 measurements time between trigger and edge 513...

Page 1509: ...orm data 1177 OPC Operation Complete command 192 OPC Operation Complete status bit 186 188 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register 227 Open method 57 operating configuration 191 1045 operating state 199 operation complete 192 operation status condition register 229 Operation Status Condition Register OPERegister CONDition 229 1331 operation status conditions occurred 203 Operation Status Enable Regi...

Page 1510: ...ecall operations 700 present working directory save operations 718 preset conditions 1034 preshoot measured on waveform 496 previously stored configuration 195 probe 1093 probe attenuation affects channel voltage range 301 probe attenuation factor external trigger 351 probe attenuation factor for selected channel 292 probe head type 293 probe ID 294 probe sense for oscilloscope 1270 1273 probe ske...

Page 1511: ...on type 266 returning number of data points 256 reverse polarity NFC trigger 1108 RF burst demo signal 318 right time base reference 1055 ringing pulse demo signal 318 ripple output analysis 659 ripple output 552 rise time measurement 459 rise time of positive edge 501 Rise Time power modulation analysis 637 rising edge count measurement 492 rising pulse count measurement 495 RMS AC power modulati...

Page 1512: ... trigger commands 1139 short form 5 1370 show channel labels 336 show measurements 459 503 SICL example in C 1464 SICL example in Visual Basic 1473 SICL examples 1464 sidebar display 341 sigma mask test run 578 signal speed ARINC 429 749 signal type 298 signal type ARINC 429 747 signal value CAN symbolic search 991 signal value CAN symbolic trigger 786 signal value LIN symbolic search 1007 signal ...

Page 1513: ...emporary message 1026 TER Trigger Event Register 244 1323 termination conditions mask test 574 test sigma mask test run 578 test self 205 text writing to display 1026 THD total harmonics distortion 630 threshold for FFT peak search 965 threshold voltage lower for measurement 1279 threshold voltage upper for measurement 1288 thresholds 468 1282 thresholds used to measure period 493 thresholds how a...

Page 1514: ...ata 2 810 trigger IIC qualifier 811 trigger IIC signal baudrate 819 trigger IIC type 812 trigger LIN 823 trigger LIN pattern data 826 trigger LIN pattern data length 828 trigger LIN pattern format 829 trigger LIN sample point 818 trigger LIN signal definition 1302 trigger LIN source 820 trigger mode 1076 trigger noise reject filter 1077 trigger Nth edge burst source 1090 trigger Nth edge in burst ...

Page 1515: ...ing reported or not found 1287 voltage difference between data points 1202 voltage difference measured 1289 voltage in frequency response analysis 365 366 voltage level for active trigger 1093 voltage marker used to measure waveform 1290 1291 voltage offset value for channels 291 voltage probe 303 353 voltage profile frequency response analysis 370 voltage ranges for channels 301 voltage ranges fo...

Page 1516: ... cursor units 433 434 X delta 424 432 X delta mask scaling 583 X1 and X2 cursor value difference 424 432 X1 cursor 423 427 428 X1 mask scaling 582 X2 cursor 423 430 431 X axis functions 1050 X increment 1199 X of max measurement 528 X of min measurement 529 X origin 1200 X reference 1201 X Y mode 1050 1051 Y Y axis markers 423 Y cursor units 440 441 Y offset reference waveform 1258 Y range referen...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for InfiniiVision M9241A

BANLAW 800 Series Product Data Sheet preview
800 Series
Brand: BANLAW Pages: 32
Baker Instrument Company D6000 Digital Troubleshooting Procedures & Fault Listing preview
D6000
Brand: Baker Instrument Company Pages: 24
Raytheon V700 Instruction Manual preview
V700
Brand: Raytheon Pages: 69
Galaxy Audio RM2 Operation Manual preview
RM2
Brand: Galaxy Audio Pages: 24
Xebex Fitness ASK Owner'S Manual preview
ASK
Brand: Xebex Fitness Pages: 15
qeedo Buddy Manual preview
Buddy
Brand: qeedo Pages: 2
Gardco PG-1 User Manual preview
PG-1
Brand: Gardco Pages: 17
H&S 4242 Operator'S Manual preview
4242
Brand: H&S Pages: 42
Aeroflex IFR 4000 Maintenance Manual preview
IFR 4000
Brand: Aeroflex Pages: 211
Garmin STRIKER PLUS Owner'S Manual preview
STRIKER PLUS
Brand: Garmin Pages: 41
Wang 2228D Maintenance Manual preview
2228D
Brand: Wang Pages: 146
Amazone UG 2200 Special Operating Manual preview
UG 2200 Special
Brand: Amazone Pages: 252
HOFFEN LR-0109 Instruction Manual preview
LR-0109
Brand: HOFFEN Pages: 22
KEP MMI-200 Series Operating And Installation Instructions preview
MMI-200 Series
Brand: KEP Pages: 33
BH FITNESS YV-30 Owner'S Manual preview
YV-30
Brand: BH FITNESS Pages: 24
Best Fitness BFMC10 Owner'S Manual preview
BFMC10
Brand: Best Fitness Pages: 26
Nilfisk-Advance Water Inlet Suction Hose Directions For Use Manual preview
Water Inlet Suction Hose
Brand: Nilfisk-Advance Pages: 8
TRX Rip Trainer Quick Start Manual preview
Rip Trainer
Brand: TRX Pages: 2

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands